4 sae ee pte itll Nee alii, Meena aS . Sees ee es ee Ie - on : ro Bh care Sah : i r ee (Rea Boewn~ a - - = eet a i dace S ea Ree Eg nnn aN me OL ata © caw —_— oo - e a er ae rr . ~ tren wee HARVARD UNIVERSITY LIBRARY OF THE Museum of Comparative Zoology fon PROCEEDINGS OF THE Biological Society of Washington VOLUME 74 1961 WASHINGTON PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY y Anat)” iM Mi a a nei THE EDITORIAL BOARD HENRY W. SETZER, Chairman FREDERICK M. BAYER RALPH E. CRABILL, JR. A. C. SMITH CONSULTING SPECIALISTS Co..eTTE, Herpetology L. B. Ho.tuuts, Carcinology J B. B. D. H. Jounson, Mammalogy E. A. Lacuner, Ichthyology All correspondence should be addressed to the Biological Society of Washington, °/. U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. Tue ALLEN PREss LAWRENCE, KANSAS EX-PRESIDENTS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON * THEODORE N. GIL, 1881, 1882 *CHARLES A. WHITE, 1883, 1884 *G. Brown Goope, 1885, 1886 * WILLIAM H. DALL, 1887, 1888 *LESTER F’. Warp, 1889, 1890 *C. Hart Merriam, 1891, 1892 *C. V. RitEy, 1893, 1894 *Cro. M. STERNBERG, 1895, 1896 *L. O. Howarp, 1897, 1898 * FREDERICK V. CoviLLE, 1899, 1900 *F. A. Lucas, 1901, 1902 *B. W. EvERMANN, 1903, 1904 *F, H. KNow ron, 1905, 1906 *1,. STEJNEGER, 1907, 1908 *T.S. PALMER, 1909, 1910 *Davip Waite, 1911 *k, W. NE.tson, 1912, 1913 *PauL BartscuH, 1914, 1915 *W. P. Hay, 1916, 1917 *]. N. Rose, 1918 *HucuH M. Smit, 1919 *A,D. Hopkins, 1920 *N. HoLuisTer, 1921 * VERNON BAILEY, 1922 *A.S. Hrrcucock, 1923 *]J. W. GiwLey, 1924 *S, A. Rouwer, 1925 H. C. OBERHOLSER, 1926-1927 *i, A. GoLpMAN, 1927-1929 ALEXANDER WETMORE, 1929-1931 H. H. T. Jackson, 1931-1933 *C, E. CHAMBLIss, 1933-1936 *H. C. FuLLER, 1936-1938 *W.B. BELL, 1938-1940 E. P. WALKER, 1940-1942 *H. B. Humpurey, 1942-1944 *F, THONE, 1944-1946 *J.S. WADE, 1946-1947 J. W. Atpricu, 1947-1949 *F, C. Lincoin, 1949-1951 *W. A. Dayton, 1951-1955 H. G. Dricnan, 1953-1955 Hucu T. O’Net, 1955-1956 HERBERT FRIEDMANN, 1957-1958 Howarp B. OwEns, 1959-1960 * Deceased. OFFICERS AND COUNCIL OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON (FOR 1961-1962) (ELECTED 19 JUNE 1961) OFFICERS President DAVID H. JOHNSON Vice-Presidents (In the order of election ) A. C. SMITH ALLEN J. DUVALL C. F. W. MUESEBECK HENRY W. SETZER Recording Secretary RICHARD S. COWAN Corresponding Secretary JOHN L. PARADISO Treasurer JOHN W. ARMSTRONG Custodian of Publications DAVID H. JOHNSON COUNCIL Elected Members C. O. HANDLEY, JR. L. M. RUSSELL J. PoE. MORRISON V.S. SCHANTZ Ex-Presidents J. W. ALDRICH HUGH T. O’NEIL H. G. DEIGNAN HOWARD B. OWENS HERBERT FRIEDMANN E. P. WALKER H. H. T. JACKSON A. WETMORE, H. C. OBERHOLSER STANDING COMMITTEES—1961-1962 Committee on Communications H. A. BorTHWICK J. Francis ALLEN Joun H. FALEs Committee on Zoological Nomenclature A. WETMoprE, Chairman H. A. REHDER C. F. W. MuESEBECK Committee on Publications Henry W. SETzEr, Chairman FREDERICK M. BAYER RALPH E. CRABILL, JR. A. C, SMITH if TABLE OF CONTENTS Volume 74 Alvarez, Ticul: see, Hall, E. Raymond *Ananthakrishnan, T. N. Allometry and speciation in Ecacan- thothnips Bacall anenene Ne. winise Mani Ri yn ws ne Baylor, Edward R., and L. C. Stuart. A new race of Bufo palliceps trom Guatemala, = ae ee Carter, Dilford C., and William B. Davis. Tadarida aurispinosa (Peale) (Chiroptera: Molossidae) in North America. ___- Causey, Nell B. Austrotyla, a new milliped genus (Chor- deumidea: Conotylidae: Conotylinae). Cuatrecasas, José. Studies on Andean Compositae V. -__--------- Davis, William B., and James R. Dixon. Reptiles (exclusive of snakes) of the Chilpancingo region, Mexico. —___. Davis, William B.: see, Carter, Dilford C. Dixon, James R.: see, Davis, William B. Doutt, J. Kenneth: see, Guilday, John E. Drake, Carl J. A new Cylindrostethus from Peru (Hemiptera: Gerrtcl ae) Sear ah ee in oe eI Emerson, K. C. Three new species of Mallophaga from the STEAb NOME OW, ne eee Nan ee adn oe re OEE *Furrer, Max A. Siphogenerita, new genus, and a revision of California cretaceous “Siphogenerinoides’” (¥Foramini- st{E1 i (G2) jel bath ae ei cable CC a ee ela a ta NTN el a A Gazin, C. Lewis. New Sciuravid rodents from the Lower Eocene Knight formation of western Wyoming. -.-- Guilday, John E., and J. Kenneth Doutt. The collared lem- ming (Dicrostonyx) from the Pennsylvania Pleistocene. ___. Gurney, Ashley B. Further advances in the taxonomy and dis- tribution of the Grylloblattidae (Orthoptera). Hall, E. Raymond, and Ticul Alvarez. A new species of mouse (Peromyscus) from northwestern Veracruz, Mexico. *Hottes, F. C. A new species of Cinara from Knob-cone pine (Aronia) segues sail aed UEC ie i Re a *Hottes, F. C. Two new species of Cinara from California (Aphidae) which have Pinus coulteri as host. ___----------- *Hottes, F. C. Notes on and a key to species of the genus Cinara (Aphidae) which have Tsuga and Pseudotsuga for | Oost CREO AN OUP i OOD ns ULAR Mee LL WUERN Ow Meester Jones, J. Knox, Jr., and B. Mursaloglu. A syntype of Pero- myscus maniculatus nebrascensis (Coues). ---.-------------------- Kennedy, J. P.: see, Pyburn, William F. 275-280 195-202 161-166 251-266 7-28 37-56 65-66 187-192 267-274 193-194 249-250 67-76 203-206 ]-2 95-100 111-118 101-104 (vii) (viii) Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Kramer, James P. New Venezuelan leafhoppers of the sub- families Xestocephalinae and Neocoelidiinae (Homoptera: Gicadellidae) so.) Re RR le es oS oO eee Loeblich, Alfred R., Jr., and Helen Tappan. Remarks on the systematics of the Sarkodina (Protozoa), renamed homo- nyms and new and validated genera. ______.______________ Loeblich, Alfred R., Jr., and Helen Tappan. The status of Hagenowella Cushman, 1933 and a new genus Hagenowina. Manning, Raymond B. A new Lysiosquilla (Crustacea: Sto- matopoda) from the Gulf of California, with a redescrip- tion of L. decemspinosa Rathbun, Manville, Richard H.: see, Paradiso, John L. Mursaloglu, B.: see, Jones, J. Knox, Jr. Musser, Guy G. A new subspecies of flying squirrel (Glau- comys sabrinus) from southwestern Utah. __........ Paradiso, John L., and Richard H. Manville. Taxonomic notes on the tundra vole (Microtus oeconomus) in Alaska. ____- Pettibone, Marian H. New species of Polychaete worms from the Atlantic Ocean, with a revision of the Dorvilleidae. _____ *Phelps, William H., and William H. Phelps, Jr. Notes on Venezuelan birds and description of a new subspecies of Prochliclge.: SAN lea UO ante elite eke et *Phelps, William H., and William H. Phelps, Jr. A new sub- species of warbler from Cerro de la Neblina, Venezuela, ATV THO ESS oe aD AM LN le ele Phelps, William H., Jr.: see, Phelps, William H. *Price, Emmett W. North American monogenetic trematodes. IX. The families Mazocraeidae and Plectanocotylidae. _____ *Pyburn, William F., and J. P. Kennedy. Hybridization in US. treefrogs of the genus) Hylay 2222 ee Rosenblatt, Richard H. A new pearlfish (family Carapidae) from. the Gulf; of (California ya sane) eee Stuart, L. C.: see, Baylor, Edward R. Tappan, Helen: see, Loeblich, Alfred R., Jr. Todd, E. L. Synonymical notes on some South American species of Gelastocoris Kirkaldy (Hemiptera: Gelasto- Per 9) wt Fs =) amaMasbnce ae lee heM hl Oude We ANAM taal, eal Mh dlp aaa Todd, E. L. Notes on some toad bugs (Hempitera: Gelasto- coridae) from’ Tricia, eee BO, aS Weitzman, Stanley H. A new catfish, Corydoras concolor (Callichthyidae) from Venezuela. *Papers published at no expense to the Society. 235-240 213-234 241-244 29-36 119-126 77-92 167-186 3-6 245-248 127-156 157-160 207-212 93-94 105-110 New Members Elected (ix ) NEW MEMBERS ELECTED 27 December 1960 Collette, Bruce B. Musser, Guy G. Reed, Edward B. Rosenblatt, Richard H. 19 June 1961 Carter, Dilford C. Cooper, John Edward Drugg, Warren S. Furrer, Max A. Gates, G. E. Gazin, C. Lewis Harrison, Ed N. Laybourne, Roxie C. Loeblich, Helen N. (Tappan) Menke, Arnold Moore, Donald R. Pettibone, Marian H. Provenzano, Anthony J. Roberts, Henry B. Schuster, Robert O. Spangler, Paul J. PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON PROCEEDINGS The one meeting held thus far during 1961 took place in Room 43 of the United States National Museum. 103 1st Meeting—19 June 1961 EIGHTY-SECOND ANNUAL MEETING President Johnson in the chair; 52 members and guests present. The following officers and members of the council were elected: President, David H. Johnson; Vice Presidents, A. C. Smith, C. F. W. Muesebeck, A. J. Duvall, Henry W. Setzer; Corresponding Secretary, John L. Paradiso; Recording Sec- retary, Richard S. Cowan; Treasurer, John W. Armstrong; Council, C. O. Handley, Jr., J. P. E. Morrison, L. M. Russell, V. S. Schantz, F. M. Bayer. Formal Communication: Mr. J. Q. Tierney, Hydrographic Office, U.S. Navy. Operations Deep Freeze—U.S. Antarctic Expeditions 1955-59. The 1032nd meeting will be held in December 1961. (x) Vol. 74, pp. 1-2 19 May 1961 ¥ (Mus. 02? 7001 | Li Ae i a | gaginysis & PROCEEDINGS OF THE A NEW SPECIES OF CINARA FROM KNOB-C PINE (APHIDAE) , By F. C. Hotres This new species of Cinara is named for Prof. E. O. Essig who for half a century has contributed materially to our knowledge of the family Aphidae. Cinara essigi, new species Apterous viviporous female: Length from vertex to end of cauda 4.5 mm. Color in life not recorded. As cleared, stained and mounted it is as follows: Head and first antennal segment dark dusky with median transverse suture much darker; thorax dusky; abdomen pale, reticulated, wax glands small, arranged in four rows, rather more lateral than dorsal; cornicles dark dusky, often with clear areas; cauda and anal plate dusky; anterior to the transverse pigmented areas there are two narrow, very irregular pigmented areas; second antennal segment not as dark as first; basal portion of third antennal segment pale, apical third dusky; basal half of fourth antennal segment pale, remainder dusky, fifth segment similar to fourth; all of sixth antennal segment dusky; all femora pale dusky with basal portions not quite so dark; all tibiae with short portion near base dusky brown, this followed by pale area, which in the case of the metathoracic tibiae is 0.75 mm in length; remainder of tibiae dusky brown; tarsal segments brown. Head and thorax: Width of head through the eyes 0.825 mm. Length of antennal segments as follows: III 0.55 mm, IV 0.275 mm, V 0.30 mm, VI 0.15 + 0.045 mm. Third antennal segment without sensoria. Fourth antennal segment with or without primary sensorium. Fifth antennal seg- ment with one secondary sensorium, and the primary. Marginal sensoria on sixth antennal segment three, arranged in a straight row. Hairs on antennal segments sparse, upstanding, on third antennal segment varying from 0.03-0.075 mm. Hairs on vertex of head 0.09 mm in length. Ocular tubercles small. Last three segments of the rostrum with the following lengths: 0.31, 0.30, 0.12 mm. Rostrum reaching to mid region of corni- cles. Mesosternal tubercle well developed, about 0.09 mm in length, with a distinct neck, apex enlarged. Metathoracic femora 1.53 mm in length. Metathoracic tibiae 2.70 mm in length. Hairs on metathoracic tibiae set at an angle slightly less than 45 degrees, but more than 30 degrees. Hairs on outer margin of tibiae not uniform in length, varying from 0.05-0.075 1—Proc. Biou. Soc. WAsH., Vou. 74, 1961 (1) 2 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington mm, fine, sharp pointed, hardly numerous, and not droopy. First segment of metatarsus 0.12 mm in length, provided on the ventral surface with about eighteen hairs. Second segment of metatarsus 0.30 mm in length, joined to first segment by a distance about equal to the width of segment, the hairs on the dorsal surface longer than the hairs on the ventral surface. Abdomen: Dorsal surface of abdomen reticulated. Hairs on dorsal surface of abdomen not numerous, about 0.075 mm in length. Hairs on ventral surface of abdomen not as long or as numerous as hairs on dorsal surface. Hairs on transverse pigmented area rather coarse, varying from 0.13-0.15 mm in length, and with the exception of two or three, arranged along the posterior margin. Cornicles with outer margin very irregular, 0.45 mm across. The orifice of the cornicles is acentric, much more lateral than median. Hairs on comicles sparse, about 0.10 mm in length. Genital plate with posterior margin concave; median anterior margin free from hairs. Remarks: Antennal segments varying in length as follows: III 0.525— 0.57 mm, IV 0.275-0.30 mm, V 0.285-0.30 mm, VI 0.105-0.15 mm + 0.045-0.05 mm. Hairs on vertex of head varying from 0.09-0.10 mm. Rostrum in one case with segments 3, 4 and 5 reaching beyond cornicles. In one case the metathoracic tibiae are only 1.77 mm in length. In some respects this species is allied to C. ponderosae (W) but it has a mesosternal tubercle which is lacking in that species. The hairs on the metathoracic tibiae are more numerous and less spinelike, and the ab- domen is free from small pigmented spots. This species is difficult to key in Palmer’s key to the genus Cinara in Aphids of the Rocky Mountain Region, because the limited number of specimens (six) fall in both alternatives of couplet number 18. However, the hairs on the metathor- acic tibiae are shorter than 0.08 mm and not semi-spinelike. It is not the species C. brevispinosa (G&P). It is not C. apini (G &P), inasmuch as the antennal segments are too long, the tibial hairs longer and rostral segment IV is 0.30 mm not 0.17—0.20 mm. Holotype: Apterous viviparous female deposited in collection of the United States National Museum. Paratype slide in collection of author. The host is knob-cone pine (Pinus attenuata). Oak Glen, San Bernardino Co., California. R. C. Dickson, 20 November 1938. Apt: Viv. (HoLotyes) a ol Ne ee OO eae ---¢ POURS MEE OF (: Vol. 74, pp. 3-6 19 Royse A ayy eS e) BY VS ONARE MAY 25 1961 ah & Ea? & BD ) pd or te Sh SF Tah and uNLIERCT HOLLY NOTES ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS AND DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES OF TROCHILIDAE By WiLu1AM H. PHELPS AND WILLIAM H. PHELPS, Jr. PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTO Our thanks to the Curators of the American Museum of Natural History, Carnegie Museum, Museum of Comparative Zoology and U. S. National Museum for access to their collec- tions during our research for this paper. Specimens listed are in the Phelps Collection, Caracas, unless otherwise specified. Names of colors are capitalized when direct comparison has been made with Ridgway’s “Color Standards and Color No- menclature,’ 1912. Wing measurements are of the chord. Lafresnaya lafresnayi greenewalti, new subspecies Type: From Llano Rucio, Estado Mérida, Venezuela; 2500 meters. Number 14185, Phelps Collection, Caracas. Adult male collected 7 Sep- tember 1941, by Fulvio Benedetti. (Type on deposit at the American Museum of Natural History. ) Diagnosis: Differs from L. lafresnayi liriope Bangs, of the Santa Marta Mountains, by having a more yellowish tint, being less greenish blue; from L. l. saiil Delattre and Bourcier, of western Colombia and Ecuador, differs by having a straighter bill and longer wings without overlap; and from L. lI. lafresnayi Boissoneau, of eastern Colombia and the Paramo de Tama, by having white on the rectrices instead of yellow. Range: The Cordillera de los Andes in eastern Tachira and Mérida, in forests in the Subtropical and Temperate zones at altitudes from 2200 to 3000 meters. Description of type: Sides of head, back and uropygium Calliste Green < Scheele’s Green, crown with a dusky tint. Chin, throat and upper breast Deep Turtle Green with metallic luster; center of lower breast and abdomen black; sides, flanks and under tail-coverts and axillaries similar to back, base of under tail-coverts white. Remiges Burnt Umber; greater wing-coverts similar to remiges; the median, lesser and under ones similar to back. The two central rectrices near Olive Lake, the others white partially margined apically with dark greenish. Mandible (in life) “black”; maxilla “flesh”; feet “flesh”; iris “dark.” Wing, 65 mm; tail, 39; exposed culmen, 26; culmen from base, 32. 2—Proc. Biou. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 74, 1961 (3) 4 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Remarks: Sexes unlike in color, males with longer wings. Range of measurements: seven adult males, including type—wing, 64-68 (65.7); tail, 32-39 (36.7); exposed culmen, 25-26 (25.6); three adult females— wing, 61-62 (61.3); tail, 37-37 (37); exposed culmen, 26-27 (26.7). Measurements of liriope, of the Santa Marta Mountains: four adult males—wing, 63-69 (65.2); tail (3), 37.5-39 (38.1); exposed culmen (2), 24-24.5 (24.2). Measurements of saiil, from Ecuador: fifteen adult males—wing, 59-63 (61.5); tail (5), 36-38 (37.4); exposed culmen (7), 25-27 (25.9). The adult female differs from the male by having a yellowish breast, whitish abdomen and immaculate yellow under tail-coverts, the breast lightly spotted with greenish. The juvenile male differs from the female by having the breast yellow- ish green instead of yellow; the under tail-coverts are as in the adult. The ranges of the white-tailed forms saiil and liriope are separated from that of the other white-tailed form, the new greenewalti, by the yellow-tailed lafresnayi of the eastern Andes of Colombia. It is with special pleasure that we dedicate this new subspecies to our friend, Crawford H. Greenewalt, photographer extraordinary of humming- birds, in recognition of his important contributions to the knowledge of the Trochilidae. SPECIMENS E;XAMINED Lafresnaya lafresnayi liriope—Co ompia: Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, San Miguel, 1¢2, 148, 144; Paramo de Chirucua, 1¢* (type); Chinchicua, 1 9 3; Rio Guatapuri, 6 @ 3. L. lL. lafresnayim—VENEZUELA: Paramo de Tama, 29. CoLompia:! “Bogota,” 1246, 49, 3 juv. 6; El Pifién, 16; Subia, 1¢; El Roble, 19; Rio Toche, 1 juv. ¢; Chipaqua, 19. L. l. greenewalti—VENEZUELA: Cordillera de los Andes, Boca de Monte, Tachira, 1¢; Valle, Mérida, 1 juv. ¢; Llano Rucio, 14 (type), 1 juv. 6; Paramo Aricagua, 1¢; “Merida,”! 36, 29; Montafias Culata, 141; paramos Escorial, 191 y Tambor, 191; Nevados, 19+; Montafias Conejos, 1 91. L. Ll. saiil—Ecuavor: (var. loc.)1; 16¢, 159. L. I. orestes—PrErt: (var. loc.)1; 46, 49, 2 juv. ¢. L. I. rectirostris—Prrvu: Ramicruz, Junin,’ 22, 39. Veniliornis fumigatus fumigatus (D’Orbigny and Lafresnaye ) Picus fumigatus D’Orbigny and Lafresnaye, Voy. Am. Merid., Ois., 1840; p. 380, 1847. ( Yungas, Bolivia. ) Phaeonerpes reichenbachi Cabanis and Heine, Mus. Hein., 4: 141, 1863. (Caracas, Venezuela. ) Veniliornis oleaginus tectricialis Chapman, Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 191, p. 6, 1925. (Turumiquire, 7900 ft, northeastern Venezuela. ) 1 Specimens in American Museum of Natural History. 2 Specimens in Carnegie Museum. 3 Specimens in U. S. National Museum. 4 Specimens in Museum of Comparative Zoology. A New Subspecies of Trochilidae Todd (1946: 308) was correct in considering that these three races, ih fe ii ath Ty4 habiting the northern mountains of Venezuela, could not be separated SGT sohbet ela from the other. Comparison of the 64 Venezuelan specimens in our collection: 27 fumigatus from the Perija and Mérida regions; 32 former reichenbachi from the Caracas region; 5 former tectricialis from the Turumiquire (northeastern) region; and the 36 specimens of fumigatus in the Ameri- can Museum of Natural History from Colombia, Ecuador, Peri and Bolivia, shows that these three races are similar the one to the other, in color and in size. The supposed shorter wing of reichenbachi of the Caracas region (Cory, 1911: 473; Zimmer, 1942: 8) is not apparent. Chapman (1925: 6) described tectricialis on two specimens based on the character that both webs of the tectrices were barred. Our five specimens and those of the Carnegie Museum, from localities in the same mountain range, also lack the barring on the outer webs of the tectrices. Emmet R. Blake, Curator of birds at the Chicago Natural History Museum, writes to us that his five topotypical specimens from Mt. Turumiquire have the barring on the wing feathers restricted to the inner web. Four specimens in our collection from the Caracas region and one from the Mérida region have indications of barring on the outer web. Consequently we presume the character on Chapman’s two specimens is individual variation. These are the specimens in our collection: Perija region: Kunana, 14, 1(?); cerros Pejochaina, 3¢, Tetari, 12 and Mashirampé, 26, 29; rios Macoita-Apon, 19. Mérida region: Tachira—Las Delicias, Paramo de Tama, 22; Rio Chiquito, 1(?); Queniquea, 3¢, 19, 2(?); Paramo Zumbador, 1¢; Mérida—Valle, 19; La Azulita, 19; Santo Domingo, 1¢, 19. Caracas region: Yaracuy—Cerro Aroa, 29, 2(?); Aragua— Colonia Tovar, 34, 59, 3(?); Cerro Golfo Triste, 4¢, 1(?); Distrito Federal—Galipan, 16, 39; El Junquito, 2¢, 49, 1(?); Miranda— Guarenas, 292. Turumiquire region: Anzoategui—Bergantin, 19; Mona- gas—Caripe, 19; Cerro Negro, 19, 1(?). Thamnophilus punctatus subcinereus (Todd) Erionotus punctatus subcinereus Todd, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 28: 80. 1915. (Don Diego, Santa Marta, Colombia. ) In our “Lista de las Aves de Venezuela y su Distribucién,” p. 73, 1950, we erroneously gave a Venezuelan range to the race atrinucha Salvin and Godman. Further material and research show that our specimens are referable to T. p. subcinereus Todd, of the Perij4 and Mérida regions. Contopus sordidulus saturatus Bishop Contopus richardsonii saturatus Bishop, Auk, 17: 116. 1900. (Haines, Alaska. ) 1(?), Sierra de Lema, Gran Sabana, Bolivar. Collected on 21 February 1959 at kilometer 125 on the new road from El Dorado. This is the first record for South America. The A.O.U. Check List, oth edition, p. 349, 1957, says: “winter home unknown.” 6 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Basileuterus tristriatus auricularis Sharpe Basileuterus auricularis Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., 10: 386. (Bo- gota. ) Basileuterus tristriatus perijanus Phelps and Phelps, Jr., Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 66: 137. 10 August 1953. (Cerro Pejochaina, upper Rio Negro, Sierra de Perija, Zulia. ) Subsequent research has shown that B. t. perijanus is inseparable from B. t. auricularis and it thus becomes a synonym. LITERATURE CITED Chapman, Frank M. 1925. Remarks on the life zones of northeastern Venezuela with descriptions of new species of birds. Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 191, pp. 1-15. 24 October. Cory, Charles B. 1919. Catalogue of birds of the Americas and the adjacent islands in Field Museum of Natural History. Part II, no. 2, pp. 317-607. Todd, W. E. Clyde. 1946. Critical notes on the woodpeckers. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 30: 297-317. Zimmer, John T. 1942. Studies of Peruvian birds. No. XL. Notes on the genus Veniliornis. Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 1159, pp. 1-12. 29 January. Vol. 74, pp. 7-28 1 hoe 1904. a PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 9. See Se STUDIES ON ANDEAN COMPOSITAE V : MAY 2 20 5 1964 — By Jost CUATRECASAS Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. This contribution includes comments and descriptions of species of Hinterhubera, Erigeron, Diplostephium, Paragy- noxys, Senecio, and Chaptalia. The materials used for this study are the South American collections of the U. S. National Museum, mainly those from the author’s 1959 expedition to the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta and Sierra de Perija, Colom- bia. This trip was sponsored by the National Science Founda- tion and received substantial help in Colombia from the In- stituto de Ciencias Naturales and from the Ministerio de Agri- cultura of the Colombian Government. A member of the In- stitute, R. Romero Castaiieda, joined the expedition. Contributions on novelties in other groups will follow this one, and an account of the expedition and its results will be published when the materials are identified. The work upon which this paper is based has been sponsored by the National Science Foundation. The preceding article of this series was published in Brittonia, 12: 182-195 (1960). Hinterhubera nevadensis Cuatr., sp. nov. Frutex 20-50 cm altus caule basi intricato-ramificato, ramis basi pro- stratis vel erectis exfoliatis cortice griseo-purpurascenti glabrato squamu- lis brevibus persistentibus munito; ramuli dense foliosi erecti congestique, copiose glandulosi glandulis minutis pedicellatis foliis subimbricatis plus- minusve obtecti. Folia alterna sessilia ascendentia anguste linearia margine valde revo- luto-plicata, 5-9 mm longa 0.8-1.2 mm lata, extus utrinque dense pubescenti-villosa glandulosaque pilis sericeis longis (ad 1 mm) patulis plusminusve flexuosis et glandulis globosis minutis stipitatis vestita, intra plicaturam (subtus folii) densissime glandulosa glandulis breviter stipita- tis vel subsessilibus. Lamina crassiuscula 3-5 mm longa oblonga basi 3—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 74, 1961 Ch) 8 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington paulo angustata et sine sensu in vaginam 2—4 mm longam paulo dilatatam margine longe ciliatam ad caulem adpressam producta. Capitula discoidea heterogama semiorbiculari-campanulata circa 10 mm alta et diamitentia, explanata 17-19 mm diamitentia, ad termina- tionem ramulorum breviter pedunculata solitaria (pedunculo ad 10 mm longo). Involucrum 9-10 mm altum bracteis 40 et ultra circa 5-seriatis lineari-lanceolatis acutiusculis nervo medio valde conspicuo intus glabris extus copiose ciliato-villosis et glandulosis glandulis stipitatis et sessilibus praeditis, interioribus fertilibus 7.5-8 mm longis circa 1 mm latis exteri- oribus gradatim brevioribus ad 5 mm longis 1 mm latis. Flores exteriores feminei tubulosi pluriseriati 90-170 in capitulo involucrum non exce- dentes, corolla albido-flavescenti 4.5-5 mm longa glabra tubulo capillari 3-3.5 mm longo limbo 5-partito vel 4-partito lobis paulo inaequalibus elliptico-lanceolatis circa 1.2 mm longis; rami styli 0.6—-0.7 mm longi lineares supra marginibusque minutissime papillosi; ovarium anguste oblongum basim versus angustatum subcompressum paulo villosum parce glandulosum circa 2.5 mm longum; pappus pilis 2—3-seriatis tenuibus breviter strigulosis inaequilongis 0.2-5.5 mm longis stramineis. Flores centrales hermaphroditi 16-60; corolla regularis tubulosa 4—4.5 mm longa sparsis glandulis capitatis munita, tubulo circa 2 mm longo limbo infra tubuloso sursum gradatim ampliato apice 5 lobis late oblongis subacutis circa 1 mm longis; antherae 1.3 mm longae basi breviter auriculatae; styli rami 0.8 mm longi extus marginibusque dense piloso-papillosi; ovar- ium anguste lineare paulo compressum basi angustatum 3 mm longum glandulis globosis sessilibus et pilis rigidulis subpatulis dense munitum; pappus stramineus circa 5.5 mm longus pilis inaequilongis (aliquis valde brevibus) breviter strigulosis apicem versus paulo dilatatis apice acutis. Receptaculum alveolatum nudum 3.5—4 mm diamitens. (Fig. 1, a-j.) Type locality: Colombia: Magdalena: Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, southeastern slope: valley descending from the peaks La Reina and Ojeda southwestward; paramos between lakes Naboba and Mamito, 4200— 4300 m alt.; shrub 20-50 cm high; involucre brownish, green at base; female corollas pale yellowish white; 3 October 1959, J. Cuatrecasas & R. Romero Castaneda 24585. Holotype, US; isotype, COL. : Remarks: Hinterhubera nevadensis is closely related to the Venezuelan species H. columbica Schultz Bip. ex Wedd. and H. ericoides Wedd. As in H. columbica, it has large heads and glandular leaves, but it differs by its more narrowly linear and smaller leaves and its smaller female corollas which do not surpass the involucre, and which have 5—4 shorter lobes. H. columbica has subbilabiate female corollas longer than the involucre, 5-7 mm long, with 3 long-linear lobes (2.3-3 mm long) and 2, additional very short lobes which may be reduced to none; the leaves in the Venezuelan species are more broadly sublanceolate-oblong. H. nevadensis differs from H. ericoides by its larger heads and leaves and by being densely glandular. In H. columbica the extended, pressed heads (in herbarium) are 16-20 mm and in H. ericoides only 8-12 mm in diameter. Studies on Andean Compositae V ie 2 Sy tA 92K yg 79 70 | Erigeron peruvianus (Lam.) Cuatr., comb. nov. EET SE Doronicum peruvianum Lam., Encyclop. Meth. 2: 316. 1786. : i : IRAAY OF FORT 0 Arnica peruviana (Lam.) Pers., Syn. Plant. 2: 454. 1807. IVIAY Gol Aster pellitus HBK, Nov. Gen. Sp. Pl. 2: 91. 1820. ook i Liabum erigeroides Benth., Pl. Hartw. 206. 1845. RAR eHAU Celmisia pellita (HBK) Sch. Bip., Bonplandia 4: 50. 1856. : lf i iy cnsil y Erigeron pellitum (HBK) Wedd., Chl. And. 1: 190, Pl. 34. 1857. ecw Erigeron lehmannii Hieron., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 19: 49. 1894. Erigeron hybridus Hieron., Eng]. Bot. Jahrb. 21: 334. 1895. Erigeron loxensis Hieron., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 21: 334. 1895. Erigeron stuebelit Hieron., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 21; 335. 1895. Aster peruvianus (Lam. ) Cabrera, Bol. Soc. Arg. Bot. 7: 234. 1959. Remarks: In the shape of the leaves and the density of the hairiness, this is a very polymorphic species. The typical form of the species is found not only in Ecuador but also in Peru and on the Central Andes of Colombia. It has oblong, usually broadly oblong and obtuse or subobtuse leaves of about 1-1.5 cm wide; it has rather thick, woolly scapes and very woolly involucre. A divergent form is common on the Cundina- marca paramos, eastern Andes of Colombia, with linear, acute or sub- obtuse leaves, usually 1-2.5 mm wide, slender peduncles and glabrescent involucres with usually smaller heads. This is the variety lineata. At first this appears to be a distinct species, having been described as such by Hieronymus (E. stuebelii), but examination of abundant collections shows the existence of intermediate forms between this form and the typical peruvianus in Colombia and Ecuador, making impossible a sharp separation. These intermediate forms are those which have been consid- ered in the past as different species by a few botanists following Hierony- mus (Erigeron lehmannii, E. hybridus, E. loxensis), but the features given as differential are actually variable and of minor importance, such as the density or scarcity of the indument on scapes and phyllaries, small variation in the size of the heads, and the width of leaves, which vary from obtuse and broadly oblong to acute and lanceolate, and to narrowly linear. Another feature is the length of the tube of the ligulate corollas, which is long (2.8-3.5 mm) in the typical form and short (2-2.5 mm) in the form lineata. The intermediate forms have the corolla-tube vari- able in length and rather of the short type. In fact, all these forms are part of a large specific complex. The collections of E. peruvianus are usually distributed and labeled in the herbaria as Erigeron pellitus (HBK) Wedd. For the first time last year, Cabrera pointed out that Doronicum peruvianum Lamarck, whose type specimen is preserved at the Jussieu Herbarium in Paris, is conspecific with it. Cabrera is of the opinion that this species has to be considered as Aster, as it was originally described by Kunth. This species certainly has a somewhat critical generic standing, but its 3—4-seriate involucre of linear and almost equal phyllaries and the narrow multi- seriate rays define it as an Erigeron. Hieronymus distinguished his E. stuebelii from other related species by a silky layer that covers its leaves; 10 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington ears trast ree Saas eee ee ENED a ss we Rice EN (LEEIIES X = = == SSDS =— a Se vy petlEC LEE tne A =- Fig. 1_—a-j: Hinterhubera nevadensis (Cuatrecasas and Romero 24585). a, head, x5; b, inner involucral bract, «5; c, disc flower, <5; d, stamens, X15; e, style end of disc flower, x25; f, pappus hair, x 10; Studies on Andean Compositae V 11 but this feature actually exists in all varieties of E. peruvianus. There is always a silky veil covering the very young leaves which usually separates very soon but sometimes stays on longer until complete maturity; this may happen in forms with narrow leaves but no rules can be established about the longevity of the leaf veil. Erigeron peruvianus var. lineatus Cuatr., var. nov. Folia radicalia rosulata anguste linearia basim parum angustata apice acuta mucronulata vel mutica margine valde revoluta 3-10 cm longa 1-2.5 cm lata supra velo fibroso-sericeo argentato deciduo tecta subtus crasse crispo-lanata sed costa eminentissima fibroso-sericeo tecta vagina longa dense longeque lanato-villosa. Capitulum hemisphaericum 2 cm latum. Involucrum 0.9 cm altum circa 4-seriatum, bracteis interioribus lineari-lanceolatis 8 mm longis 1 mm latis dorso hirsutulis sursum viola- ceis. Flores radii feminei 3-seriati circa 65; corolla 7 mm longa tubulo 2 mm longo sursum pilosulo pilis longis tenuibus, lamina oblonga sub- acuta 0.5 mm lata integra vel obsolete 3—2-dentata; ovarium hirsutulo- villosum; pappus stramineus uniseriatis 3.5 mm longus. Flores disci circa 46; corolla 4 mm longa tubulo 2 mm longo; antherae 1.5 mm basi breviter angustato-auriculatae; rami styli lanceolati crassiusculi longe papillosi, 1 mm longi; ovarium villosum; pappus 3.5—4 mm longus stramineus uni- seriatus. (Fig. 1, o—-v.) Type locality: Colombia: Cundinamarca, Cordillera Oriental, Paramo de Zipaquira, between Zipaquira and Pacho, 3100-3200 m_ altitude, “ligules white or lilaceous,” 16 June 1940, J. Cuatrecasas 9556. Holotype, US; Isotype, COL. Erigeron tergoalbus Cuatr., sp. nov. Herba humilis rosulata scapifera rhizomate verticale crassiusculo ad apicem cum vaginis foliorum crassissime tecto radicibus crassiusculis numerosis oriente. Folia omnia basilaria rosulato-fasciculata crasse subcoriacea oblongo- linearia apice subite angustata subacuta vel subobtusa basim versus sine sensu in petiolum alatum attenuata margine integra revolutaque basi in vaginam membranaceam longam amplectentem dense longeque fulvo- villosam producta, 20-30 cm longa; limbo 14—22 cm longo 1-1.5 cm lato, petiolo 2-6 cm longo, vagina 2-3 cm longa. Lamina in valde juvenile g, outer female flower, x5; h, style end of female flower, 25; i, corolla and ovary of female flower, 5; 7, corolla and ovary of disc flower, <5. k-n: Erigeron tergoalbus (Prieto, Camp P-275). k, disc-flower corolla, 7.5; l, ray-flower corolla, x5; m, style end of disc flower, x 20; n, anther, X20. o-v: Erigeron peruvianus var. lineatus (Cuatrecasas 9556). o, head, <5; p, style end of female flower, «40; q, disc flower, 5; r, fragment of pappus bristle of outer flower, magnified; s, stamens, x 15; t, inner involucral bract, x5; u, style end of female flower, x 40; v, ray flower, <5. 12 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington plus minusve velo fibrososericeo argenteo tecta demum supra viridis nervo medio sericeo excepto glabra sublaevisque; subtus minute indu- mento albo crispo-lanato densissimo compressissimo subfarinaceo obtecta sed costa bene elevata velo sericeo-argentato adpresso induta, 4—5 nervis secundariis ascendentibus prominulis utroque latere saepe conspicuis. Scapi monocephali axillares pauci erecti folia attingentes vel paulo superantes (25-40 cm longi) striolati leviter lanuginosi vel subglabrati foliolis bracteiformibus numerosis lanceolatis basi late amplectentibus paulo lanuginosis vel glabratis 2.5—-1 cm longis basi 3-2 mm latis praediti. Capitulum 2.5 cm diamitens erectum radiatum. Involucrum circa 5- seriatum bracteis subaequilongis subulatis acutis interioribus circa 11 mm longis 0.8—1 mm latis subglabris margine sursum eroso-ciliatis purpura- scentibus. Flores radii feminei 3-seriati circa 120. Corolla alba 9-10 mm longa tubulo 2 mm longo leviter pilosulo lamina lineari-oblonga subacuta integra vel minutissime tridenticulata 1—-3-nervia 0.5-0.7 mm lata. Rami styli lineari subulati subacuti 1.6 mm longi minute papillosuli. Ovarium oblongum compressum densiuscule villosum 3.2 mm longum. Pappus stramineus 4 mm longus pilis uniseriatis inaequilongis. Flores disci her- maphroditi circa 130. Corolla sulphurea 5 mm longa tubulo 2.5 mm longo sursum paulo pilosulo dentibus triangulari-oblongis subacutis margine incrassatis apice minute papillosis 1 mm longis. Antherae 1.8 mm longae basi breviter auriculatae. Rami styli circa 1.5 mm longi lanceolati cras- siusculi usque ad basim piloso-papillosi. Ovarium oblongum 3.5 mm longum 5-costatum villosum; pappus pariter floribus femineis. Recepta- culum 6 mm diamitente profunde alveolatum marginibus alveolorum undulatis. (Fig. 1, k—n.) Type locality: Ecuador: “Oriente” border, prov. Azuay, crest of the Eastern Cordillera, between Ona and the Rio Yacuambi, altitude 10,000- 11,200 feet; “plants with pseudobulbs; leaves deep green above, white pubescent below; bracts green tipped with nigrescent-purple; ray flowers white; disc flowers pale sulfur-yellow” collected by F. Prieto in Sep- tember 1945 under the direction of W. H. Camp, No. P-275. Holotype, NY. Remarks: Erigeron tergoalbus is distinct from the closely related, poly- morphic E. peruvianus, although it has the same habit. E. tergoalbus differs basically in the nature of the white indument on the underside of the leaves. This consists of a thin, compact, almost smooth layer of densely and minutely crisp hairs with a very smooth and farinose ap- pearance. In E. peruvianus on the other hand, this indument is thicker and consists of long, crisp, entangled hairs. In E. tergoalbus the leaves are also longer, the tube of the ligulate corollas is shorter and the in- volucre is less hairy (almost glabrous) than in the typical form of E. peruvianus. Diplostephium antioquense Cuattr., sp. nov. Arbor 4—5 m alta ramis ultimis exfoliatis tortuosis cortice griseo rugu- loso cicatricoso glabrato, ramusculis terminalibus foliosis subteretibus cinereis vel ochro-cinereis crasse dense adpresseque lanulato-tomentosis. Studies on Andean Compositae V 13 Folia alterna crasse subcoriacea petiolo 8-12 mm longo striolato dense lanuginoso-tomentoso supra sulcato. Lamina subelliptica utrinque at- tenuata basi breviter cuneata apice angustata obtusiuscula sed calloso- mucronulata, margine subplana leviter revoluta subintegra parte inferiore excepta dentibus callosis minutis mucroniformibus remotis praedita, 3.5— 9 cm longa 1.5—4 cm lata, supra in vivo atro-luteolo-viridis siccitate griseo-viridis costa stricte impressa tomentulosa reliqua glabra vel parcis- simis pilis, nervis secundariis laxo reticuloque impressis conspicuisque, subtus albida siccitate ochroleuca dense crasseque lanato-tecta, costa eminenti nervis secundariis circa 10 utroque latere patulis plus minusve conspicuis vel cum tomento velatis reticulo venorum laxo conspicuo vel infra tomentum occulto. Inflorescentiae corymboso-paniculatae folia vix attingentes ramusculos valde foliosos terminantes, e basi foliosa ramosae, 3-7 cm longae et latae, axi robusto rigido etiam ramis mediocribus ascendentibus dense cras- seque lanato-tomentosis in vivo canis in sicco ochroleucis, ramulis ultimis seu pedunculis monocephalis 10-2 mm longis vel capitulos 2—3 sessiles ferentibus; bracteis ovato-oblongis vel ovatis acutis amplectentibus extus lanatis 5-2 mm longis pedunculis subtendentibus, 1-3 circa capitulum instructis. Capitula campanulata 8-9 mm longa circa 6 mm diamitentia, radiata. Involucrum 7—7.5 mm altum tomentosum bracteis 4—5 seriatis interioribus oblongis subacutis margine scariosis eroso-subciliatis 6—6.2 mm longis circa 1.5 mm latis dorso sursum tomentellis brunneo-marginatis, ceteris gradatim brevioribus dorso albido-lanatis, exterioribus ovatis acutis 2 mm longis 1.5 mm altis. Flores radii feminei 13—21, corolla alba 5.5- 6 mm longa tubulo angusto recto 3.5—4 mm longo puberulo pilis crassius- culis sparsis praedito, lamina obovato-oblonga 0.8 mm lata apice 2-3- denticulata supra papillosa; stylus corolla aequilongus ramis 0.8 mm longis complanatis dilatato-sublanceolatis intus minutissime papillosis extus grosse papillosis; ovarium oblongum 2 mm longum sparse glandu- losum; pappus stramineus circa 5 mm longus pilis acutis minute stri- gosis sursum leviter subplumoso-dilatatis aliquis exterioribus brevioribus inaequalibus. Flores disci hermaphroditi 10-20, corolla 5 mm longa tubulo crasso 2.6 mm longo pilis crassiusculis brevibus sparsis lobis triangulari-oblongis acutiusculis margine incrassatis 1 mm longis; an- therae 2 mm longae basi breviter acutiusculeque auriculata; extremitas styli 1.5 mm longa incrassato-lanceolata papilloso-pilosa in 2 ramas stig- maticas lanceolatas crassiusculas conniventes 1-1.2 mm longas fissa; ovarium oblongum 2 mm longum sparse glandulosum; pappus stramineus 5 mm longus pilis acutis quam in floribus femineis paulo crassioribus sursum magis dilatatis, exterioribus minoribus strictioribus. (Fig. 2, a-i. ) Type locality: Colombia: Antioquia: Medellin, Mount El Boquerdén, Alto de Los Baldios, paramo 3150 m alt.; tree 4-5 m; leaves rather thick, yellowish green, dark above, whitish beneath; branchlets of the inflores- cence whitish, edge of the phyllaris brownish, ligules white; 9 April 1958 José Cuatrecasas, Manuel Llano and Gabriel Gutiérrez 24226. Holo- type, US; isotype, MEDEL. 14 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Remarks: Diplostephium antioquense is closely related to D. denticu- latum Blake, but differs in having more flexible leaves which are shorter, attenuate towards the base, cuneate, entire or almost entire and with nervation more completely concealed by the tomentum; the heads are larger, with broader and more woolly phyllaries; the ligulate corollas have a widely obovate-oblong limb and a long tube. In D. denticulatum the tube of the ray-corollas is shorter (2.5-3 mm) and the limb is linear and acutely 2—3-toothed. The ovaries are more scarcely glandular in D. denticulatum than in D. antioquense. A related species from Narifo, D. tabanense Cuatr., differs from it by its more lanceolate, acute or sub- acute leaves, these usually serrate, having more crowded secondary nerves, by its larger heads, with longer and more lanceolate phyllaries, by larger, linear ray-corollas, and by longer and more slender pedicels. Diplostephium saxatile Cuatr., sp. nov. Arbuscula 2-6 m alta ramulis crassis dense cinereo-tomensis cicatricosis ramificatione pseudodichotoma (dichasiali), extremis dense rosulato- seu fasciculato-foliosis. Folia alterna sessilia, lamina crassa subcoriacea sed mollia lanceolato- oblonga basi paulo attenuata subrotundata amplectentiaque apice acuta margine dimidio superiore parte serrata dentibus callosis acutis patulis brevibus 2-6 mm inter se remotis, 5-11 cm longa 1.2-2.5 cm lata, supra pallide viridis adpresse villosa, costa lata nervis secundariis visibilibus nervulis minus conspicuis, subtus spise cinereo-tomentosa pilis densis flexuosis intricatis vestita, costa crassa elevata 8-9 nervis secundariis utroque latere prominentibus valde ascendentibus marginem versus arcuato-anastomosantibus nervulis venisque recticulum minutum promi- nentem formantibus. Inflorescentiae terminales confertae thyrsoideo-paniculatae basi foliosae folia vix attingentes vel paulo excedentes 5-10 cm longae e basi ramosae axi ramisque dense adpresseque cinereo-villosis, pedicellis 0.1-5 mm longis ebracteolatis, bracteis subtendentibus lineari-oblongis 1.5—0.5 cm longis 0.6-1.5 mm latis. Capitula campanulata 10-12 mm alta 8-10 mm lata heterogama sed discoidea. Involucrum campanulatum 9-11 mm altum bracteis herbaceis rigidulis violascentibus 5-6 seriatis interioribus oblongo-lanceolatis acuminatisque 8-10 mm longis 1.5-2 mm latis ex- terioribus ovato-oblongis et ovatis gradatim brevioribus ovatioribusque infimis 4—5 mm longis 2-3 mm latis subite acutatis omnibus nervio medio notato et marginibus subtiliter lacerato-ciliatis dorso praecipue in exteri- oribus pilosulis vel subglabris. Flores radii feminei ligulati 21-43 bi-tri- seriati, corolla 5.5-6.5 mm longa tubulo 3-3.5 mm longo superne papil- loso-pilosulo, lamina obovato-oblonga 0.5-0.6 mm lata apice profunde tridentata dentibus linearibus 0.4—0.5 mm longis, dorso sparse papilloso- pilosula; stylus corollam satis excedens circa 7 mm longus crassiusculus ramis circa 0.8 mm longis lingulatis marginibus incrassatis minutissime papillosulis; ovarium obovato-oblongum compressum tricostatum (una costa tenerior ) copiose glandulosum sparse pilosum; pappus 7 mm longus Studies on Andean Compositae V 15 in sicco luteus pilis inaequilongis biseriatis basi coalitis, compressis strig- ulosis sursum paulo dilatatis versus apicem angustatis acutis, brevioribus 4-5 mm longis strictis. Flores disci hermaphroditi 23-48, corolla lutea circa 6—7.5 mm longa parte media pilosula, tubo 3-4.5 mm longo limbo tubuloso-infundibuliformi dentibus 1 mm longis triangulari-oblongis sub- acutis apice papillosulis; antherae 2 mm longae saccis basi obtusis vel brevissime auriculatis; rami styli 0.8 mm longi lingulato-oblongi (sub- lanceolati) acutiuscculi extus marginibusque longe denseque papilloso- pilosi; pappus 8 mm longus corollam valde excedens in sicco luteolus pilis inaequi-longis pariter floribus femineis; ovarium 2.5-4 mm longum lineare compressum bicostato-marginatum copiose glandulosum sterile. Receptaculum circa 2 mm diamitente alveolatum marginibus crasse mem- branaceis obtuse dentatis. (Fig. 2, j-z.) Type locality: Colombia: Magdalena: Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta; southeastern slopes: Hoya del Rio Donachui, between Laguna Esacuriba and the big rocks about 3870 m altitude; rocky paramo 4043-3870 m alt.; “tree 2-6 m; leaves soft, light green above, cinereous beneath; in- volucre violaceous; corollas yellow,’ 6 October 1959, José Cuatrecasas and Rafael Romero Castaneda 24620. Holotype, US; isotype, COL. Remarks: Diplostephium saxatile, strikingly different from the other species of the genus, is a small paramo or subparamo tree with typical firm, medium-sized, lanceolate, sessile leaves clustered at the end of dichotomic branches. It is also strongly characterized by the small ray- corollas which are much shorter than the styles and the pappus. The short ray-corollas are found only in one other species of Diplostephium, namely, D. anactinotum Blake. This is also a remarkable endemic of the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta and is represented by small, dwarf shrubs with small, thick, coriaceous leaves. D. saxatile has campanulate, rather large heads with usually a few more female than hermaphroditic flowers; its common proportion is 22 to 25 but some heads can bear twice as many as the regular ones. Paragynoxys undatifolia Cuatr., sp. nov. Arbor 6 m alta trunco medulloso recto basi 12 cm diamitente cortice resinoso superne tomentoso, simplex vel candelabriformis 3-5 ramis dense crasseque ochraceo-lanato-tomentosis extremo conferte subrosulato-foliosis deorsum cicatricibus foliorum semi-amplectentibus glabris signatis. Folia magna alterna crasse coriacea valde convexo-undata. Petiolus validus circa 20 cm longus 12-16 cm crassus striatus leviter verruculosus basi vaginato-dilatatus amplectens dense crasseque ochraceo-lanato- tomentosus. Lamina subovato-elliptica apice attenuata obtusaque basi profunde cordata margine integra sed leviter irregulariterque undulata 50-70 cm longa 28—40 cm lata sinu basali asymmetrico 3-9 cm profundo, supra costa dense lanato-tomentosa cetera juvenili lanato-floccosa mox glabrata, luteolo-viridis nitens sublaevis sed bullato-undata, nervis sec- undariis conspicuis reliquis obsoletis, subtus dense crasseque ochraceo- tomentoso-lanata, costa crassa valde eminenti nervis secundariis 14 vel 16 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington ein ea tht LODE A Myr Liha Ae A. SoS = Fig. 2.—a-i: Diplostephium antioquense (Cuatrecasas et al. 24226). a, head, <5; b, inner involucral bract, <5; c, ray flower, <5; d, anther, 15; e, style end of female flower, x40; f, outer pappus bristle of disc flower, X15; g, fragment of inner pappus bristle of disc flower, x10; h, disc flower, <5; i, style end of disc flower, X20. j-r: Diplostephium saxatile (Cuatrecasas and Romero 24620). 7, inner involucral bract, x 5: k, anther, x15; I, ray flower, %5; m, outer pappus bristle of disc flower, 10; n, inner pappus bristle of disc flower, 7.5; 0, style end of ray flower, X30; p, style end of disc flower, x30; qg, disc flower, <5; 1, involucre, x 5. Studies on Andean Compositae V 17 15 utroque latere prominentibus patulis marginem versus ramoso-furcatis anastomosantibus, nervis tertiis reticulo laxo prominenti instructis venulis reticulatis prominulis sed cum indumento cancellatis. Folia valde ju- venilia brevia utrinque crasse denseque crispo-lanata. Inflorescentiae magnae thyrsoideo-paniculatae axillares 50-60 cm longae 30-60 cm latae pedunculo robusto striato dense ochraceo lanato sparse leviterque verruculoso circa 25 cm longo, ramis numerosis crassis paulo flexuosis striolatis ochraceo-lanatis bracteis subtendentibus lineari- bus 3-7 cm longis crasse villoso-lanatis; bracteis inferioribus foliaceis 10— 20 cm longis 5—7 cm latis. Pedicelli teneri 4-15 mm longi 5—6-bracteolati bracteolis anguste subulatis teneris flexuosis 5-8 mm longis circa 0.5 mm latis. Ramusculi pedicelli bracteolaeque lanuginosi-villosi pilis longis capillaribus intricatis flexuosis. Capitula homogama discoidea 5-flora. Involucrum cylindraceum 8-8.5 mm altum circa 4 mm diamitens 5 bracteis chartaceis plus minusve violascentibus oblongis 8—8.5 mm longis apice subacutis ciliatisque, externis circa 2 mm latis intus 6—7-nervatis internis margine scariosis 3-3.5 mm latis intus 3—4-nervatis, margine eroso-ciliatis dorso sparse villosis vel glabratis. Flores omnes hermaph- roditi, corolla alba glabra 11 mm longa tubulo crassiusculo 5.5-6 mm longo laciniis linearibus 5 mm longis 0.6 mm latis marginatis 1-nervatis apice acuto minute papilloso. Antherae maturitate exsertae 3 mm longae basi breviter sagittatae acute auriculatae fertiles. Stylus exsertus ramis 3 mm longis contortis crassiusculis subacutis subcomplanatis supra ca- naliculatis papillosulis sursum extus papilloso-pilosis apice acute panicil- latis. Ovarium glabrum 3 mm longum subtriangulare compressum 10- striatum. Pappus stramineus 8 mm longus setis crassiusculis rigidis mi- nute strigulosis numerosis 2—3-seriatis persistentibus basi in brevem an- nulum achaenium coronantem coalitis. Receptaculum planum leviter 5- foveolatum 1 mm diamitente. Type locality: Colombia: Magdalena: Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, southeastern slope: Hoya del Rio Donachui, below Sabanita Diricune, near Col., 3200 m altitude, “tree 6 m high, leaves rigid, coriaceous, bullate, yellowish green above, ochraceous green beneath, corolla white, styles light yellow,” 29 September 1959, J. Cuatrecasas and R. Romero- Castafieda 24485. Holotype, US; isotype, COL. Remarks: Paragynoxys undatifolia is closely related to P. meridana Cuatr., but it can be distinguished by its thicker coriaceous leaves, which are more elliptical or oblong, convex and strongly waved, smooth without prominent reticulum on the upper side, and covered beneath with thicker woolly indument of very long, intricate hairs. The petiole, midribs and inflorescence-branches are sparsely and obsoletely verrucose. The flowers are always hermaphrodite, and the corolla tube is equal to or longer than the limb. P. meridana, on the other hand, has ovate, flat and less thick leaves with prominent reticulum above, and dense but shorter lanate tomentum beneath and on the petioles. In addition, P. meridana has very conspicuously verrucose petioles, midribs and inflorescences. Female flowers often develop through abortion of the anthers. The corolla tube 18 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington (4-5 mm) is shorter than the lobes (6 mm). The flowers also have a longer pappus than those of the new species. Of this striking genus eight species were known (see Cuatrecasas in Brittonia 8: 151-160, 1955), each endemic to a restricted area in the Sierra Nevada de Merida, Venezuela, and eastern Andes and Antioquia in Colombia. P. undatifolia is an uncommon small tree found in bushy or rocky protected places in the subpaéramos or inside the Andean forest on the southern slopes of the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta. I have seen it between 2500 and 3200 m altitude; inside the forest it may reach a height of 12 m. The pith of the stem is rather soft and I found it to be edible and palatable. Senecio doryphyllus Cuatr., sp. nov. Suffrutex 0.2-1 m alta ramis flexuosis striatis inferne cicatricosis, ju- venilibus valde foliosis arachnoideis demum glabris plus minusve violaceis. Folia alterna saepe patentia crassiuscula, lamina oblongo-lanceolata acuta vel acuminata margine leviter revoluta calloso-dentata basi in petiolum valde brevem vel in ramis adultis elongatisque ad 2 cm longum petiolum angustata, in supremis sessilia 3-15 cm longa 0.3-2 cm lata, basi late amplectente vaginata seu brevissime auriculata, utrinque juvenilis arachnoidea denique glabrata, supra atroviridis costa angusta notata reliqua sublaevis sed nervulis reticulatis impressis plus minusve visibilibus, subtus costa prominenti nervis secundariis circa 20 utroque latere con- spicuis tenuibus patulis et cum venulis in reticulum laxum anastomosatis, superficie viridis nervis violaceis. Inflorescentiae terminales paniculatae ad 20 capitulos ferentes (vulgo 8-10), ramis ramulisque tenuibus patulis violascentibus primum arach- noideis deinde glabratis, basi foliosis, foliis cum caulinis similibus sed sessilibus amplectentibus, sursum gradatim minoribus supremis in brac- teis linearibus subulatis 20-5 mm longis 1-0.6 mm latis commutatis. Pedicelli 1-3 cm longi teneri bracteolati apice plurimis bracteolis lanceo- latis acuminatisque parce arachnoideis vel glabris 3.5-6 mm longis caly- culum formantibus. Capitula homogama campanulata 1.2—-1.5 cm longa et lata saepe cernua vel nutantia. Involucrum herbaceum circa 1 cm altum 14-21 bracteis crassiusculis oblongo-lanceolatis apice ciliatis re- liquis glabris 7.5-9 mm longis 1.5—2.8 mm latis exterioribus anguste in- terioribus late membranaceo-marginatis sursum purpurascentibus. Flores omnes hermaphroditi 56-100, corolla lutea 7-9.5 mm longa glabra tubulo angusto 4-5 mm longo limbo tubuloso paulo ampliato, dentibus triangu- laribus acutis apice leviter incrassato minutissime papilloso 0.8 mm longis. Antherae 2.5 mm longae basi brevissime vel obsolete auriculatae. Rami styli crassiusculi 1.2 mm longi curvati apice truncati penicillati et saepe piloso-caudati. Ovarium glabrum 1.8 mm longum. Pappus albus 7-9 mm longus pilis sericeis tenuibus strigulosis 2—3-seriatis. Type locality: Colombia: Magdalena: Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, southeastern slopes: Hoya del Rio Donachui; between Laguna Esacuriba and the big rocks about 3870 m altitude; rocky paramo 4043-3870 m Studies on Andean Compositae V 19 alt., “undershrub 0.3—1 m high, branches flexuose; leaves soft, dark green above, lighter with violaceous veins beneath; branchlets more or less violaceous; involucral bracts rather dark or purplish at tip; corollas yellow”; 6 October 1959, José Cuatrecasas and Rafael Romero Castafieda 24618. Holotype, US; isotype, COL. Remarks: Senecio doryphyllus belongs to the section Aetheolena (Cass.) Hoff., being closely related to S. patens (HBK) DC. and S. cuencanus Hieron. It can be distinguished by its firm, narrowly lanceo- late and dentate leaves, by its broadly oblong-lanceolate phyllaries, and by the deciduous arachnoid (not woolly or tomentose) indument of young leaves and branchlets which, when adult, are glabrous. The Venezuelan S. longipenicillatus Sandwith is also related to it, but differs primarily by being densely tomentose. S. doryphyllus varies in the size of the leaves, inflorescences and flowers according to environmental conditions. In open places, the plants may develop smaller, densely arachnoideous leaves and more compact inflorescences; under protection and in the shade of large rocks and tall shrubs, the branchlets become elongate, the leaves larger, and the inflorescences larger, spreading and looser. There is also a degree of variation in the size of heads and, accordingly, in the size and number of phyllaries and flowers. Senecio harrietae Cuatr., sp. nov. Suffrutex 1-2 m alta caulibus foliosis erectis anguloso-striatis violaceis villosulis pilis brunneis longis subadpressis vel plus minusve flexuosis. Folia alterna crassiuscula sessilia lanceolata vel lineari-lanceolata apice acuta calloso-mucronulata basim versus angustata basi subite dilatato- auriculata amplexicaulia margine revoluta breviter repandoque denticu- lata dentibus minutis callosis 3-8 mm distantibus, 2-8 cm longa 4-13 mm lata auriculis semirotundatis 2-10 mm latis, supra pallide viridia juvenilia dense deinde sparse villosa pilis fuscis longis basi incrassatis subadpressis leviterque flexuosis, costa impressa ceteris nervis obsoletis, subtus pallidiora magis villosa costa prominenti nervis secundariis acute ascendentibus 6-8 utroque latere conspicuis reliquis nervis inconspicuis. Inflorescentia terminalis floribunda corymboso-paniculata folia valde superans, 8-12 cm lata ramis ramulisque violaceis angulato-striatis brunneo-villosis inferne e foliis subtendentibus superne bracteis gradatim brevioribus linearibus et subulatis villosulis 10-4 mm longis. Pedicelli teneri flexuosi vel erecti 3-15 mm longi villosuli plus minusve bracteo- lati ad apicem 6-8 bracteolis subulatis villosis 3-4 mm longis ad modum calyculi laxi. Capitula heterogama semiglobosa radiata circa 12 mm diamitentia. Involucrum campanulatum 5-6 mm altum, 13 bracteis herbaceis viridibus brunnescenti-villosulis sublanceolato-linearibus acuti- usculis circa 5 mm longis apice ciliatis margine integris, exterioribus 1.2— 1.5 mm latis interioribus late scarioso-marginatis 1.8—-2 mm latis. Re- ceptaculum nudum alveolatum. Flores radii feminei ligulati 13, corolla lutea glabra patenti 8 mm longa tubulo 2.3 mm longo lamina elliptico- oblonga 5-nervata 1.5-1.8 mm lata apice minute 3-denticulata; ramuli 20 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington styli 1 mm longi tubuli corollae paulo exserti lineari minutissime papil- losi apice subtruncati papillosuli; ovarium 1 mm longum ellipsoideo- oblongum 5-costatum glabrum; pappus sericeus albus 2.8-3 mm longus pilis inaequilongis biseriatis minute strigulosis basi coalitis. Flores disci hermaphroditi 32-44, corolla tubulosa glabra lutea 4.6 mm longa tubulo 1.5 mm longo limbo tubuloso-infundibuliformi dentibus triangulari- oblongis 0.6 mm longis subacutis apice papillosis; antherae 1.2 mm longae sagittatae caudis 0.15 mm longis; filamenta extremo in 0.5 mm longitudine incrassata; rami styli 1 mm longi crassiusculi paulo com- planati apice subtruncati breviter papilloso-piloso-coronati; ovarium 1.2 mm longum glabrum acute 5-costatum; pappus 3 mm longus albus seri- ceus pilis biseriatis minute strigilosis. Type locality: Colombia: Magdalena: Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, headquarters of Rio Sevilla, western slopes of the Sierra, in river canyon below camp at an altitude of 3400 m, January 1959, Harriet Barclay 6690. “Shrub to 2 m tall; stem dark red-purple to green with dark hairs; leaves auricled with branch above each leaf; leaves dark green above, lighter below, revolute, brown hairs on both sides; small heads with yellow rays; involucral bracts margined with brown, tipped with hairs; disc flowers yellow.” Holotype, US. Remarks: Senecio harrietae is somewhat similar to S. subarachnoideus Sch. Bip., from the northern slopes of the Sierra Nevada, but the latter has almost coriaceous, obtuse leaves dentate only at apex, large heads, and another kind of indument. The natural affinities of S. harrietae are toward S. pectioides Rusby, from the Bolivian Andes, from which it dif- fers by the villous and loose nature of the indument, its smaller heads and flowers, the shorter and wider involucral bracts, and by other differences in the shape of the leaves. Senecio favillosus Cuatr., sp. nov. Suffrutex 1 m alta ramis flexuosis scandentibus argute striatis tomento subadpresso lanato-arachnoideo albo-cinereo tectis. Folia alterna subcoriacea crassiuscula. Petiolus 5-12 mm _ longus lanuginoso-arachnoideus cinereus. Lamina ovato-lanceolata basi obtusa apice attenuata obtusiuscula vel subacuta minute calloso-mucronata mar- gine remote serrulata dentibus callosis 2-5 mm distantibus, 3-8 cm longa 1.3-4 cm lata, supra juvenilis dense lanuginoso-arachnoidea subargentea deinde subglabrata sparse arachnoidea viridis laevis costa nervisque sec- undariis paulo conspicuis, subtus juvenilis albo-argentata dense induta deinde cinerea indumento lanato-arachnoideo mucido tecta costa eminenti nervis secundariis 5-7 utroque latere ascendentibus marginem versus curvatis evanescentibus vel anastomosatis nervulis inconspicuis vel laxo reticulo leviter notato. Inflorescentiae paniculatae breves 3-7 cm longae ramulos breves ter- minantes folia paulo superantes, pedunculo ramulisque cinereo-arach- noideo-lanatis bracteolis subulatis circa 8-5 mm longis 1-0.5 mm latis lanato-cinereis. Pedicelli 2-5 mm longi cinereo-lanati paucis bracteolis Studies on Andean Compositae V 21 subulatis 3-4 mm longis 0.5 mm latis flexuosis instructi. Capitula sub- globosa parva homogama circa 7-8 mm alta lataque. Involucrum cupu- latum 5 mm altum 11-13 bracteis herbaceis ovato-lanceolatis acutis vel paulo acuminatis crassiusculis 4.5-5 mm longis, exterioribus haud vel anguste scarioso-marginatis uno latere 1-1.8 mm latis, interioribus mar- ginibus late scariosis 2-2.5 mm latis, dorso apiceque albo-lanatis. Caly- culum 5-6 bracteolis subulatis flexuosis 3.5-4 mm longis 0.5 mm latis basi capituli apiceque pedicelli. Flores omnes hermaphroditi 55-58 in capitulo, corolla tubulosa lutea 5 mm longa glabra tubulo 2 mm longo limbo infundibuliformi 5-lobato lobis oblongis subacutis 0.8-0.9 mm longis apice minute papillosulis. Antherae 1 mm. longae basi sagittatae caudatae, caudae 0.2 mm longae. Rami styli curvati 0.8 mm longi cras- siusculi subcomplanati minutissime papillosi apice subtruncati papillosi breviter coronato-penicillati. Ovarium 1.5 mm altum 5-costatum glabrum. Pappus albo-sericeus 4 mm longis setis subbiseriatis scabris deciduis. Type locality: Colombia: Magdalena: Cordillera Oriental: Serrania de Perija, Corregimiento de Manaure: Sabana Rubia, “bosque dentro del paramo,” 2700 m alt., 5 March 1959, R. Romero Castafieda 7449. Holo- type, US; isotype, COL. Remarks: Senecio favillosus is a subshrub with spreading or climbing branchlets, which superficially resembles some members of the section Streptothamnus Greenm., but actually it has no close relationship to any other species of Andean Senecio. It is distinguished by its discoid, rather small heads and by its subappressed, woolly-arachnoid, cinereous tomentum covering branchlets, inflorescences and the ovate-lanceolate, not reticulate, leaves. Senecio romeroi Cuatr., sp. nov. Herba 60-90 cm alta radice tenui caule simplici erecto robustiusculo striato indumento albo arachnoideo deciduo tecto. Folia basilaria rosulato-fasciculata 10-12 crasse herbacea longe petio- lata. Petiolus 10-18 cm longus 2-3 mm latus striatus arachnoideo- lanuginosus sursum anguste marginatus basi breviter amplectente va- ginatus vagina submembranacea nervata circa 1 cm longa lataque. Lamina elliptico-oblongissima, 12-20 cm longa 1.8-3.5 cm lata, basi subite cuneato-attenuata plus minusve cum petiolo decurrens apice paulo attenuata obtusa, margine leviter revoluta vel adulta plana dentata denti- bus callosis 0.5-1 mm eminentibus 2—4 mm inter se distantibus, supra atro-luteolo-viridis in juvenilibus sparse arachnoidea demum glabra costa conspicua nervis secundariis 12-14 utroque latere curvato-ascendentibus tenuibus cum reticulo impresso leviterque conspicuo anastomosatis, sub- tus albo-cinerea tomento lanato denso tecta tantum costa plus minusve glabrata prominenti relquis nervis occultis vel leviter notatis. Folia caulina numerosa alterna, inferiora cum basilaribus similia sed sursum petiolo gradatim breviori latiorique et lamina magis decurrenti, media sessilia oblonga cordato-amplectentia 20-14 cm longa, suprema lanceolata acutiuscula basi cordata amplectenti 14-8 cm longa 1.6—1.8 cm lata. 22. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Inflorescentia corymboso-paniculata circa 15 cm longa et lata 25-30 capitulis ramis erectis striatis arachnoideis bracteis lanceolatis subtus albo-cinereo-lanatis inferioribus foliaceis 5-6 x 1 cm sursum gradatim minoribus supremis linearibus acutis 8-5 mm longis 1.5-1 mm latis. Pedicelli 5—2.5 cm longi recti erecti sparsis bracteolis linearibus muniti. Capitula radiata erecta 3-3.5 cm diamitentia. Involucrum campanulatum circa 1 cm altum 1 cm diamitente 32 bracteis subbiseriatis herbaceis viridibus lineari-lanceolatis acutis 8-9 mm longis dorso crassis, externis 1—1.2 mm latis margine anguste scariosis, internis 1.5—2 mm latis margine late scariosis, glabris apice ciliato-penicillato excepto. Calyculum breve 14-16 bracteolis lineari-lanceolatis acutis 4-5 mm longis glabris vel parce arachnoideis ad apicem pedicelli imbricatis dimidium involucri non attingentibus. Flores radii feminei ligulati circa 17, corolla lutea 16-18 mm longa tubulo subcapillari 7-7.5 mm longo sursum parce puberulo, lamina oblongo-elliptica apice minute 3-denticulata circa 8-nervata saepe 4 nervis conspicuioribus 9-10 mm longa 3-5 mm lata; rami styli vix exserti 1 mm longi lineares subobtusi minutissime papillosi; ovarium glabrum 1.2 mm longum; pappus albus circa 7 mm longus pilis sericeis tenuibus minute scabrosis pluriseriatis. Flores disci hermaphroditi circa 140, corolla tubulosa lutea glabra 8 mm longa tubulo subcapillari 4 mm longo limbo tubuloso 5-nervato 5-dentato dentibus oblongo-triangularibus 0.6 mm longis apice incrassatis minute papillosis; anthaerae 1.5 mm longae basi brevissime auriculatae; rami styli 1 mm longi crassiusculi minute papilllosi supra sulcati apice truncati papilloso-pilosi; ovarium glabrum 1.5 mm longum striolatum; pappus 7 mm longus sericeo-albus pilis tenuibus pluriseriatis. Type locality: Colombia: Magdalena: Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, southeastern slopes: Hoya del Rio Donachui, paramos near Meollaca, about 3560-3500 m altitude; “herb 60 cm, leaves rather thick, soft, dark yellowish green above, cinereous beneath; petioles and midribs violaceous; involucre green; ligules and florets yellow,” 6 October 1959, José Cuat- recasas and Rafael Romero Castaneda 24622. Holotype, US; isotype, COL. Remarks: Senecio romeroi is closely allied to S. folidentatus Cuatr., from which it differs by its narrower, oblong, almost linear, obtuse basal leaves, with shorter and more obtuse dentation, the whitish, lanate to- mentum that covers the leaves beneath, the longer calyculus (attaining half the length of the involucre), and by the higher number of phyllaries (32 in S. romeroi, 20 in S. folidentatus). The same features may dis- tinguish S. romeroi from the Venezuelan S. funckii Sch. Bip. This Vene- zuelan species, furthermore, differs by its shorter ovate-elliptic, cordate basal leaves; the rosette-leaves of S. funckii were unknown by Schultz Bipontinus and also by Weddell, who wrote in Chloris Andina 1:125, 1855, “inferioribus petiolatis s. valde angustatis.” These words probably refer to the lower leaves of the stem and not to the rosular leaves. Ros- ette leaves are present in specimens of later collections now preserved Studies on Andean Compositae V 23 at the U.S.N.M. (Jahn 1130, Aristeguieta 2640, etc.), allowing a more complete concept of S. funckii. Senecio rugosus Cuatr., sp. nov. Frutex scandens ramis strictis tortuosis striolatis viridibus juvenilibus albo-lanuginosis demum glabratis, ramulis ultimis valde divaricatis seu reflexis. Folia alterna subcoriacea rugosa petiolo 1-2 cm longo albo-lanato supra sulcato basi biauriculato vaginato amplexicauli auriculis suborbicu- laribus 3-10 mm Iatis, lamina oblongo-ovata vel subovato-lanceolata basi obtusa apice attenuata subacuta vel acuta calloso-mucronulata, margine leviter revoluta subintegra, 3-7 cm longa 1.1—3.6 cm lata, supra rugoso- nervata saepe bullata dilute lanuginosa vel glabrata luteolo-viridis niti- daque costa angusta impressa reliquis nervis impressis reticulatis, subtus in vivo albido-lanata in sicco viridi-flavescenti vel ochroleuca indumento crispo lanato tecta costa valde eminenti nervis secundariis 6-8 utroque latere curvato ascendentibus prominentibus cum nervulis prominentibus laxe reticulatis anastomosatis. Inflorescentiae dichotomo-paniculatae ad ramos ultimos breves pseudo- paniculam foliosam compositam formantes; ramuli divaricati albido- lanuginosi 1-3 cm longi basi foliosi sursum bracteis linearibus vel sub- ulatis 5-3 mm longis albatis; pedicelli 0.1-3 mm longi lanati parcis brac- teolis aliquando 1-3 capitulis sessilibus instructis. Capitula homogama parva campanulata 7-8 mm longa 6 mm lata. Involucrum cupulatum 4—4.5 mm altum, bracteis 8 raro 9-10 crassiusculis ovatis et lance-ovatis acutis extus albo-lanatis 3-3.5 mm longis, exterioribus circa 1 mm latis magis acuminatis, interioribus margine late scariosis 1.7-2 mm latis. Calyculum 3-4 bracteolis subulatis flexuosis lanuginosis 3-3.5 mm longis ad basim capituli apicemque pedicelli. Flores omnes hermaphroditi 21- 28 in capitulo, corolla tubulosa lutea 5 mm longa glabra tubulo 1.6 mm longo limbo tubuloso-infundibuliformi dentibus linearibus subacutis ad apicem leviter incrassatis, circa 1.3 mm longis. Antherae 1.5 mm longae basi longe caudatae caudiculis subulatis tenuibus 0.3-0.4 mm longis. Rami styli crassiusculi 1.2 mm longi minute papillosuli apice truncati papilloso-penicillati saepe piloso-caudati. Ovarium leviter striatum glab- rum 1 mm longum. Pappus albo-sericeus 4.5 mm longus pilis breviter strigulosis 2—3-seriatis. Receptaculum circa 1.5 mm diamitens alveo- latum marginibus argute elevato-dentatis. Type locality: Colombia: Magdalena: Cordillera Oriental, Sierra de Perija east of Manaure at Quebrada de Floridablanca, in bushes and Andean forests, 2700-2800 m alt.; “climbing undershrub; leaves sub- coriaceous, rugose, yellowish green above, whitish beneath; involucre light green; corollas yellow,’ 10 November 1959, José Cuatrecasas and Rafael Romero Castafieda 25180. Holotype, US; isotype, COL. Remarks: Senecio rugosus, somewhat resembling S. bullatus Benth., is unique among the Andean climbing species of the genus by its strongly rugose, auriculate leaves and small heads. 24 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Chaptalia incana Cuatr., sp. nov. Herba rosulata scapigera lana alba plus minusve dense obtecta, rhizo- mate tenui obliquo fibroso-radicifero. Folia omnia basilaria rosulato-fasciculata lineari-oblonga vel lanceolato- linearia crasse subcoriacea rigidula subapicem attenuata apice calloso- mucronulata basim versus sine sensu in brevem petiolum angustata basi subite in longam vaginam scariosam amplectentem araneoso-lanatam ampliata, margine revoluto dentibus callosis mucroniformibus remotis (6-10 mm distantibus) munita, 5-14 cm longa 4-12 mm lata, vagina 3-4 cm longa 0.8-0.9 cm lata, limbo supra albo-arachnoideo-lanato aliquando vetusti glabrato viridique laevi enervato, subtus dense cras- seque candido-lanato tantum costa promineti. Scapi floriferi axillares solitarii (1-3 in roseta) tenues erecti mono- cephali dense albo-lanati 7-26 cm longi, juveniles folia attingentia ve- tustiores valde superantes, bracteis lineari-subulatis flexuosis 10-7 mm longis 1-0.5 mm latis lanuginosis inferne remotissimis sursum numerosis basi capitulum cum involucro subimbricatis muniti. Capitula erecta vel reclinata campanulata radiata 2-2.5 cm alta. Involucrum basi coni- cum, bracteis 4-5 seriatis imbricatis herbaceis rigidulis plus minusve purpurascentibus interioribus fertilibus circa 12 uniseriatis sublanceolato- linearibus acutis integerrimis, dorso albo-lanuginosis, costa eminenti mar- gine basique scariosis 17-22 mm longis 2—2.5 mm latis, bracteis exterior- ibus gradatim brevioribus angustioribusque et magis acutis, inferioribus 7-9 mm longis sine sensu et cum bracteolis pedunculi imbricatis de- scendentibus. Flores marginales feminei ligulati uniseriati 17-21 in- volucrum excedentes; corolla glabra 14-16 mm longa lamina supra alba subtus lilacina oblonga 3-dentata nervis 4 paulo visibilibus 1.6—1.8 mm lata tubulo subcapillari 5-6 mm longo basi lamina saepe 2 dentibus brevi- bus munita; rami styli anguste lineares obtusi glabri supra margineque minutissime papillosi; ovarium lineare sursum subrostrato-angustatum glabrum compressum submarginatum; pappus flavo-stramineus 7 mm longus pilis triseriatis minute strigulosis basi in annulo connatis. Flores feminei interiores biseriati 10-16 tubulosi; corolla glabra 6.5-7 mm longa imperfecte bilabiata, tubulo subcapillari apice limbo 1—-1.2 mm longo labio exteriori breviter ligulato tridentatoque interiori 2-dentato vel tubo apice valde oblique 5-dentato; stylus ovarium pappusque cum floribus ligulatis similes. Flores disci hermaphroditi 14-25 bilabiati; corolla 9— 10 mm longa basi 4 mm longe tubulosa cetera gradatim ampliata, limbo bilabiato labio exteriori 2.5 mm longi 3-dentato dentibus acutis circa 0.8 mm longis interiori in 2 lacinias lineares revolutas partito; antherae 3.5 mm longae basi longe caudatae (caudae 0.8 mm longae); styli rami crassiusculi subspathulati obtusi 0.8 mm longi sursum apiceque breviter crasseque pilosulo-papillosi; ovaria sublaevia subcompressa bimarginata et 3 costis tenuissimis fere inconspicuis. Achaenia non evoluta. Re- ceptaculum nudum foveolatum. (Fig. 3, k—w.) Type locality: Colombia: Magdalena: Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, southeastern slopes: Hoya del Rio Donachui: Meollaca (or Meuyaca), Studies on Andean Compositae V 25 paramo, bushy prairies 3320-3260 m alt.; ligules white above, lilaceous beneath; 28 September 1959, J. Cuatrecasas and R. Romero Castafieda 24438; Holotype, US; isotype, COL. Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, southeastern slopes: Hoya del Rio Donachui: Laguna de Calocribe, east of Meollaca, paramo 3600-3700 m alt.; leaves greenish above, white beneath; involucral bracts green purplish; ligules white above, + viola- ceous beneath 30 September 1959, J. Cuatrecasas and R. Romero Casta- fieda 24549; paratypes, US, COL. Remarks: Chaptalia incana must be placed in the section Leria (DC.) Burkart. It differs from all other species chiefly by its narrow-linear white-woolly leaves and its general white tomentum. The shape of its heads and of its three kinds of corollas distinguishes Chaptalia incana from other species which may have somewhat similar leaves (such as Ch. runcinata var. graminifolia (Dus.) Burkart). Chaptalia paramensis Cuatr., sp. nov. Herba rosulata scapigera rhizomate inclinato fibroso-radicifero. Folia omnia basilaria alterna petiolata subcoriaceo-herbacea crassiuscula, peti- olo 2-7 cm longo crassiusculo striato ochroleuco vel griseo-lanato basi subite in vaginam scariosam amplectentem circa 1 cm longam et latam dilatato; lamina ovoidea vel oblongo-ovoidea apice obtusa vel paulo attenuata basi plus minusve inaequilatera subcordata vel truncata ali- quando leviter subiteque decurrens margine leviter grosse dentata 3-8 cm longa 2.5—5 cm lata, supra juvenilis indumento arachnoideo-lanato ochro- leuco deciduo adulta glabrata atroviridis nervis secundariis tenuibus paulo conspicuis, subtus dense crasseque ochroleuco- vel griseo-lanata costa eminenti nervis secundariis circa 5 utroque latere bene ascendentibus plus minusve conspicuis. Scapi axillares singuli monocephali 15-26 cm longi suberecti crassius- culi ochroleuco-lanati ebracteati ad apicem incrassati saepe deflexi. Capitula radiata campanulato-conica 20-25 mm alta cernua vel nutantia. Involucrum turbinatum bracteis imbricatis 6-seriatis subherbaceis lineari- lanceolatis acutis margine scariosis plus minusve violaceis dorso lanatis, interioribus 20 fertilibus 20-21 mm longis 2—2.5 mm latis reliquis grad- atim brevioribus exterioribus 6—4 mm longis 1-0.7 mm latis. Flores radii feminei 22-33 subuniseriati; corolla alba glabra ligulata subbilabiata 15- 16 mm longa ligula oblonga 2 mm lata oscure 4-nervata apice attenuata integerrima vel minute 2—3-denticulata basi 2 dentibus linearibus 0.6— 0.7 mm longis praedita, tubulo subcapillari 5-5.5 mm longo; rami styli tubulum superantes lineares obtusiusculi supra minute papillosi; ovarium fusiforme subcompressum bimarginatum sparse minuteque pilosulum 3.5 mm longus apice rostrum filiformen 4—4.5 mm longum productum; pappus stramineus 6-7 mm longus pilis breviter strigulosis triseriatis. Flores feminei interiores 35—45, corolla brevi subbilabiata 9-9.5 mm longa tubulo angusto 5-5.5 mm longo labio exteriori ligulato lamina 3.5 mm longa 0.6 mm lata apice tridentata interiori brevi 2 laciniis brevibus saepe inaequalibus 0.5-0.7 mm longis instructo; rami styli 1.5-2 mm 26 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington — Studies on Andean Compositae V 27 longi lineares obtusi supra minute papillosi; ovarium 4.5-5 mm longum fusiforme subadpressum bimarginatum apice rostratum minutis pilis sparsis praeditum. Flores disci hermaphroditi circa 41 tubuloso-zygo- morphi; corolla 9-9.5 mm longa bilabiata, tubulo circa 4 mm longo sur- sum in limbum tubulosum sine sensu ampliatum producto, labio exteriori oblongo 2-nervato circa 3 mm longo 1.3 mm lato apice profunde tri- dentato labio interno in 2 lacinias lanceolato-lineares 2.5-3 mm longas partito, apice dentibus laciniisque capitato-incrassatis papilloso-glandu- losis; antherae sagittatae 4.5 mm longae appendicibus apicalibus obtusis 1.4 mm longis ad basim caudiculis subulato-filiformibus circa 1.5 mm longis. Rami styli lineares crassi 1 mm longi ad apicem rotundati papil- loso-pilosi intus minutissime papillosuli; ovarium tenue cum rostro circa 9 mm longum, sparse minuteque pilosulo; pappus stramineus 8-9 mm longus pilis tenuibus rigidis minute strigulosis 3-seriatis. Achaenia in- matura subfusiformia 4.5 mm longa tenuiter 5-costata minute sparseque pilosula apice in rostrum 4—4.5 mm longam producta. Receptaculum nudum foveolatum. (Fig. 3, a-j.) Type locality: Colombia: Magdalena: Sierra de Perija, plain between Cerro Venado and Cerro Avion, paramo 3270-3350 m alt.; leaves rather thick, dark green above, white and more or less purplish beneath; involu- cre more or less purplish, 8 November 1959, J. Cuatrecasas and R. Romero Castaneda 25117. Holotype, US; isotype, COL. Remarks: Chaptalia paramensis has a similar appearance and _ is closely related to C. meridensis Blake, from the Sierra Nevada de Mérida, Venezuela. The Sierra de Perija species has more markedly herbaceous, although thick, subcarnose leaves which have shorter petioles and ovate blades. The floral scapes are also thicker, especially near the apex, the heads are larger and include a greater number of larger flowers, the involucre is woolly-tomentose, and the ovaries and achenes are minutely pilose and long-rostrate. Fig. 3.—a-j: Chaptalia paramensis (Cuatrecasas and Romero 25117). a, head, 2.5; b, inner involucral bract, x2.5; c, outer female flower, 2.5; d, style end of outer flower, x10; e, inner female flower, x 2.5; f, disc flower, *2.5; g, anthers, x10; h, style end of disc flower, x 10; i, achene, X2.5 (the rostrum sectioned below the pappus); j, fragment of pappus bristle, x10. k-w: Chaptalia incana (Cuatrecasas and Ro- mero 24438). k, head, «2.5; 1, inner involucral bract, x 2.5; m, outer female flower, 2.5; n, fragment of pappus bristle, x 10; 0, disc flower, 2.5; q, inner female flower, x 2.5; s, style end of female flower, -NA-W Vol. 74, pp. 77-92 19 May 1961 lap 7. PROCEEDINGS is. cOnF. 7001 OF THE IBRARY BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGT ¥ 20 1961 | TAXONOMIC NOTES ON THE TUNDRA Oum) WERSITY | (MICROTUS OECONOMUS) IN ALAS ae By JoHN L. Parapiso AND RicHarp H. MANVILLE Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife This study was undertaken to determine the subspecific status of several hundred Alaskan tundra voles (Microtus oeconomus ) submitted for identification by the University of Alaska. During the course of the investigation, 1236 speci- mens were examined, mostly in the collections of the U. S. National Museum. The type specimens of all the named forms have been examined, with the exception of M. o. punukensis, for which a good series of topotypes was available. For the loan of specimens in their charge, appreciation is extended to: A. W. F. Banfield, National Museum of Canada (NMC); William H. Burt, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan (UM); E. Raymond Hall, Museum of Natural History, Uni- versity of Kansas (KU); Ludwig J. Rowinski, University of Alaska (UA); and Richard G. Van Gelder, American Mu- seum of Natural History (AMNH). This material was deemed sufficient to give a satisfactory picture of the distribution of the Alaskan forms of the species. Standard cranial measurements were taken with a vernier caliper. The average larger size of males necessitated record- ing the measurements of the sexes separately, and where two sets of measurements are given, those for the males precede those for females. External measurements were taken in the flesh by the collectors, unless otherwise noted. All measure- ments are in millimeters unless otherwise stated. Color com- parisons were made only on adult specimens in summer pel- age. Capitalized color terms are from Ridgway (Color Stand- ards and Color Nomenclature, 1912). 9—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 74, 1961 Cait) 78 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Microtus oeconomus (Pallas, 1776) Mus oeconomus Pallas, Reise durch Verschiedene Provinzen des Rus- sischen Reichs, III: 693, 1776. According to Ognev (1944: 165), Mus oeconomus of Pallas (1776) is not Mus oeconomus of later authors. He suggests that the name was based on a form of Mus (Stenocranius) gregalis, and proposes to use the name Microtus ratticeps for the present species. The usage of Ellerman and Morrison-Scott (1951: 705) and other authors such as Vinogradov and Argyropulo (1941: 205), and Kuznetzov (1944: 351) has been fol- lowed, however, in retaining the specific name oeconomus in this study. The tundra vole is described by Hall and Cockrum (1953: 423) as varying in total length from about 160 to 225 mm, with a tail length of 36 to 53 mm and a hind foot measurement from 20 to 24 mm. The upper parts vary from dusky gray through rich buff, tawny or cinnamon brown and rusty brown. In all, there is a mixture of black-tipped hairs; sides paler, with the abdomen white, and in some subspecies washed with buff. The tail is bicolored, dusky to black above, whitish to pale buff below. The anterior lower molar (mj) has only four closed triangles, the fifth triangle being open and confluent with short terminal loop (ex- cept in M. o. sitkensis, where the fifth triangle is usually closed). The incisive foramina are short and constricted posteriorly. As pointed out by Zimmermann (1942) and confirmed by Rausch (1950), the species is holarctic in distribution. The differences between specimens from opposite sides of the Bering Sea, in eastern Siberia and western Alaska, are insufficient for specific separation of the two popu- lations. It was found, in fact, that the two populations are so similar that even subspecific separation is questionable. Geographic variation in the New World forms is slight. Some char- acters in which significant geographic variation is exhibited are: The size and shape of the auditory bullae; length of upper molar toothrow; shape of interparietal; slope of occipital plane; coloration; tail length, and over-all size of the animal. In general, it may be said that there is a cline for darker coloration and rounder, more inflated auditory bullae, from west to east. All insular forms examined are larger than mainland forms. The distribution in Alaska of the ten recognized subspecies is indi- cated on the accompanying map, p. 83. Microtus oeconomus operarius (Nelson) Arvicola operarius Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 8: 139, 28 December 1893. M{icrotus] oecl[onomus] operarius, Zimmermann, Arch. f. Naturgesch., 11: 187, 10 September 1942. Microtus kadiacensis Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 11: 222, 15 July 1897. (Type from Kodiak Island, Alaska. ) Microtus oeconomus gilmorei Setzer, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 65: 75, 25 April 1952. (Type from Point Lay, 163° 04’ W Long. and 69° 46’ N Lat., Alaska. ) Tundra Vole in Alaska b 79 e Type: No. 14379/22225, U. S. National Museum; immature skin and ) > -* skull, collected at St. Michael, Norton Sound, Alaska, in November 1879;»-~ by E. W. Nelson, original number 122. Distribution: Southern and western mainland Alaska, from Point Lay on the NW coast to Ophir and Takotna on the east, south to the north shore of Prince William Sound, including Kodiak and Afognak Islands. Coloration: The adult summer pelage of the upperparts is between Snuff Brown and Bister; abdomen pale, grayish white, lightly washed with buff. Molar tooth pattern: Four closed triangles on mj, two inner and two outer, and usually one unclosed inner triangle; m? with three triangles, generally closed, with normally three inner and three outer salient angles. Measurements: The averages and extremes of nine adult males and five adult females from the type locality are as follows: Total length 170 (167-181), 169 (165-176); tail 44 (36-49), 44 (40-48); hind foot 20 (19-22), 20 (19-21); condylobasal length of skull 27.5 (26.8-28.9), 26.3 (25.5-26.9); zygomatic breadth 15.5 (14.8-16.5), 14.8 (14.4-15.0); least interorbital breadth 3.5 (3.2-3.8), 3.4 (3.2-3.5); mastoidal breadth 11.9 (11.6-12.7), 11.3 (11.0-11.7); length of incisive foramina 5.4 (5.0-5.9), 5.1 (4.9-5.2); alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 6.2 (5.9-6.4), 6.0 (5.8-6.4); length of nasals 7.9 (7.5-8.5), 7.3 (6.8-7.7); interparietal breadth 6.7 (5.9-7.8), 7.0 (6.4—7.8); interparietal length 3.5 (3.2-3.9), 3.3 (3.0-3.6). Measurements of series from Point Lay and from English Bay, Kodiak Island, Alaska, show no significant differences from the topotypes of M. o. operarius. Comparisons: From M. o. macfarlani, M. o. operarius may be distin- guished by its paler coloration, and the following cranial characters: Skull more lightly built; auditory bullae smaller, less inflated, and more elongated antero-posteriorly; mastoidal breadth relatively less; zygomatic arches flaring anteriorly, rather than parallel-sided. Comparisons of M. o. operarius with other Alaskan forms will be found under accounts of those subspecies. M. o. operarius was compared with specimens of M. o. tshuktschorum Miller 1899, from eastern Siberia, to determine the relationships of the two populations of Microtus oeconomus from opposite sides of the Bering Sea. The following Siberian material was examined: Cape Shelagskij, 14; East Cape, 4 (NMC); Emma Harbor, 9. The differences between this Siberian material and specimens of M. o. operarius from the Seward Peninsula and St. Michael, Alaska, are slight, and the advisability of rec- ognizing them as two distinct subspecies is questionable. If in the future, when more Siberian material is available for a thorough analysis, they prove to be identical, it will be necessary to consider M. o. tshukt- schorum Miller 1899, as a synonym of M. o. operarius (Nelson) 1893. If M. o. tshuktschorum Miller, proves to be identical with M. o. kamt- schaticus Pallas 1778, as Ognev (1944: 168) contends, then M. o. oper- arius (Nelson), would become a synonym of M. o. kamtschaticus Pallas. 80 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington For the present, however, owing to the geographic separation of the two populations, the lack of Siberian material for a satisfactory analysis, and the disagreement on the names and distribution of the Asiatic forms, it seems advisable to retain the name M. o. operarius for the Alaskan population. Remarks: Setzer (1952) applied the name Microtus oeconomus gil- morei to that population of the species which ranges from the “arctic slope of Alaska from Point Lay on the west at least to Umiat on the east, and from the Meade River on the north at least to the crest of the Brooks Range on the south,” and designated Point Lay (163° 04’ W Long. and 69° 46’ N Lat.), Alaska, as the type locality. Our findings corroborate those of Rausch (1953: 130), who consid- ered gilmorei as indistinguishable. The Point Lay material has been ex- — amined and found to agree with typical M. o. operarius in coloration and in size and shape of the auditory bullae. In fact, the more abundant comparative material of M. o. macfarlani and M. o. operarius now avail- able shows that many of the diagnostic characters of M. o. gilmorei men- tioned by Setzer in separating it from M. o. macfarlani (longer, narrower auditory bullae; paler, more yellowish coloration; zygomatic arches flar- ing anteriorly as opposed to nearly parallel-sided) are characters in which M. o. operarius differs from M. o. macfarlani. Setzer designated other diagnostic features to distinguish M. o. gil- morei from M. o. macfarlani, such as: Upper incisors more recurved; maxillary teeth heavier; and skull averaging larger. New comparative material shows that, in these characters, M. o. gilmorei falls within the range of individual variation of both M. o. macfarlani and M. o. operarius. Bee and Hall (1956: 127) recognize the validity of M. o. gilmorei, and give the range as the entire Arctic slope of Alaska. They designate characters to separate it from M. o. endoecus (= macfarlani) as follows: Smaller size; lambdoidal crest more developed; lachrymal and frontal protuberances sharper; interorbital ridge more pronounced; zygomatic arches thinner; sculpturing of frontal and parietal slightly deeper; and pelage paler. | The paler pelage is a character of M. o. operarius, but it is pronounced only in Point Lay specimens. Farther east on the Arctic slope, coloration is as in typical M. o. macfarlani. The other characters mentioned either fall within the range of individual variation of both M. o. macfarlani and M. o. operarius, or are too poorly marked and inconsistent to distinguish M. o. gilmorei as a distinct subspecies, and the Point Lay specimens are herein considered to represent M. o. operarius. In southwestern Alaska, the range of M. o. operarius includes most of the Alaska Peninsula, and the area as far inland as Ophir and Takotna. Specimens from Kodiak Island and Afognak Island, formerly assigned to M. o. kadiacensis Merriam, are indistinguishable from M. o. operarius from the type locality. A specimen from the north shore of Prince William Sound in the collections of the U. S. National Museum, which was the basis for Bailey’s Tundra Vole in Alaska 81 extension of the range of M. o. yakutatensis westward to this area (1900: 41) was examined and found to differ in no significant way from M. o. operarius. This specimen represents at present the easternmost extension of the range of M. o. operarius. Specimens examined: 441, as follows (all from Alaska, and in the col- lections of the U. S. National Museum): Afognak Island, Litnik, 7; Becharof Lake, 1; Bethel, 11; Chalitna, 3; Chignik, 6; Chogiung, 12; Cold Bay, 3; English Bay, Kodiak Island, 31; Goodnews Bay, 1; Hooper Creek, 14; Hope, Cook Inlet, 5; Igiak Bay, 10; Iliamna Bay, 3; Iron Creek, 3; Kakhtul River, 4; Kodiak (near), 12; Kokwok River, 45; Kruzgamepa Hot Springs, 2; Lake Aleknegik, 3; Lake Clark, 3; Lake Iliamna (near mouth of Nogheling River), 9; Lake Iliamna (Iliamna Village), 1; Nome, 5; Nome River, 10 miles from coast, 7; Nushagak, 3; Ophir, 1; Point Lay, 27; Point Protection, 5; Prince William Sound (N. shore), 1; St. Michael, 41; Sawtooth Mountains (Kigluaik),10; Seward, 3; Takotna, 4; Tyoonok, 32; Uyak Bay, 4; Wales Island, 3. Microtus oeconomus macfarlani Merriam Microtus macfarlani Merriam, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., 2: 24, 14 March 1900. Ml[icrotus] oec[onomus] macfarlani, Zimmermann, Arch. f. Naturgesch., 11: 187, 10 September 1942. Microtus operarius endoecus Osgood, N. Amer. Fauna, 30: 23, 7 October 1909. (Type from mouth of Charlie Creek, Yukon River, about 50 miles above Circle, Alaska. ) Type: No. 9155/37347 U. S. National Museum; adult skin and skull, collected at Fort Anderson, Anderson River, Mackenzie, by R. Macfarlane. Distribution: Northern and eastern Alaska, Yukon, and Northwest Territories east to Coronation Gulf. In Alaska, the distribution is ap- proximately east of the Utukok River, 200 miles SW of Point Barrow, and the north fork of the Huslia River, south to Mt. McKinley, and Chitina, Alaska, and Kluane in the Yukon. Coloration: In summer pelage, M. o. macfarlani is darker and brighter than M. o. operarius. The dorsum is between Mummy Brown and Prout’s Brown; pale grayish white, suffused with buff on the abdomen. Molar tooth pattern: As in M. o. operarius. Measurements: The averages and extremes of 13 males and 19 fe- males from Bettles are as follows: Total length 176 (155-186), 170 (153-188 ); tail 51 (44-53), 49 (44-54); hind foot 20 (19-21), 20 (19- 21); condylobasal length of skull 29.3 (28.0-30.0), 28.5 (27.0-29.5); zygomatic breadth 16.8 (15.6-17.5), 16.2 (15.1-16.9); least interorbital breadth 3.5 (3.2-3.8), 3.5 (3.2-3.9); mastoidal breadth 12.8 (12.4— 13.2), 12.5 (12.0-13.1); length of incisive foramina 5.4 (5.0-5.8), 5.3 (4.2-6.0); alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 6.5 (6.0-6.9), 6.6 (6.0-6.9); length of nasals 8.2 (7.9-8.7), 8.1 (7.5-8.7); interparietal breadth 6.9 (5.8-8.9), 6.9 (5.8-7.8); interparietal length 3.4 (3.2-3.8), 3.4 (2.8—4.0). 82 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Eleven males from Tuktoyaktuk, Mackenzie, measure as follows: Condylobasal length of skull 27.9 (26.9-29.9); zygomatic breadth 15.8 (15.1-17.6); least interorbital constriction 3.7 (3.6—-3.8); mastoidal breadth 12.5 (12.1-12.9); length of incisive foramina 5.1 (4.7-5.6); alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 6.3 (6.2-6.4); length of nasals 7.6 (6.9-8.4); interparietal breadth 7.1 (6.7-8.0); interparietal length 3.3 (2.9-3.7). Comparisons: M. o. macfarlani differs from M. o. operarius in the following characters: Auditory bullae larger, rounder and more inflated; skull heavier, more massive; skull broader in the mastoidal region; zygo- mata parallel-sided as opposed to flaring anteriorly; teeth larger; and coloration darker and brighter. M. o. macfarlani differs from M. o. yakutatensis in having a narrower interorbital region; smaller teeth; average smaller and shorter inter- parietal; less massive skull; and coloration not as dark, and suffused with black. Remarks: This subspecies is best distinguished near the central por- tion of its range rather than at the type locality. A large series from Bettles, Alaska, is typical, and is characterized by large, rounded bullae, a broad mastoidal region and dark coloration. Specimens from Circle and Charlie Creek are almost identical. Farther to the east, in the And- erson River region of Mackenzie, which is nearer the type locality of M. o. macfarlani, there is a slight but inconsistent tendency toward re- duction in the size of the bullae, and skulls average smaller in total length and zygomatic breadth, and are less massive. Nevertheless, the differ- ences are so slight and variable between the Anderson River region speci- mens and those from Charlie Creek, Alaska (type locality of M. o. endoe- cus Osgood), that we cannot recognize two subspecies within this range, and M. o. endoecus Osgood is herein considered a synonym of M. o. macfarlani. Specimens assigned by Setzer (1952) to M. o. gilmorei from Utukok River (200 miles SW of Point Barrow), mouth of Chandler River, Anak- tuvuk Pass, and Umiat and Killik Rivers, were found to agree with M. o. macfarlani and are referable to this subspecies. Representative series from the Arctic Slope, designated by Bee and Hall (1956: 135-136) as M. o. gilmorei, were examined and are referable to M. o. macfarlani, although specimens from the type locality of M. o. gilmorei (Pt. Lay, Alaska) are referable to M. o. operarius. Populations of M. o. macfarlani that show intergradation with operarius in coloration and size and shape of auditory bullae are from the north fork of the Huslia River, Mt. McKinley and Chitina, Alaska. Specimens examined: 555, as follows: ALAsKA: Alatna, 4; Anaktuvuk Pass, 16; Barter Island, 2; Bettles, 42 (part KU); Chandler Lake, 13 (KU); Chandler River (mouth of), 1; Charlie Creek, 14; Chatanika River, 2; Chitina, 2; Black River, 13 (UA); Circle, 19; Driftwood, 12 (KU); Eagle (mountains near), 31; Elliot Highway, mile 13, 4 (UA); Fairbanks, 2; Huslia River (north fork), 13 (UA); Killik River, 3; Lake Tundra Vole in Alaska 83 6 Revuurntwe, = \ ® e oa Senco SS N bs y \ 6 . OSV SS earstoe \ yo zi ee H amakensis a SS Bi iy o% % ge ; \ we 8S rer ig WT opereriva Yq FEAF ares Y oe Sean comteraie =I mocfartant 2 =n Ge ® a? yokutatensis 6 Wa sitkensis € unolascensis @ = specimens examined j e 100 200 MILES © type locality Gavia, 20 (KU); Lake Schrader, 3 (KU); Little Moose Creek, 2; Mc- Donald Creek, 1; Meade River, 50.5 mi S and 9 mi W of Point Barrow, 3 (KU); Mt. McKinley, 3; Old John Lake, 32 (UA); Old Rampart, 2 (UA); Paxon Region, Denali Highway, mile 1, 1 (UM); Paxon Region, Richardson Highway, mile 179, 1 (UM); Porcupine Lake, 12 (KU); Porcupine River, 5; Richardson 4; Salcha River (headwaters), 6 (UA); Sheenjek River (near Lobo Lake), 2 (UA); Small Lake, 5 (UA); Tanana Crossing, 24; Tanana River and Clearwater Creek (between), 2 (UA); Umiat (near), 22 (part KU); Utukok River, 200 mi SW Point Barrow, 5. Nortuwest Territories: Aklavik, 3 (NMC): Cape Bathurst, 1 (NMC); Coppermine, 2 (AMNH, NMC); Coronation Gulf, 1 (NMC); Fort Anderson, 5; Horton River, Coal Creek, 2 (AMNH); Langton Bay, 32 (AMNH); mouth of Anderson River, 5 (NMC); Reindeer Station, 1 (NMC); Toker Point, 6 (AMNH); Tuktoyaktuk, 44 (NMC). Yuxon: Burwash Landing, 1 (NMC); Coak Creek (head of), 14; Donjek Bridge, 2 (NMC); Kluane Lake (head of), 2 (NMC); Mac- millan Pass, Canol Road, 10 (NMC); Old Crow (near), 20; Rampart House, 25 (NMC); Ross River, Canol Road, 7 (NMC). Microtus oeconomus yakutatensis Merriam Microtus yakutatensis Merriam, Proc .Wash. Acad. Sci., 2: 22, 14 March 1900. M[icrotus] oec[onomus] yakutatensis, Zimmermann, Arch. f. Naturgesch., 11: 187, 10 September 1942. 84 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Type: No. 98005, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey Collec- tion); adult ¢ skin and skull, collected on the north shore of Yakutat Bay, Alaska, on 19 June 1899, by A. K. Fisher, original number 2101. Distribution: From the north shore of Yakutat Bay, south to Point Gustavus. Also reported at Chitina River Glacier, at about 4500 feet ele- vation, by Laing, Taverner and Anderson (1929: 102). Coloration: This is one of the darkest American forms of the species, being nearest to Mummy Brown on the dorsum in summer pelage. The abdomen is heavily washed with ochraceous. Molar tooth pattern: As in M. o. operarius, except that frequently four outer and four inner salient angles are present on m3. Measurements: The averages and extremes of four adult males and nine adult females from the type locality are as follows: Total length 167 (160-172), 160 (152-168); tail 37 (36-38), 37 (35-39); hind foot 21, 20; condylobasal length of skull 29.1 (28.5-39.5), 27.6 (26.7— 28.7); zygomatic breadth 16.5 (16.1-16.8), 15.6 (15.0-15.9); least interorbital breadth 3.8 (3.7-3.9), 3.9 (3.9-4.0); mastoidal breadth 13.1 (13.0-13.3), 12.2 (12.0-12.5); length of incisive foramina 5.1 (5.0— 5.2), 5.0 (4.8-5.0); alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 7.0 (6.9— 7.1), 6.9 (6.5-7.4); length of nasals 8.0 (7.8-8.2), 7.8 (7.7-8.0); inter- parietal breadth 7.6 (7.0-7.9), 7.0 (6.8—-7.4); interparietal length 4.6 (3.9-5.0), 4.1 (3.9-4.2). Comparisons: This well-marked subspecies is distinguished from both M. o. operarius and M. o. macfarlani by its darker coloration and larger molar teeth, as well as its relatively broader mastoidal and interorbital regions. Remarks: The range of this subspecies has been reported as the “north shore of Prince William Sound” (Bailey, 1900: 40) to Glacier Bay, Point Gustavus. The specimen from the north shore of Prince William Sound was examined and found to be referable to M. o. operarius. Specimens from Chitina are referable to M. o. macfarlani. Laing, Taverner and Anderson (1929) identified five specimens from Chitina River Glacier, at about 4500 feet elevation, as M. o. yakutatensis. These specimens have not been examined, but are presumed to be the ones recorded by Ander- — son (1947: 200) from near the head of Chitina River, on the west side of Mt. Logan, Alaska. This represents the westernmost, and furthest inland, locality for the subspecies. Specimens examined: 48, as follows: ALAsKA: Glacier Bay, Point Gustavus, 17; Yakutat Bay, 31. Microtus oeconomus innuitus Merriam Microtus innuitus Merriam, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., 2: 21, 14 March 1900. M{icrotus] oecl[onomus] innuitus, Zimmermann, Arch. f. Naturgesch., 11: 187, 10 September 1942. Type: No. 99373, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey Collec- tion); adult ¢, skull only, collected at Northeast Cape, St. Lawrence Island, Bering Sea, Alaska, on 13 July 1899, by C. Hart Merriam. Tundra Vole in Alaska 85 Distribution: St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. Coloration: In summer pelage, darker, more reddish brown than M. o. operarius; most nearly approaches M. o. unalascensis. Distinctly melanistic individuals have been recorded by Murie (1934) from several localities in the middle portion of St. Lawrence Island. Others have been taken in the hills south of Savoonga, St. Lawrence Is- land (Murie, 1936: 345). Molar tooth pattern: As in M. o. operarius. Measurements: Cranial measurements of the type are as follows: Condylobasal length of skull 33.0; zygomatic breadth 19.5; least inter- orbital breadth 4.2; mastoidal breadth 15.2; length of incisive foramina 6.3; alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 7.4; length of nasals 9.4; interparietal breadth 8.4; interparietal length 3.7. There are no external measurements for the series in the U. S. National Museum. Hall and Gilmore (1932: 400) give the external measurements of their series as follows: Total length range from 163 to 220; length of tail average 36.1 (extremes 30-48); length of hind foot 22.2 (ex- tremes 21-24). Comparisons: M. o. innuitus differs from M. o. operarius, the only mainland form with which it needs comparison, in being darker in colora- tion and larger in size. The auditory bullae, although similar in shape to those of M. o. operarius, are relatively larger. The braincase is more angular and more strongly marked by muscular impressions. Comparisons with M. o. punukensis are included under that subspecies. Specimens examined: 16 skins and 9 skulls from St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. Microtus oeconomus punukensis Hall and Gilmore Microtus innuitus punukensis Hall and Gilmore, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 38: 399, 17 September 1932. M{icrotus] oec[onomus] punukensis, Zimmermann, Arch. f. Naturgesch., 11: 187, 10 September 1942. Type: No. 51392, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology; adult 9, skin and skull, collected on Big Punuk Island, near east end of St. Lawrence Is- land, Alaska, on 19 August 1931, by Otto Wm. Geist, original No. 2330 R. M. Gilmore. Distribution: Punuk Islands, Alaska. Coloration: As in M. o. innuitus. Molar tooth pattern: As in M. o. operarius. Measurements: Cranial measurements of an adult 9 in the collections of the U. S. National Museum are as follows: Condylobasal length 32.0; zygomatic breadth 17.9; least interorbital breadth 4.1; mastoidal breadth 13.7; length of incisive foramina 5.0; alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 7.4; length of nasals 9.6; interparietal breadth 7.3; interparietal length 3.9. No external measurements are available for the series in the collections of the U. S. National Museum. Hall and Gilmore (1932) give the ex- 86 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington ternal measurements of the type and four female topotypes as follows: Total length 177 (162-196); tail 37.0 (33.0-40.5); hind foot 21.8 (20.0— 23.0). Comparisons: This form is like M. o. innuitus in size and coloration, but differs in that the occipital surface of the skull is vertical rather than strongly inclined forward, resembling in this respect M. o. amakensis from Amak Island, Alaska. M. o. punukensis further differs from M. o. innuitus in that, in the former, the interparietal is compressed antero- posteriorly, while in the latter it is large and wedge-shaped. Specimens examined: 29 from Punuk Island (center island), Alaska. Microtus oeconomus unalascensis Merriam Microtus unalascensis Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 11: 222, 15 July 1897. M[icrotus] oecl[onomus] unalascensis, Zimmermann, Arch. f. Naturgesch., 11: 187, 10 September 1942. Type: No. 30772/42672, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey Collection); immature @, skin and skull, collected at Unalaska, Alaska, on 13 August 1891, by C. Hart Merriam, original number z. Distribution: Unimak, Sanak, Tigalda, and Unalaska Islands, Alaska. Coloration: Summer pelage similar to M. o. operarius, but somewhat darker; dorsal portion of tail darker. Molar tooth pattern: Upper m3 as in M. o. operarius, that is, with three closed triangles, and three inner and three outer salient angles. Lower m, with four closed triangles, two outer and two inner. Usually two open triangles are also formed on the inner side of mj, but frequently the anterior one is poorly developed, and occasionally it is lacking. The de- velopment of the extra unclosed triangle, or loop, on the inner side of m1, however, is not confined to this subspecies, but is observed in some specimens throughout the range of the species. It is most frequent, and best developed, however, in the southern part of the range, and especially on Unimak, Sanak and Unalaska Islands. Measurements: Averages and extremes of seven adult males from Una- laska Island are as follows: Total length (average of three) 170 (162-—— 175); tail (average of three) 39 (35-42); hind foot (average of three) 21 (20-21); condylobasal length of skull 29.6 (27.9-31.0); zygomatic breadth 16.9 (15.5-17.5); least interorbital breadth 3.8 (3.7—4.0); mas- toidal breadth 13.1 (12.5-13.9); length of incisive foramina 5.0 (4.7— 5.2); alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 7.0 (6.8—-7.4); length of nasals 8.0 (7.3-8.4); interparietal breadth 6.8 (6.5-7.5); interparietal length 3.7 (3.2-4.1). The external measurements of an adult @ from Unalaska Island are: Total length 162; tail 46; hind foot 21. Cranial measurements of two adult females are: Condylobasal length of skull 28.6, 28.9; zygomatic breadth 15.2, 16.5; least interorbital breadth 3.8, 3.9; mastoidal breadth 12.5, 12.5; length of incisive foramina 5.2, 5.0; alveolar length of upper Tundra Vole in Alaska 87 molar toothrow 7.0, 7.1; length of nasals 7.9, 7.8; interparietal breadth 6.1, 7.4; interparietal length 3.6, 4.0. Comparisons: Externally this form is like M. 0. operarius, but is darker in comparable pelage, and has a shorter tail, which is more distinctly bicolored. Cranially, M. o. unalascensis differs from M. o. operarius in that the auditory bullae are larger, more rounded and inflated, resembling the bullae of M. o. macfarlani. The teeth are larger than in M. o. oper- arius and approach those of M. o. yakutatensis in size. Remarks: M. o. unalascensis was thought to be confined to Unalaska Island, but examination of specimens from Sanak and Unimak Islands shows that they too are referable to this subspecies, although the Unimak specimens exhibit intergradation with M. o. operarius. Specimens from King Cove, on the southern tip of the Alaska Peninsula, are intergrades with M. o. unalascensis in shape and size of auditory bullae but are re- ferable to M. o. operarius. Specimens examined: 76, from Alaska, as follows: Sanak Island, 5; Tigalda Island, 1; Unalaska Island, 46; Unimak Island: False Pass, 6; Ikatan Peninsula, 4; St. Catherine Cove, 7; Urilia Bay, 7. Microtus oeconomus amakensis O. J. Murie Microtus amakensis O. J. Murie, Jour. Mamm., 11: 74, 11 February 1930. Microtus oeconomus amakensis, Hall and Cockrum, Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5: 309, 17 November 1952. Type: No. 246449, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey Collec- tion); adult ¢, skin and skull, collected on Amak Island, Bering Sea, Alaska, on 8 July 1925, by Donald H. Stevenson, original number 80. Distribution: Amak Island, Alaska. Coloration: In summer pelage, almost identical with M. o. operarius. Molar tooth pattern: Like M. o. operarius except that frequently four outer and inner salient angles are formed on m3. Measurements: The averages and extremes of three adult males and nine adult females are as follows: Total length 189 (179-198), 181 (168-192 ); tail 49 (44-53), 48 (38-53); hind foot 22 (21-22), 21 (20- 22); condylobasal length of skull 29.8 (29.3-30.6), 28.7 (27.9-29.9); zygomatic breadth 17.3 (17.0-17.7), 16.2 (15.8-17.0); least interorbital breadth 4.0 (3.8-4.2), 3.9 (3.8-4.1); mastoidal breadth 13.2 (12.7— 13.8), 12.7 (12.2-13.0); length of incisive foramina 4.6, 4.3 (4.0-4.8); alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 6.8 (6.7-6.9), 6.8 (6.5-7.2); length of nasals 8.4 (8.3-8.5), 8.1 (7.8-8.4); interparietal breadth 6.9 (6.7-7.2); 7.0 (6.4-7.5); interparietal length 4.1 (3.8-4.5), 3.9 (3.4— 4,4). Comparisons: Externally this form is like M. 0. operarius, but differs in that the upper part of the tail and hind feet are paler. Cranially, M. o. amakensis averages larger, and has a flattened, vertical occipital surface. The incisive foramina are shorter and more opened than in M. o. operarius. Specimens examined: 33 from the type locality. 88 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Microtus oeconomus popofensis Merriam Microtus unalascensis popofensis Merriam, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., 2: 22, 14 March 1900. Ml{icrotus] oec[onomus] popofensis, Zimmermann, Arch. f. Naturgesch., 11: 187, 10 September 1942. Type: No. 97956, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey Collec- tion); adult ¢, skin and skull, collected on Popof Island, Shumagin Islands, Alaska, on 16 July 1899, by W. E. Ritter, original number 2200. Distribution: Known from Popof and Unga Islands, Alaska. Coloration: As in M. o. operarius. Molar tooth pattern: Similar to M. o. unalascensis in that usually two open triangles are formed on the inner side of m;; frequently, however, the anterior one is poorly developed or is lacking. Upper m® is as in M. o. operarius. Measurements: Cranial measurements of the type are as follows: Condylobasal length of skull 31.0; zygomatic breadth 17.6; least inter- orbital breadth 3.9; mastoidal breadth 13.4; length of incisive foramina 5.9; alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 7.2; length of nasals 9.0; interparietal breadth 7.0; interparietal length 4.4. A female from the type locality measures as follows: Total length 189; tail 42; hind foot 23; condylobasal length of skull 32.4; zygomatic breadth 18.6; least interorbital breadth 3.8; mastoidal breadth 14.0; length of incisive foramina 7.0; alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 7.4; length of nasals 9.2; interparietal breadth 7.3; interparietal length 4.6. A male from Unga Island has the following cranial measurements: Condylobasal length of skull 32.3; zygomatic breadth 18.7; least inter- orbital breadth 3.5; mastoidal breadth 14.3; length of incisive foramina 6.1; alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 7.4; length of nasals 8.8; interparietal breadth 7.8; interparietal length 3.8. Comparisons: M. o. popofensis differs from M. o. operarius in larger size, and in having blunter, more rounded and inflated auditory bullae. It differs from M. o. unalascensis as follows: Paler coloration; larger size; auditory bullae smaller and less inflated; incisive foramina more open anteriorly. Specimens examined: 23, from Alaska, as follows: Popof Island, 11; Unga Island, 12. Microtus oeconomus elymocetes Osgood Microtus elymocetes Osgood, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 19: 71, 1 May 1906. M{icrotus] oecl[onomus]| elymocetes, Zimmermann, Arch. f. Naturgesch., 11: 188, 10 September 1942. Type: No. 137323, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey Collec- tion); adult ¢, skin and skull, collected on the east side of Montague Island, Prince William Sound, Alaska, on 12 May 1905, by C. Sheldon, original number 8(5448-X). Distribution: Montague Island, Alaska. Tundra Vole in Alaska 89 Coloration: Most nearly approaches M. o. yakutatensis in summer pelage. The underparts are considerably suffused with buff, and are darker than in M. o. operarius. Molar tooth pattern: Lower m, as in M. o. operarius, with four en- closed triangles. Three enclosed loops or triangles on m3, five of the specimens examined having three inner and four outer salient angles, and two specimens having four inner and four outer salient angles. Measurements: The type specimen and three adult males measure as follows: Condylobasal length of skull 31.7 (31.2-32.7); zygomatic breadth 17.9 (17.2-18.6); least interorbital breadth 3.8 (3.6-—4.0); mas- toidal breadth 13.4 (13.0-13.7); length of incisive foramina 5.7 (5.4— 5.8); alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 7.2 (7.1-7.3); length of nasals 8.5 (8.1-9.2); interparietal breadth 6.9 (6.3—7.4); interparietal length 3.8 (3.24.4). The external measurements for the series in the collections of the U. S. National Museum could not be located. Osgood (1906), however, gives external measurements for the type and two topotypes as follows: Total length 201, 191, 180; tail 40, 40, 35; hind foot (dry) 23.5, 23, 22. Comparisons: From M. o. operarius, M. o. elymocetes differs in being larger and darker. It is similar to M. o. yakutatensis, from which it may be distinguished by its larger size. Remarks: Heller (1910: 342-343) found this vole abundant on Mon- tague Island. He estimated that there was perhaps not a square rod of ground on the island without its runways. The largest specimen he col- lected exceeds considerably in size any of Osgood’s material. His largest specimen, an adult female, measures: Total length 255; tail 49, hind foot 24. Heller says that this island form is easily distinguished from any other form inhabiting the region by its larger size and darker coloration, the buffy wash on the underparts being heavier than in allied forms. Specimens examined: 7, from the type locality. Microtus oeconomus sitkensis Merriam Microtus sitkensis Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 11: 221, 15 July 1897. M{icrotus] oec[onomus] sitkensis, Zimmermann, Arch. f. Naturgesch., 11: 187, 10 September 1942. Type: No. 73839, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey Collec- tion); immature ¢, skin and skull, collected at Sitka, Alaska, on 3 August 1895, by C. P. Streator, original number 4745. Distribution: Baranof and Chichagof Islands. Coloration: Similar in summer pelage to M. o. yakutatensis. Molar tooth pattern: Usually five closed triangles on mj, instead of four; m® has three closed triangles and generally four inner and four outer salient angles. Measurements: An adult female from Sitka measures as follows: Total length 190; tail 45; hind foot 22; condylobasal length of skull 29.2; zygo- 90 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington matic breadth 16.0; least interorbital breadth 3.9; mastoidal breadth 12.4; length of incisive foramina 5.4; alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 7.2; length of nasals 7.7; interparietal breadth 7.2; interparietal length 3.7. An adult male from Mud Bay, Chichagof Island, measures as follows: Total length 190; tail 43; hind foot 21; condylobasal length of skull 31.7; zygomatic breadth 18.2; least interorbital breadth 4.3; mastoidal breadth 13.7; length of incisive foramina 6.2; alveolar length of upper molar toothrow 7.2; length of nasals 8.7; interparietal breadth 6.9; interparietal length 4.0. Comparisons: This subspecies closely resembles M. o. yakutatensis, both cranially and in coloration. It is larger, however, and has longer, narrower incisive foramina, and usually an extra closed triangle on mj. It differs from M. o. operarius and M. o. macfarlani in being larger in size and darker in coloration, as well as in having the extra closed tri- angle on m1. Specimens examined: 3, from Alaska, as follows: Mud Bay, Chichagof Island, 1; Sitka, 2. LITERATURE CITED Anderson, Rudolph Martin. 1947. Catalogue of Canadian Recent mam- mals. Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada, 102: 200. Bailey, Vernon. 1900. Revision of American voles of the genus Mi- crotus. N. Amer. Fauna, 17: 1-88. Bee, James W. and E. Raymond Hall. 1956. Mammals of northern Alaska on the Arctic slope. Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist., Misc. Publ., 8: 1-309. Ellerman, J. R. and T. C. S. Morrison-Scott. 1951. Checklist of Palae- arctic and Indian mammals, 1758-1946. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.): 1-810. Hall, E. Raymond and E. Lendell Cockrum. 1953. A synopsis of the North American microtine rodents. Univ. Kansas Publ., Mus. Nat. Hist., 5(27): 373-498. and Raymond M. Gilmore. 1932. New mammals from St. Lawrence Island, Bering Sea, Alaska. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 38: 391-404. Heller, E. 1910. Mammals of the 1908 Alexander Alaska Expedition and descriptions of the localities visited and notes on the flora of the Prince William Sound region. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 5: 321-360. Kuznetzov, B. A. 1944. Ordo Rodentia. Pp. 262-368 in Bobrinskii, N. A., B. A. Kuznetzov and A. P. Kuzyakin: Mammals of USSR. Moscow. 1-440. Laing, H. M., P. A. Taverner and R. M. Anderson. 1929. Birds and mammals of the Mount Logan Expedition, 1925. Bull. Nat. Mus. Canada, 56: 69-107. Miller, Gerrit S., Jr. 1899. Description of a new vole from eastern Siberia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 13: 11-12. Tundra Vole in Alaska 91 Murie, Olaus J. 1934. Melanism in an Alaskan vole. Jour. Mamm., 15: 323. 1936. Notes on the mammals of St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. Appendix III, pp. 337-346 in Geist, O. W. and F. G. Rainey: Archaeological excavations at Kukulik. Misc. Publ. Univ. Alaska, 2: xviii + 391. Ognev, S. I. 1944. Contributions to the taxonomy of Microtus ratticeps Keyserl. et Blas. Comp. Rend. (Doklady) de l’Acad. Sci. de lURSS, 44(4): 165-168. Osgood, Wilfred H. 1906. A new vole from Montague Island, Alaska. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 19: 71-72. Pallas, P. S. 1778. Novae species quadrupedum e glirium ordine. Erlangen. Pp. 1-388. Rausch, Robert. 1950. Notes on microtine rodents from the Brooks Range, arctic Alaska. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., 40(4): 133- 136. 1953. On the status of some Arctic mammals. Arctic, 6: 91-148. Setzer, Henry W. 1952. A new subspecies of Microtus oeconomus from Alaska. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 65: 75-76. Vinogradov, B. S. and A. I. Argyropulo. 1941. Tableaux analytiques de rongeurs. Faune de l’URSS, new series, No. 29: 1-241. Moscow. Zimmermann, Klaus. 1942. Zur kenntnis von Microtus oeconomus (Pallas). Archiv f. Naturgesch., Leipzig, n. f., 11(2): 174— 197. 92 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 4 # 4, f b aN ’ f ‘ } \ a ~ } ¢ eee, " Fd | if'W Vol. 74, pp. 93-94 19 May 1961 PROCEEDINGS MIS, COMP. 2861 OF THE | LIBR ARY BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON jy 2 5 1961 BPPUhag NOTES ON SOME TOAD BUGS (HEMIPTERA: © aeRStT GELASTOCORIDAE) FROM INDIA Sy By E. L. Topp Falls Church, Virginia A small collection of gelastocorids from the Darjiling dis- trict of India was recently sent to me by A. P. Kapur, Assistant Director of the Zoological Survey of India for identification. While only two species are represented, the information gar- nered through the study of the material increases our knowl- edge in several respects. Nerthra asiatica (Horvath ) Mononyx asiaticus Horvath, 1892, Természetrajzi Fiizetek, 15, pt. 3: 136. —Oshanin, 1909, Verzeichnis der Palaearktischen Hemipteren, vol. 1, p. 956; 1912, Katalog der palaarktischen Hemipteren, p. 89.—Kirit- shenko, 1926, Konowia (Zeitsch. syst. Insekt. Mitwirk. fuhr. Ent.), 5(3): 226; 1930, Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Sci. URSS, p. 435.—Hoffmann, 1933, Lingnan Sci. Journ., 12, Suppl., p. 250.—Wu, Catalogus In- sectorum Sinensium, 2: 559.—Hoffmann, 1941, Lingnan Sci. Journ., 20(1): 44 Nerthra asiatica (Horvath).—Todd, 1955, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 37, pt. 1(11): 410, Pl. 14, Fig. 128; 1957, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 59(4): 154. Mononyx grossus Montandon, 1899, Bull. Soc. Sci. Bucarest-Roumanie, 8(4/5): 398.—Distant, 1906, Fauna British India, 3: 16. One @ specimen from Sureil, 5000 ft, Darjiling district, India, 11-31 October 1917, N. A. & F. G. This is the first specimen I have examined from India, but the species has been previously reported from there. This specimen is smaller than those previously examined. The range in size may now be stated as follows. Female: Length, 11.0 to 12.2 mm; width of pronotum, 8.0 to 8.1 mm; width of abdomen, 8.0 to 8.5 mm. I have not seen a male of this species. Accordingly, the male genitalia have not been illustrated. Nerthra indica ( Atkinson ) Mononyx indicus Atkinson, 1888, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 57, pt. 2: 345.—Montandon, 1899, Bull. Soc. Sci. Bucarest-Roumanie, 8(4/5): 10—Proc. Biou. Soc. WAsH., Vou. 74, 1961 (93) 94 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 397.—Distant, 1906, Fauna British India, 3: 15.—Paiva, 1919, Rec. Indian Mus., 16, pt. 5(23): 372. Nerthra indica (Atkinson).—Todd, 1955, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 37, pt. 1(11): 405, Pl. 11, Fig. 98; 1957, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 59(4): 152. Mononyx projectus Distant, 1906, Fauna British India, 3: 15, Fig. 174. Mononyx turgidulus Distant, 1906, Fauna British India, 5: 311, Fig. 175. [New synonomy. ] Nerthra turgidula (Distant ).—Todd, 1955, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 37, pt. 1(11): 406. Thirteen specimens (5¢ 6, 79 @ and 1 nymph), all but two from the Carmichael Collection from the following localities in the Darjiling dis- trict complete the collection. Ghumti, 1500-5000 ft, June 1914; Sureil, 5000 ft, 11-31 October 1917, N. A. & F. G.; Soom, 4000-5000 ft, 8 July 1914; Singla, 1500 ft, June 1913; Sukna, 1000 ft, May 1913 and Kalim- pong, 600—4500 ft. The study of these specimens requires modifications in previous state- ments of size range. Male: Length, 8.2 to 9.1 mm; width of pronotum, 5.5 to 6.7 mm; width of abdomen, 5.7 to 6.4 mm. Female: Length, 8.5 to 10.2 mm; width of pronotum, 6.4 to 7.8 mm; width of abdomen, 6.4 to 8.0 mm. Fig. 1. Right paramere, ventral view of Nerthra indica ( Atkinson). The specimens under consideration verify the fact that both sexes are extremely variable in the relative widths of the pronotum and abdo- men. In some instances the pronotum is wider, in others the abdomen is the wider. Correspondingly, the width of the connexivum is also variable. The species is also variable in the shape of the lateral margin of the pronotum, but those presently studied have that part less irregular in shape than in those specimens previously studied and in a few instances the specimens from the Darjiling area agree with the illustration of Mononyx turgidulus Distant in the shape of the margin. Therefore, I have placed that name in the synonomy of indica. Because my illustration (Todd, 1955, loc. cit., Fig. 98) of the entire right paramere of the male represents a different aspect than that ob- served when the specimen is relaxed and the paramere directed to the venter, it has been necessary to refigure (Fig. 1) the apical part of the paramere in the latter position. x Pipl ‘ i Vol. 74, pp. 95-100 19 May 1961 mS, env. 260 PROCEEDINGS MU Tee L OF THE ice BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON’ © 2 '°° TWO NEW SPECIES OF CINARA FROM CALIFORNIA‘) (APHIDAE) WHICH HAVE PINUS COUL AS HOST By F. C. Horres The new species described herewith were sent me for de- termination by R. C. Dickson and it is a pleasure to acknowl- edge his assistance. Cinara diabola, new species Alate viviparous female: The heads of the two alate specimens have been removed so that the body length of 2.89 mm is only approximate for the holotype. Color notes from living specimens are not available. The specimen has been cleared and stained but shows the following color: Head and thorax dark dusky brown, with the median transverse suture much darker; first and second antennal segments concolorous with head, or with the second segment slightly lighter; third antennal segment with apical half dusky; fourth and fifth antennal segments dusky with apical regions slightly darker; sixth antennal segment dusky; thor- acic lobes dusky brown with the margins much darker. Lateral lobes with a few scattered hairs which are short. The median portion of these lobes free from hairs. Posterior lobe of thorax with a few very short hairs in the lateral posterior region. Costal margin of forewing dusky. All femora dusky brown with the basal portion not so dark. Metathoracic femora darkest. Pro- and mesothoracic tibiae with a short basal region dark brown, this followed by light dusky which shades to dark dusky before middle. Metathoracic tibiae with short basal region dark brown, this followed by pale dusky for about one-third the length of the tibiae, remainder of tibiae dark dusky brown. Tarsal segments brown. Median region of dorsum of abdomen with six rows of wax pore plates, the two median plates being much smaller. Cornicles dusky. Transverse pig- mented area anterior to cauda not divided and very wide. Cauda and anal plate brown. Head and thorax. Antennal segments with the following lengths: III, .45 mm; IV, .16 mm; V, .22 mm; VI, .13 + .06 mm. The hairs on an- tennal segment three vary from .03-.045 mm in length; they are not numerous, nor are they set at the same angle, but most are at an angle of more than 45 degrees. Secondary sensoria on antennal segment three on 11—Proc. Brow. Soc. WAsH., Vou. 74, 1961 (95) 96 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington morphotype seven, on paratype three, each with primary sensorium. The secondary sensoria are small, tuburculate and arranged in a straight row. The fourth antennal segment of the holotype varies: one antenna has a small tuberculate sensorium, the other antenna is without this. Fifth antennal segment with one secondary sensorium and the primary sens- orium. Marginal sensoria on sixth antennal segment small. Last three segments of the rostrum with the following lengths: .22, .25, and .12 mm. Media of forewings once branched. Metathoracic femora .915 mm in length. Metathoracic tibiae 1.56 mm. Hairs on outer margin metathoracic tibiae comparatively few, set almost at right angles, varying in length from .045-.08 mm, spaced for the most part not much closer than their length. Hairs on inner margin of hind tibiae more numerous than those on outer margin, not so upstanding. First metatarsal segment .12 mm long, ventral surface with nine hairs; second metatarsal segment .25 mm long. Abdomen. Hairs on dorsum of abdomen shorter than width of pig- mented area from which they arise. Cornicles with base measuring about .14 mm; cornicles about as high as width of base with rim re- flexed. Hairs on cornicles about .05 mm in length and few. Base of cornicles with a few concentric rows of figures made by reticulations on the surface. Hairs on pigmented area anterior to cauda few, confined largely to the ends, rather spinelike, varying as to length but none very long. Genital plate large, with a wide notch in the anterior margin, posterior margin with a concave area. Ventral surface of abdomen with numerous long (.045 mm) hairs which are spinelike. The ventral surface of the abdomen has transverse rows of coarse setulae. Apterous viviparous female: Length from vertex to end of cauda 3.38 mm. Width of head through the eyes .74 mm. Color notes from life not available but as indicated by cleared, stained specimens as follows: Head dark brown with margins of head darker; antennae dusky brown with the sixth segment darkest; femora dusky brown; tibiae dusky brown, almost uniform in color; dorsum of abdomen with a large dusky saddle, area of dorsum not covered by saddle, pale; cornicles brown, distinct from saddle. Length of antennal segments as follows: III, .50 mm; IV, .16 mm; V, .19 mm; VI, .15 + .09 mm. Third and fourth antennal seg- ments without sensoria; fifth segment with only secondary sensorium. Hairs on antennal segments not numerous; on third .03—-.04 mm in length, longer and more numerous on anterior margin, where they are set at an angle of about 90 degrees. Ocular tubercles very small. Rostrum reach- ing beyond cornicles, and in paratype to genital plate. Last three seg- ments of rostrum with the following length: III, .26; IV, .30, and V, .15 mm. Third segment of rostrum with numerous hairs along the lateral margins. Hairs along the outer margin of the prothoracic tibiae spaced about as far apart as their length, rather spinelike, set at angle slightly less than 90 degrees. Hairs on outer margin of metathoracic tibiae .05 mm in length, spaced about as far apart as their length, set at angle of about 90 degrees, not more numerous towards the apex. Saddle on Cinara from California 97 dorsum with hairs sparse, not much longer than width of pale area from which they arise. Saddle with a broad, irregular depression in mid- anterior region. Base of cornicles .15 mm, slightly larger in paratype, rather high, with rim reflexed. Genital plate large. Pigmented band anterior to cauda very wide. Ventral surface of abdomen with transverse rows of setulae, and a few sharp pointed hairs which are about .045 mm in length. : Remarks: There is no question about this species being closely allied to C. glabra Gillette and Palmer. It may be keyed to that species in Palmer’s key to the genus Cinara in Aphids of the Rocky Mountain Re- gion. It differs from glabra as follows: fewer coarser, more upstanding hairs on the tibiae; a wide depression, not a deep notch in the anterior margin of the saddle; tibiae not with apical portions darker. Holotype apterous viviparous female, morphotype alate viviparous fe- male, on same slide as holotype of C. montanesa. Holotype on slide with one apterous viviparous female. Both types deposited in U. S. National Museum. Host, Pinus coulteri (Pitch Pine). Collected by R. C. Dickson, San Bernardino Mts., 9 August 1939. Cinara montanesa, new species Apterous viviparous female: Length from vertex to end of anal plate 5.70 mm. Width of head through the eyes .75 mm. Specimens of this species have been cleared, stained and mounted, there are no color notes from living specimens. Color indicated by mounted specimens as fol- lows: Head and thorax light dusky; first and second antennal segments concolorous with head; antennal segments three, four and five with apical regions dusky, remainder of segment pale; antennal segment six uniformly dusky; femora dusky; tibiae with a very short region near base very dark dusky brown followed by a pale region which is about .75 mm in length, remainder of tibiae dusky brown; tarsal segments brown. Cornicles pale brown with clear areas; outer margin of cornicles very much broken and irregular; transverse pigmented areas anterior to cauda with a row of long and pointed hairs along the posterior margin. Head and thorax. Antennal segments with the following lengths: III, .60 mm; IV, .30 mm; V, .31 mm; VI, .15 + .05 mm. Hair on antennal segments set at an angle of 45 degrees or more. Third antennal segment without primary sensorium. The single sensorium present on one an- tenna is small and more like a secondary sensorium than it is to a pri- mary; it is also rather far removed from the end. The fourth antennal segment is like that of the third as to sensoria. The fifth antennal seg- ment has a large primary sensorium and one secondary sensorium. The marginal sensoria on the sixth segment are small and arranged in a row. The rostrum reaches well beyond the cornicles; the last three segments measure .26, .24 and .10 mm. The mesosternal tubercle is well developed; it is more or less truncate in shape and about as long as wide at the base. The metathoracic femora are 1.66 mm in length. The metathoracic tibiae are 2.15 mm in length. The hairs on the metathoracic tibiae are 98 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington fairly numerous, similar on the outer and inner margins, and quite evenly distributed. The hairs are set at an angle of about 45 degrees and are .05 mm in length. The hairs on the ventral surface of the first metatarsal segment number about eighteen; this segment is .13 mm in length. The second metatarsal segment is .33 mm in length. Abdomen. The hairs on the dorsal surface of the abdomen vary from those that are shorter than the width of the pigmented area from which they arise to those that are .06 mm in length. On this surface both types of hair are sparse, but the longer hairs are by far the fewest, and con- fined largely to the anterior end of the abdomen. The hairs on the ven- tral surface of the abdomen are about .07 mm in length and are nu- merous. The dorsal surface of the abdomen is reticulated. The posterior ventral surface has very poorly developed setulae arranged in transverse rows. The outer margin of the cornicles is very irregular. Hairs on comi- cles few, about .08 mm in length, except for the hairs near the margin which are somewhat thicker and very short. Genital plate with median posterior region concave. Alate viviparous female: Length from vertex to end of cauda 3.52 mm. Color much the same as apterous viviparous female. Length of antennal segments as follows: III, .55 mm; IV, .24 mm; V, .28 mm; VI, .5 + .05 mm. The third antennal segment has six secondary sensoria plus the primary. Hairs on third antennal segment not numerous; about .05 mm in length set at an angle of slightly more than 45 degrees. The media of one wing is twice branched; the other media is only once branched. Lateral lobes of thorax with fairly numerous hairs. Median posterior lobe of thorax with a few hairs on posterior margin and a few hairs scat- tered over the surface. Prothoracic tibiae 1.50 mm long. Hairs on outer margin of this segment fewer than those on the inner margin and spaced further apart than their length. Length of metathoracic femora 1.53 mm. Length of metathoracic tibiae 2.92 mm. Hairs on metathoracic tibiae numerous, not procumbent, set at angle of about 45 degrees, about .05 mm in length. On the outer margin of this segment the hairs are hardly more numerous towards the apex and not set at a lesser angle. Hairs on ventral surface of second metatarsal segment much more numerous > than the hairs on the dorsal surface. Cornicles across outer margin measuring .37 mm. The outer margin is much more regular than the margin in the apterous form. The hairs on the cornicles are more nu- merous than the hairs on the cornicles of the apterous form, but are con- fined largely to the restricted area. The hairs near the margin are not short nor are they thick. The hairs on the dorsal surface of the abdomen are .03 mm in length; they are extremely sparse. The hairs on the ven- tral surface of the abdomen are very numerous and vary in length from .04—.06 mm. Remarks: In Palmer’s key to the genus Cinara in Aphids of the Rocky Mountain Region, this species presents difficulties, and cannot be keyed without question. The cornicles bear both long and short hairs (couplet 4) but the short hairs might be overlooked. If noted, it does not become Cinara from California 99° C. solitaria because the hairs on the cornicles are too few, and the hairs Ie Wwrie on the tibiae too short and fine. It is not C. osborni Knowlton because © the cornicles have too few hairs and they are too fine and short, and the — hairs on the abdomen too few and not of the correct type. If the cornicles are looked upon as having only one type of hairs as to length this species may be keyed to C. glabra (Gillette and Palmer) but to get to this species, the longer hairs on the anterior portion of the dorsum have to be over- looked. C. glabra in the apterous form has a large dorsal pigmented ag, Art Viv. (Hover vPe) ‘ 34 APIA OSI Oo AAO Ot aT ee rearory OSORIO Oe 108.0680 BO ADS ee ee Oe iC akan OS O05 S 2? 0:8 ete @ @ eo? PEA So Sao -2 0 2° aatase) ° 96° Feo - se . - b 0 7 e@ ee2% oc an .- 40° 9 . e e 00952 -< os 65 S00 e Ooo ny SOPOT OG tS On, GG oS 0 Oo UGGS Neto ete. eaad a "* ene oo: fo. -s Dorsal Saddle — anterior margin CINARA DIABLA 9 Apt. Viz. CHororyre) CINARA MONTANESA 100 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington saddle which is lacking in this species, the setulae are too poorly de- veloped, and the cornicles too large. This species seems to be most closely allied to C. schwarzii (Wilson) to which it will not key unless one over- looks the short hairs on the dorsum of the abdomen. This species differs from schwarzii in the longer pro- and metathoracic tibiae, short hairs on the dorsum of the abdomen, fewer hairs on the metathoracic tibiae and the hairs not more numerous towards the apex, two lengths of hair on the cornicles and shorter, less spinelike hairs on the pigmented areas anterior to the cauda. Data host, Pinus coulteri, San Bernardino Mts., 9 July 1939, R. C. Dickson. Holotype apterous viviparous female, morphotype alate vivip- arous female, mounted on same slide with one alate and two apterous specimens of the same species, and two alates (one of which is the morphotype of C. diabla Hottes. 4 \ I py ban . ee F7 8) Wat j -_ WV Vol. 74, pp. 101-104 19 May 1961 qivie oni 7 f] PROCEEDINGS US. EO. OF THE Livin t BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTO MAY 25} A SYNTYPE OF PEROMYSCUS MANICULATUS \...,, - zeit NEBRASCENSIS (COUES) RvEhe By J. Knox Jones, JR., AND B. MursALOGLU The name Peromyscus maniculatus nebrascensis was orig- inally proposed by Elliot Coues (in Coues and Allen, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Territories, 11:79, 1877) in synonymy under Hesperomys leucopus sonoriensis as “Hesperomys sonoriensis var. nebrascensis.” Coues credited the name to Baird, but the latter employed it as a nomen nudum, and nebrascensis has since been credited to Coues (see Jones, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 71: 107-111, 1958, for a review of the history), al- though he obviously did not intend his usage of the name as an original description. Subsequent revisers designated “Deer Creek, Nebr.” [= Wyoming], from which Coues (op. cit.: 80) listed two specimens (U. S. National Museum nos. 4310-11), as the type locality of nebrascensis, thereby establishing the two specimens from Deer Creek as syntypes. One of us (Jones) searched unsuccessfully several years ago in the collections of the U. S. National Museum for the specimens concerned and concluded that they probably were no longer in existence (op. cit.: 109). Subsequently, one of the specimens from Deer Creek was discovered among the contents of a routine loan of “Nebraskan” mammals from the Museum of Comparative Zo- ology at Harvard, and it is this specimen that is here discussed. The specimen (now MCZ 5528) has four different labels attached to the left hind leg. One, a faded blue label that appears to be the original, bears printed across the top, “Expl. head waters, Missouri, Yellowstone. Capt. Raynolds, U.S.A.,” and in the lower right hand corner, “Dr. F. V. Hayden.” Handwritten in ink between the two is “Deer Creek January 19th 1860.” The back of the label bears two numbers, “7” and “80.” The latter is the original field number of the specimen, but we do not know the significance of the other. A second label bears essentially the same printed information as the first, along with “Deer Creek, Nebraska,” printed in the lower left hand comer. This label also bears the date, 12—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 74, 1961 (101) 102 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington the original number, 80, and the U.S. National Museum number, 4310. The third is the regular MCZ specimen label and the fourth simply repeats the MCZ number, 5528. The skin was well prepared and, considering its age, is in excellent condition; no external measurements are listed, nor is the sex indicated. The skull is broken and some parts are missing. The anterior portion is fairly complete except that the lateral anterior margin of the right nasal is missing as are the anterior portions of the left nasal and premaxillary. Both zygoma are missing save for a part of the maxillary and squamosal arms on each side. The entire portion of the skull posterior to the parietals dorsally, posterior to the squamosal arms of the zygoma laterally, and posterior to about midway along the mesopterygoid fossa ventrally is missing, save for a disassociated piece of the basioccipital. Each ramus is incomplete, but the left one lacks only the angular process. The teeth TaBLE 1. Cranial measurements of the syntype of Peromyscus maniculatus nebrascensis, and of recently acquired specimens of the subspecies P. m. nebrascensis and P. m. luteus. ir @ 38 ER BS See Z 3 g Be | & 8 4 geetéx | 2x | za | SE | 22] 28 lage] 5. | ake gee ak oe ame Sa ce vee ole eel alsa) Mens < oO & m O Oo < O< a fy 2 o> Ond re | BSH beea eo O% Zo og SL. 816) SG Maximum 26.5) 9 11:5)) 14:3 -4.3) 10:3), 5.9.9.9) was Peromyscus maniculatus luteus, Cherry County, Nebraska Average 20 (114,99 ) 24.5 99 133 40 94 52: 90" 38 Minimum 23.0 975, 1256" Gout, 8.9 48 88 36 Maximum 2515 7108 137 7 42) LO 42.6 813.7) 43 * 9 specimens A Syntype of P. m. nebrascensis ioe show moderate wear. A label in the vial with the skull bears the notation “from Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,” indicating that the specimen was deposited in that collection prior to its acquisition by the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Osgood (N. Amer. Fauna, 28:79, 1909), who did not recognize Coues’ description as valid (but instead regarded nebrascensis of Coues as a nomen nudum), assigned one of the two original specimens from Deer Creek (possibly the one here under discussion) to his Peromyscus mani- culatus luteus, with geographic distribution on the Sand Hills of Nebraska and adjacent areas to the east of the range of P. m. nebrascensis. The dorsum of MCZ 5528 is tawny ochraceous differing from the buffy gray color of typical nebrascensis, but differing also from the ochraceous buff color of luteus. We cannot explain with certainty the difference in color between the syntype of nebrascensis and specimens taken in recent years from the vicinity of the type locality, but probably it relates to post- mortem changes in color (“foxing”). It should be noted, however, that populations of P. m. nebrascensis from mountainous areas in southern Wyoming average slightly more reddish dorsally than populations from adjacent arid plains. The place on Deer Creek from which the syntypes came lies only approximately 20 miles northeastward from the Laramie Mountains, where slightly reddish-colored specimens of nebrascensis have been obtained, and it is conceivable that the syntype reflects relationship with the nearby montane populations of the subspecies. The measurable cranial dimensions of the skull of MCZ 5528 (Table 1) are slightly smaller than the average for nebrascensis, but are well within the range of variation found in that subspecies. In summary, the two specimens from Deer Creek, Wyoming, the restricted type locality of Peromyscus maniculatus nebrascensis, that were listed by Coues (loc. cit.) were previously thought to be no longer in existence. One of these specimens (formerly USNM 4310, now MCZ 5528) has been found. It differs from specimens of P. m. nebrascensis taken in recent years in being more reddish dorsally, probably owing to post-mortem changes in color; available cranial measurements, however, provide no basis for doubting its origin or identity. 104 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 74, pp. 105-110 19 May 196r aol { PROCEEDINGS UNIUER OF THE a ERO BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW CATFISH, CORYDORAS CONCOLOR (CALLICHTHYIDAE) FROM VENEZUELA By STANLEY H. WEITZMAN Department of Anatomy, School of Medicine, Stanford University, California In a collection of Corydoras sent to me for identification by Franz Weibezahn of the Universidad Central de Venezuela were six large, deep bodied specimens of an unknown species from the Rio Parguaza, Venezuela. Another new species, Corydoras habrosus Weitzman (1960a), from this collection has already been described. The remainder of the species in this collection of Venezuelan Corydoras appears to belong to known species and will be treated in subsequent papers. The present contribution is part of a series of papers on the genus Corydoras, the purpose of which is to illustrate and describe every available species of the genus. References to other pa- pers in this series may be found in Weitzman (1960a and b). I wish to thank Franz Weibezahn for the gift of the specimens, George S. Myers for use of the facilities and specimens of the Natural History Museum, Stanford University and W. I. Follett, Curator of Fishes at the California Academy of Sci- ences, San Francisco for loan of specimens. Corydoras concolor, new species Figs. 1 and 2 Holotype: Stanford University 54131, 43.8 mm in standard length, collected 17 February 1946 by Agustin Fernandez-Yepez at Las Mangas, in a tributary to the Rio Parguaza, western part of the State of Bolivar, Venezuela. The Rio Parguaza is a stream arising in the Serrania de Parguaza, flowing northwest and into the Rio Orinoco almost opposite the island of El Gallo, 6°20’ N latitude and 67°10’ W longitude. Paratypes: SU 54132, one specimen, standard length 41.5 mm, bearing same data as holotype. SU 54133, four specimens, standard length 51.8— 13—Proc. Biot. Soc. WAsH., Vou. 74, 1961 (105) 106 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Pie rs ee anwsBee rs Doss neoosd a HDS mar SEE Ea, S Ore ra = DOTeED IL UBUD SS al Ly}: j -) eom2eQ0nn.§ RAE ceca saas ANDES SK. DEER EEL eee ct oe NEE Corydoras concolor, holotype, SU 54131. Standard length 43.8 mm. Fic. l. A New Catfish from Venezuela 107 54.2 mm, collected 7 April 1952 by Manuel Vincent Ramirez from the - Rio Parguaza, State of Bolivar, Venezuela. Diagnosis: Corydoras concolor may be distinguished from other species" of Corydoras by the following combination of characters. It lacks dark markings, has a very deep body (2.1 to 2.4 in standard length), has a large eye (3.2 to 4.0 in head length), pectoral fins incompletely sur- rounded by the coracoids, and a moderately high dorsal fin spine (1.1 to 1.2 in head length). Description (holotype first, paratypes in parentheses): See Table 1 for measurements. Body relatively deep, greatest depth 2.1 (2.2—2.4). Least depth of caudal peduncle 5.9 (5.9-6.9). Dorsal fin origin nearer to snout tip than to caudal fin base. Distance between snout tip and TABLE 1. Measurements in millimeters of specimens of Corydoras concolor. HOLOTYPE | PARATYPE PARATYPES WATE SOIT EIS 54131 54132 54133 Standard length 43.8 41.5 51.8 526 54.1 542 Head length 14.6 13.7 17.0 16.9 17.9 17.9 Snout length 8.7 8.2 10.4 10.0 11.3 10.5 Least width of bony interorbital 7.0 6.1 Dek EO Le Wee Greatest diameter of bony orbit 4.2 3.4 Bt wan Ay 2) 0 Greatest width of suborbital 3.2 3.8 BWA NSO) ee Aes Su Length of fontanel 3.5 3.8 Suey) Gee eh Gye) Length of predorsal scale 2.5 2.4 SD 4 O00) Aad Greatest width of head 12.5 11.8 14.0 13.9 149 16.1 Snout tip to dorsal fin origin 24.0 21.8 28:9" 28:3 (29.1 29'5 Snout tip to adipose fin origin 37.3 34.8 45.1 44.8 46.6 46.5 Snout tip to anal fin origin 35.4 33.2 41.7 42.2 441 44.7 Snout tip to anterior edge of anus 24.6 22.5 DHE Os Oatiall SOS eN Baris) Greatest body depth 20.6 18.1 PO) ny Ores BAL Least depth of caudal peduncle (ae: 7.0 EDU TOMES hOB.) Seo Distance between coracoids 5.4 Ball Foe OO Oy i Gal Length of dorsal spine 13.8 12.0 15.4 144 15.8 14.6 Length of pectoral spine 14.9 13.0 LS 2oule> ) 16.8; 18.3 Length of adipose spine 3.2 3.8 A SO) Oo, 40 108 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington dorsal fin origin 1.8 (1.8-1.9). Distance between snout tip and anus 1.8 (1.8-1.9). Anal fin origin to snout tip 1.2 (1.2-1.3). Lateral scutes 23/20 (23/20 in 4 and 24/21 in one paratype). Abdomen with small granular plates, especially near the base of pelvic and pectoral fins. Azygous middorsal scutes 3 (2-4) before adipose fin and 1 before dorsal fin in all specimens. Pectoral fin base incompletely surrounded by coracoid. Area between coracoids 8.1 (8.1-10.0). Head length 3.0 (3.0-3.1); its greatest width 1.2 (1.1-1.2) in its length. Least width of bony interorbital 2.1 (2.2-2.3) in head length. Snout acute in dorsal view and snout tip slightly rounded; its length 1.7 (1.6—1.7) in head length. Dorsal profile of snout straight to slightly convex. When directed posteriorly, inferior rictal barbel reaches slightly beyond a point directly below the posterior margin of eye. Greatest diameter of orbit 3.5 (3.2—4.0) in head length. Greatest width of suborbital 1.3 (0.9-1.7) in orbit. Dorsal fin I,7 in all specimens, last fin ray split to its base or almost to its base. In holotype first soft ray of depressed dorsal fin (but not spine ) reaches adipose fin spine. Adipose fin spine 1.3 (0.9-1.4) in orbit. Anal fin i,7 in all specimens, last ray split to its base. Pectoral fin 1,8 (1,8 in SU 54132; I,8 in one and I,9 in other specimens of SU 54133). Pelvic fin rays i,5 in all specimens. Caudal fin with principal rays 7/7 in all specimens. Pectoral fin spine (Fig. 2) has 28 spinules along its posterior border in the holotype, 26 in SU 54132 and 26 to 40 in speci- mens from SU 54133. ee TO eee Fic. 2. Corydoras concolor, pectoral fin spine, ventral view, left spine. Color: The holotype has the following color in alcohol. The over-all body color is a pale tan, slightly darker over the dorsum of the body and head. The belly and ventral region of the mouth are white. There are no dark marks of any kind over the sides of the body or head. There is, however, a faint pattern of darker tan over the body and sides of the head. This pattern is illustrated in Fig. 1. The color in life is unknown. The color of the paratypes is similar to that of the holotype. The name concolor is Latin, and means uniformly colored. Discussion: As with so many members of this genus, the relationships of this species to others are obscure. One of the most characteristic fea- tures of Corydoras concolor is its lack of heavy dark marks, blotches, bars or lines. In this respect it somewhat resembles some specimens of Corydoras aeneus (Gill 1858). However, among many other differences, the eye of concolor is proportionately much larger, the dorsal fin spine A New Catfish from Venezuela 109 proportionately much longer, and the snout much less rounded. Also, most preserved specimens of aeneus have a large dark blotch centered about the junction of the upper and lower rows of body scutes at a vertical below the dorsal fin. Regan (1912:218) questionably synonymized Corydoras venezuelanus von Ihering (1911) with Corydoras aeneus. Gosline (1940:19) accepted Regan’s referral of venezuelanus without question. Whether venezuelanus is a synonym of aeneus or not is, in my opinion, uncertain, but for the present it does seem best to follow Regan and questionably refer venezuelanus to the synonymy of aeneus. In any case, comparison of concolor with von Ihering’s very brief description of venezuelanus indi- cates that the two are not the same. The steep, rather straight, long profile of the snout of concolor suggests the long snouts of such species as Corydoras treitlii Steindachner (1906), acutus (Cope 1912), septentrionalis Gosline (1940) and ellisae Gosline (1940). However, even though concolor appears to have a long snout it does not key to the long-snouted group in Gosline’s key (1940). This is because it has a rather wide interorbital. The bony interorbital in concolor is contained 1.1 to 1.4 in the snout whereas in Gosline’s key, the long-snouted group of Corydoras are stated to have the bony inter- orbital contained 1.7 or more times in the snout. In addition concolor differs from all the long-snouted Corydoras in color pattern. Of the Corydoras described subsequent to Gosline’s paper (1940), fowleri Bohlke (1950) also has a long snout. Corydoras concolor differs from fowleri in having a different color pattern, a much deeper body and a larger eye. If one attempts to key concolor in the short-snouted group of Gosline’s key, the species runs to the end of the key where it matches most closely Corydoras latus Pearson (1924) or Corydoras polystictus Regan (1912). Comparison of the holotype of latus with that of concolor shows a much greater snout length in concolor (5.0 in standard length) than in latus (8.1 in standard length). Both specimens have nearly the same standard length. In addition, the dorsal spine of latus is proportionately shorter than that of concolor. The dark markings of latus are absent in concolor. Corydoras concolor differs from Regan’s description of polystictus in having no dark spots on the sides of the body and dorsal fin, and in having a more acute snout in profile. Regan (1912:216) records the snout of polystictus as being a little longer than the diameter of the eye. In concolor the snout is just about twice as long as the horizontal diameter of the eye. Corydoras concolor does not seem to be closely related to either latus or polystictus or any other short-snouted Corydoras. It would seem that its relationships are with the long snouted Corydoras but it differs from any known species of this rather artificial group to. such an extent that it cannot be very closely compared with or related to any particular long-snouted species. 110 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington LITERATURE CITED Bohlke, James E. 1950. A new catfish of the genus Corydoras from the Peruvian Amazon. The Fish Culturist, Philadelphia, 30 (4) :26—27. Cope, Edward Drinker. 1872. On the fishes of the Ambyiacu River. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 24:250-294, Pls. 1-16. Ellis, Marion Durbin. 1913. The plated nematognaths. Ann. Carnegie Mus., 8(3 and 4):384—413, Pls. 25-31. Gosline, William Alonzo, III. 1940. A revision of the neotropical cat- fishes of the family Callichthyidae. Stanford Ichth. Bull., 2(1):1-29. Ihering, Rodolpho von. 1911. Algumas especies novas peixes d’agua doce (Nematognatha), Corydoras, Plecostomus, Hemipsilich- thys). Rev. Mus. Paulista, SAo Paulo, 8:380-404. Pearson, Nathan Everett. 1924. The fishes of the eastern slope of the Andes. 1. The fishes of the Rio Beni Basin, Bolivia, collected by the Mulford Expedition. Indiana Univ. Studies, no. 64 (Indiana Univ. Bull. 11):1-83. Regan, Charles Tate. 1912. A revision of the South American genus Corydoras, with a list of the specimens in the British Museum (Natural History). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, 10:209-220. Steindachner, Franz. 1906. Ueber zwei neue Corydoras-Arten aus dem Parnahyba-und Parahim-fliisse im Staate Piauhy. Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 43(27):477—482. Weitzman, Stanley H. 1960a. Figures and descriptions of four South American catfishes of the genus Corydoras, including two new species. Stanford Ichth. Bull., 7(4):140-154. 1960b. Figures and description of a South American cat- fish, Corydoras reticulatus Fraser-Brunner. Stanford Ichth. Bull., 7(4):155-161. loan Vol. 74, pp. 111-118 19 May 1961 PROCEEDINGS frais coup OF THE | ponent BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON |! 2.5 1961 Bae oy NOTES ON AND A KEY TO SPECIES OF THE GENUS)". uy CINARA (APHIDAE) WHICH HAVE TSUGA AND 8 tEtsit! PSEUDOTSUGA FOR HOST ig By F. C. Horres Once again I am indebted to Miriam A. Palmer for her gen- erous help and the loan of material in bringing this paper to fruition. Cinara commatula Hottes and Essig Cinara commatula Hottes and Essig, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 67: 152-153. 1954. Figs. opposite p. 153. Original description apterous and alate viviparous females. Holotype and morphotype in Essig collection. Were it not for the fact that Essig may be expected to have correctly determined the host of this species as Pseudotsuga one might question the correct determination of the host of this species, for it is the only species thus far known from Pseudotsuga which has the cornicles on a well-developed conical base. Cinara dubia Hottes and Essig Cinara dubia Hottes and Essig, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 67: 156— 157. 1954. Figs. p. 154 (if numbered). Original description apterous viviparous female. Holotype in Essig collection. I have been informed that the holotype of this species cannot at this time be located in the Essig collection. However I have seen three slides with the same data as the holotype, which were unknown to me when the species was described. They carry the determination C. pseudotaxi- foliae Palmer. They are C. dubia Hottes and Essig. As indicated in the original description, this species is closely allied to C. pseudotaxifoliae Palmer; however, the tibial hairs are never so nu- merous as in the species described by Palmer. Cinara pseudotsugae ( Wilson) Lachnus pseudotsugae Wilson, Canadian Ent., 44: 302-303. 1912. Original description stem mother, alate male, oviparous female and alate viviparous female. These descriptions were also published in the same volume but without name on pp. 191-193. 14—Proc. Biou. Soc. WasH., VoL. 74, 1961 (111) 112 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington According to Palmer the type is in the Granovsky collection. This species is characterized by having short, coarse, spinelike hairs on the dorsum of the abdomen; and coarse, spinelike hairs which are shorter than the width of the tibiae of the apterous viviparous female. The tibial hairs are much longer in the alate. This species is common in Colorado; I have also taken it in Arizona. Cinara pseudotaxifoliae Palmer Cinara pseudotaxifoliae Palmer, Aphids of the Rocky Mountain Region, pp. 42-43. 1952. Figs. Original description. Lachnus taxifoliae Swain. Palmer, Annals Ent. Soc. America, 19: 304— 307. 1926. Descriptions of all forms (misidentification ). Type in the United States National Museum. Apterous viviparous females of this species as determined by Palmer IS Apt Viv. Famine v -— : a o are Ute. cgi H Gino ask? a e (25 e ry = en OD 0 a) my : " ns Sai 0 Ce Bor 0 A Paap Ege oA Sg aE LEZ S ES 9 OR re Pee OO ERE ©9509 Fe . ——O a =, 9 O22 5 Oe - OS XW 95° SS eS SS Oe : See y y Ly, i? AV Q i VELL Las 3d Ta. ue ON i KZ : ea Co, Shae 4. Na L ia WARS } Lis W261 7 US AASSA!GRETNOD sD 72-36 WAP CINARA PSEUDOTSUGAE (NY) Cinara with Pseudotsuga for Host 113 have the tibiae with two types of hairs: one most likely represented by the stem mothers or early spring generations with the hairs rather sparse. and the tibiae dark; the other with the tibial hairs very numerous and more or less bunched at the apex. Palmer’s figure of the tibiae (Fig. 14, Pl. XXV, Ann. Ent. Soc. America) appears to be in error. Cinara splendens (Gillette and Palmer ) Lachnus splendens Gillette and Palmer, Ann. Ent. Soc. America, 17: 14— 17. 1924. Figs. Plates V and VI. Original descriptions of all forms. Type in U. S. National Museum. This species may be easily separated from other species of this group - Apt, Viv, & Le Leys ee 22—-25 st Os Se = 2, Sr DW AeeS EE EROS ly 46-750 ~Sen.3-8 15-2) 22-4 145 - 1.90 05 Wa 3 ae ONS 2Fn27 we Le xeon: ty mea ( Boe Ss G&P CINARA TAXIFOLIAE (S) 114 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington which have the cornicles reduced by the fact that only the apices of the tibiae are dusky. The hairs on the dorsum of the abdomen and on the tibiae are comparatively short and spinelike. Cinara taxifoliae (Swain ) Lachnus taxifoliae Swain, Trans. American Ent. Soc., 44: 11-14. 1918. Original description alate and apterous females. Figs. Pls. I and II. Cinara taxifoliae (Swain), Hottes and Essig, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 67: 94-95. 1954. Description of alate and apterous viviparous fe- males. Figs. p. 96. Specimens of this species may be easily differentiated from other spe- cies of Cinara with reduced cornicles, by the tibial hairs being almost at right angles and the longest hairs varying in length from .14—.15 mm in length. The dorsum of the abdomen has numerous hairs which are about .08 mm in length. On the tibiae the long hairs are intermixed with hairs which are much shorter. Lectotype: Apterous viviparous female in the Essig collection. Apparently this is a very rare species; I have never taken it. I have seen one slide of this species taken by Dickson in Arizona, the first re- corded outside of California. Cinara tsugae Bradley Cinara tsugae Bradley, Canadian Ent., 92: 605-608. 1960. Figs. p. 607. This species has for its host Tsuga heterophylla. I have not seen specimens. The base of the cornicles ranges from .20-.29 mm. Cinara vagabunda Hottes and Essig Cinara vagabunda Hottes and Essig, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 66: 206-208. 1953. Original description alate viviparous female. Holotype in Essig collection. This species heretofore known only from the alate form may be easily differentiated from other species of Cinara by the fact that the hairs on. the dorsum of the abdomen of both the alate and apterous viviparous females are longer than the hairs on the outer margin of the tibiae. In the original description the host of this species was given as Pinus sp., but questioned. It can now be stated that the host is Pseudotsuga menzi- esii, apterous viviparous females having been taken on this host 15 July 1954 on Mt. Graham (Graham County, Arizona). Apterous viviparous female: Length 3.57 mm, width of head through the eyes .83 mm; length of prothoracic femora and tibiae 1.02 and 1.28 mm; length of metathoracic femora and tibiae 1.65 and 2.54 mm; length of first and second metatarsal segments .12 and .33 mm; length of an- tennal segments as follows: III .50 mm, IV .25 mm, V .28 mm, VI .15 + .05 mm. Color notes from life not available, as shown by cleared mounted specimen as follows: Head and thorax dark dusky brown; abdomen dark brown but not as dark as the head; cornicles dark brown, much darker Cinara with Pseudotsuga for Host 115 than the abdomen; transverse pigmented areas very dark brown; cauda and anal plate brown; prothoracic and mesothoracic femora dark brown; metathoracic femora almost entirely black, only extreme base brown. Pro- and mesothoracic tibiae with short region near base almost black, remainder of tibiae shading from light dusky to dark dusky brown at apex; metathoracic tibiae brownish black following black basal region. Ocular tubercles small. First and second antennal segments not quite as dark as head. Third antennal segment pale dusky except for darker apex. Fourth antennal segment like third, except for darker apex. Fifth an- tennal segment about half dark dusky. Sixth antennal segment uniform dusky brown. Third and fourth antennal segments without sensoria. Fifth antennal segment only with primary sensorium, or with one small secondary sensorium. Apex of fifth and all of sixth antennal segments coarsely imbricated. Hairs on vertex and dorsum of head numerous, about .10 mm in length. The rostrum on the morphotype is absent, on a second apterous form segments three, four and five extend beyond the coxae of the metathoracic legs. Neither apterous form shows a meso- sternal tubercle. Hairs on metathoracic tibiae rather coarse but not spinelike, on the outer margin not all of the same length, the shorter hairs being intermixed among the longer. The tibial hairs are set at an angle of about 45 degrees or slightly more, and are not more numerous towards O x Apt. Viv. Dees fey, g*2 ee OK OFF | BE THB 50253 ‘S8H.O-[ 25 228 mR Se nS oe Gentt. aS CGNARA NAGABUNDA H&E \. \ APT Viv (HOLOTYPE) CINARA WAHSUGAE H 116 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington the apex. Hairs on the dorsum of the abdomen varying from .07-.10 mm in length are fairly numerous. The hairs on the ventral surface of the abdomen vary from .06-.07 mm in length; they are more numerous than the hairs on the dorsum. Width of pigmented area of the cornicles about .10 mm; this area provided with a few hairs which are about .10 mm long. Morphotype: Apterous viviparous female, mounted on a mixed slide with one other specimen of vagabunda. Deposited in the collection of the U. S. National Museum. Apparently this species is most closely allied to Cinara pseudotaxifoliae Palmer. It differs from the species described by Palmer by having the second metatarsal segment longer, longer antennal segments in the alate, longer fourth and fifth antennal segments in the apterous form. It has longer hairs on the dorsum of the abdomen, longer femora and tibiae, and fewer coarser hairs on the tibiae. Cinara wahsugae Hottes Cinara wahsugae Hottes, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 73: 197. 1960. Since the description of this species was sent to press in June, Joe Schuh has sent me (November) apterous specimens of this species taken by him on Tsuga mertensiae in Oregon. I am led to believe that the host mentioned in the original description as Pseudotsuga is not correct. G. A. Bradley has sent me a reprint of his description of Cinara tsugae. There is no question that the two species are closely allied. I have not seen specimens of the species described by Bradley, but the species appear to differ in the total lack of a mesosternal tubercle in wahsugae, the tubercle not being slightly developed, the cornicles being higher, and in the oviparous female having fewer sensoria on the metathoracic tibiae. Kry To APpTEROUS VIVIPAROUS FEMALES HAvinc PSEUDOTSUGA anp TSUGA For Hosts 1. Cornicles on distinct conical base __.... 2 Cornicles not on distinct conical base 3 2. Cornicle base .40-.45 mm __...... C. commatula Hottes and Essig Cornicle base .15—.20 mm ___._.-- C. wahsugae Hottes 3. Tibiae pale except for apices ____. C. splendens (Gillette and Palmer) Tibiae with more than apices pigmented ________.______________ 4 4. Longest hairs on outer margin of metathoracic tibiae about .15 mm, set at angle of about 90 degrees _________.. C. taxifoliae (Swain) Longest hairs on outer margin of metathoracic tibiae not longer than .12 mm, set at angle much less than 90 degrees __________________. 5 5. Hairs on dorsum of abdomen up to .105 mm in length _____________. pn i ate ONL aguas TORN NY SU ON Ne C. vagabunda Hottes and Essig Hairs on dorsum of abdomen much less than .105 mm ______.....________ 6 6. Cornicle base .20—-.29 mm _____-- C. tsugae Bradley Cornicle base about .15.mim or less. ee Fi 7. Hairs on metathoracic tibiae and dorsum of abdomen distinctly Cinara with Pseudotsuga for Host 117 Spimelikey shew cua ld C. pseudotsugae (Wilson) Hairs on metathoracic tibiae and dorsum of abdomen fine, not Gistin@tlys syineli key coe ave Me ORN eS OU e 8 8. Almost one half of metathoracic tibiae paler than the rest, hairs on metathoracic tibiae hardly numerous _. C. dubia Hottes and Essig Much less than one half of metathoracic tibiae paler than the rest, hairs on metathoracic tibiae numerous _____......___-------_------ coe RMN TS SAAT Ne C. pseudotaxifoliae Palmer 118 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 74, pp. 119-126 11 August 1961 MUS. COM?. ZOOL PROCEEDINGS LIBRE reas 6 ag AUG 18 1961 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON HAR AAD A NEW SUBSPECIES OF FLYING SQUIRREL Uilitnoily (GLAUCOMYS SABRINUS) FROM SOUTHWESTERN UTAH By Guy G. MUSSER Grad. Res. Fellow, Dept. Zoology and Entomology, Univ. Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah In his Mammals of Utah, Durrant (Univ. Kansas Publs., Mus. Nat. Hist., 6: 151-153, 10 August 1952) referred all speci- mens of flying squirrels available to him from Utah to Glauco- mys sabrinus lucifugus Hall. He studied specimens from the Uinta and Wasatch mountains in northern Utah and from the Aquarius Plateau in southern Utah. An additional record from ten miles southwest of Bryce Canyon National Park provided the extreme southwestern record of this subspecies in the state. Subsequent work by Rasmussen (Unpubl. Master's Thesis, Univ. of Utah, June, 1958) and Chamberlain (Unpubl. Master's Thesis, Univ. of Utah, March, 1958) provided specimens from the Wasatch Plateau and Fish Lake Mountains respectively, which were likewise referred to G. s. lucifugus. During the summer of 1960, in the course of a study of the mammalian fauna in southwestern Utah, a series of flying squirrels was obtained by the writer from the Tushar Mountains and the Pavant Range. Critical study of these specimens indicates that they are neither referable to G. s. lucifugus, nor to any other known subspecies, and are sufficiently distinct to warrant recognition as a new subspecies. The writer is indebted to Seth B. Benson, Museum of Verte- brate Zoology, University of California, Berkeley, California, for the loan of comparative material and Stephen D. Durrant, Department of Zoology and Entomology, University of Utah, for his valuable suggestions and critical reading of the manu- script. The measurements of weight are in grams; all others 15—Proc. Bio. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 74, 1961 (119) 120 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington are in millimeters. Unless otherwise indicated, all specimens are in the collections of the Museum of Zoology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah. Capitalized color terms are after Ridgway (Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Wash- ington, D. C., 1912). Glaucomys sabrinus murinauralis, new subspecies Type: Male, adult, skin and skull, no. 15652, Museum of Zoology, Uni- versity of Utah; Timid Springs (SW NE# Sec. 7, T. 29S., R. 4W.), 10,300 feet, one mile north of Big Flat Guard Station, Tushar Mountains, Beaver County, Utah; 15 August 1960; collected by Guy G. Musser; original number, 1232. Range: Tushar Mountains and the Pavant Range in southwestern Utah, limits unknown. Diagnosis: Based upon the type and ten paratypes (7 males, 4 fe- males). Size: See measurements (Table 1). Color (Summer Pelage): Hairs of upper parts Sayal Brown apically, suffused with Dark Neutral Gray from basal portion; dorsal surface of gliding membrane Blackish Mouse Gray, diffused with Sayal Brown, anterior margins light gray; head lighter than body, grayer; face uniformly gray; cheeks whitish, dif- fusing into gray in postauricular regions; ears diagnostically Mouse Gray, cranial margins and area surrounding external auditory meatus blackish; dorsal surface of forefeet between Light Mouse Gray and Mouse Gray; dorsal surface of hind feet between Mouse Gray and Deep Mouse Gray, margined laterally with white; dorsal surface of tail be- tween Vinaceous-Buff and Avellaneous basally, diffused with grayish- black apically, producing over-all dark Fuscous tone; apical one-third of tail darkest, being uniformly Blackish Mouse Gray, darker mid-dorsal stripe uniformly indistinct; underparts between Cinnamon-Buff and Pinkish Buff, suffused with light Neutral Gray and small areas of white; ventral anterior and posterior areas of gliding membrane Light Neutral Gray; throat Light Neutral Gray diffused with whitish-buff; ventral surface of feet grayish-buff; ventral surface of tail between Vinaceous- Buff and Avellaneous. The pelage of the tail on the four specimens from the Pavant Range is thicker and the hairs are appreciably longer than in specimens from the Tushar Mountains. Four juveniles in immature darker pelage possess the grayer head, gray face, Mouse Gray ears and extent of venter coloration, characteristic of this subspecies. Skull: Nasals long, widely inflated distally, internasal suture extends caudad of frontopremaxillary suture; infraorbital foramina small; inter- orbital and postorbital regions narrow; braincase greatly inflated; incisive foramina short, constricted laterally so as to appear slit-like; spheno- palatine foramina large; interpterygoid space at posterior margin of palate wide, somewhat lyre-shaped; foramen ovale small; sphenopterygoid canals A New Subspecies of Flying Squirrel | ay 024 ae completely enclosed along entire length; roof of each alisphenoid candi! incomplete for half its length. Comparisons: The type and paratypes of G. s. murinauralis differ-from——---— near topotypes of Glaucomys sabrinus lucifugus, which it most closely resembles, as follows: Size: Total length averages longer; tail longer; ears longer. Color: Upper parts more yellowish-orange; head and face distinctly grayer; ears grayer, Mouse Gray as opposed to brown, blackish cranial margins are in contrast to dark brown of G. s. lucifugus; dorso- lateral margins of gliding membrane markedly grayer; dorsal surface of tail uniformly grayer, lacking rufescence, particularly darker on apical one-third of tail, mid-dorsal tail stripe generally not as pronounced; dorsal surface of forefeet gray as opposed to brown; dorsal surface of hind feet Deep Mouse Gray as opposed to Hair Brown; dorsal surface of gliding membrane darker; hairs of underparts dominantly Pinkish Buff apically, with some whitish, as opposed to whitish apically, with area of Pinkish Buff generally reduced; throat uniformly grayer; ventral surface of feet grayer; ventral surface of tail less rufescent. Skull: Nasals average slightly longer and expanded slightly wider distally, internasal suture extends caudad of frontopremaxillary suture as opposed to terminating at level of frontopremaxillary suture; interorbital and postorbital breadths significantly less; braincase slightly more inflated; incisive foramina sig- nificantly shorter, narrower; sphenopalatine foramina generally larger; interpterygoid space at posterior border of palate significantly wider; foramen ovale smaller in seventy per cent of specimens studied; foramen magnum slightly smaller. From near topotypes of Glaucomys sabrinus bangsi (Rhoads), the type and paratypes of G. s. murinauralis differs as follows: Size: Tail longer; hind foot averages shorter; ears longer; weight significantly less. Color (comparisons made with three specimens of G. s. bangsi in com- parable pelage): Upper parts lighter, more yellowish-orange, hairs Sayal Brown in contrast to dark Wood Brown apically, hairs lighter basally; head distinctly grayer; face gray as opposed to brown; ears markedly grayer, Mouse Gray as opposed to dark brown; postauricular region whitish-gray as opposed to Avellaneous; dorsal surface of tail lighter, more yellowish-orange; dorsal surface of forefeet gray as opposed to brown; dorsal surface of hind feet Deep Mouse Gray in contrast to Clove Brown; hairs of underparts generally lighter basally, apically more Pinkish Buff than Cinnamon-Buff; ventral surface of tail grayer; ventral surface of feet gray in contrast to dark brown. Skull: Smaller in all measure- ments except postorbital breadth which averages slightly larger in G. s. murinauralis; nasals narrower; braincase markedly more vaulted; frontal process of zygoma higher, more pronounced; orbit smaller; sphenopala- tine foramina markedly larger; foramen ovale smaller; sphenopterygoid canals completely enclosed throughout entire length as opposed to spheno- pterygoid canals open medially throughout entire length except at an- terior and posterior openings; roof of each alisphenoid canal incomplete for half its length in contrast to roof of each alisphenoid canal complete fet fl uth 122 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington throughout entire length, terminating at anterior border of each foramen ovale; tympanic bullae smaller; foramen magnum narrower, slightly higher. Systematic remarks: Flying squirrels of the subspecies G. s. murinaur- alis are apparently restricted to the Tushar Mountains and the Pavant Range. At the present time, only one specimen, a juvenile, is available from the Markagunt Plateau, the nearest highland to the south. Com- pared with juvenile specimens in comparable pelage from the Tushar Mountains, the specimen from the Markagunt Plateau is similar in the possession of the diagnostic Mouse Gray ears, gray face and head, and extent of venter coloration. The diagnostic cranial characters, however, are not well developed in juvenile specimens. In view of this fact and because subspecific determinations should be based on a larger sample of the population than one individual, subspecific assignment of the Markagunt Plateau specimen is tentatively held in abeyance until a series of adult specimens from the latter area is available. Acquisition and study of adult material from the Markagunt Plateau may show them to be referable to G. s. murinauralis. G. s. murinauralis has its closest affinities both geographically and morphologically with G. s. lucifugus, the subspecies occupying the Uinta and Wasatch mountains and central high plateaus of Utah. Two speci- mens of G. s. lucifugus from the Fish Lake Mountains; one from Seven Mile Valley, the other from Lost Lake, demonstrate some intergradational tendencies toward G. s. murinauralis in both cranial and skin characters. The skulls of both specimens possess the characters of G. s. lucifugus except for the shorter incisive foramina and smaller foramen ovale, both characteristic of G. s. murinauralis. The specimen from Seven Mile Valley possesses dorsal coloration identical with that of G. s. murinauralis, but all other skin characters are as found in G. s. lucifugus. Flying squirrels belonging to the subspecies G. s. lucifugus and G. s. murinauralis form a closely related subspecies complex which is markedly differentiated from those of G. s. bangsi. Study of ten near topotypes of G. s. bangsi from Idaho County, Idaho, reveals that although this sub- | species is the closest geographic race to the two subspecies from Utah, © it is markedly different morphologically, and close morphological rela- tionships are not apparent. This is particularly well demonstrated in the cranial characters. Skulls of the animals belonging to the lucifugus- murinauralis complex are smaller in every measurement taken except the postorbital breadth. The greatest length of the skull is significantly longer in specimens of G. s. bangsi. This apparent shortening of the skull in the lucifugus-murinauralis group is reflected in the vertical height of the braincase, which is markedly more vaulted than in members of G. s. bangsi. The outstanding cranial differences, however, are in the arrange- ment of the sphenopterygoid and alisphenoid canals. In representatives of G. s. bangsi, the sphenopterygoid canals are open medially throughout their entire lengths except at the anterior and posterior openings and the roof of each alisphenoid canal is complete along its entire length, term- A New Subspecies of Flying Squirrel 123 inating at the anterior border of each foramen ovale. In those specimens of the lucifugus- murinauralis complex, however, the sphenopterygoid canals are completely enclosed throughout their entire lengths and the roof of each alisphenoid canal is incomplete, extending only halfway between the anterior opening of each canal and the anterior border of each formen ovale. In the series of flying squirrels studied by the writer, the cranial characters separating members of G. s. bangsi from those of the lucifugus-murinauralis complex are constant. Indeed, there was no specimen studied of each group which possessed any intergradational tendencies in the aforementioned characters. When Hall (Occ. papers Mus. Zool. Univ. Michigan, no. 296: 2, 2 November 1934) described G. s. lucifugus, one of the distinguishing cranial characters he found was the width of the rostrum, which expressed as a percentage in relation to the length of the nasals was less than 53 per cent of the length of the nasals. This was in contrast to G. s. bangsi in which the width of the rostrum was more than 53 per cent of the length of the nasals. Durrant (op. cit.: 153) referred a specimen from Wolf Creek Summit to G. s. lucifugus, although it suggested an intergradational tendency towards G. s. bangsi in that the width of the rostrum was slightly over 53 per cent of the length of the nasals. The writer has found that this percentage as a comparative value is inconsistent and unreliable. Percentages com- puted on the width of the rostrum to the length of the nasals on ten near topotypes of G. s. bangsi reveal that only two specimens exceed 53 per cent, the remainder being less than 53 per cent; on eleven near topo- types of G. s. lucifugus, three specimens exceed 53 per cent and eight are less; on eleven specimens of G. s. murinauralis, two specimens exceed 53 per cent. There is no doubt that the width of the rostrum is greater in specimens of G. s. bangsi than in those of the lucifugus-murinauralis complex, but because the nasals are also longer in the former, the per- centage value as a distinguishing character is invalid. Habitat: On the Tushar Mountains, flying squirrels were taken in Engelmann spruce (Picea engelmanni [Parry] Engelm.) from elevations of 7,875 feet to 10,300 feet. Those from the Pavant Range were trapped in stream-bottom stands of white fir (Abies concolor [Gordon and Glen- dinning] Hoopes) interspersed with narrowleaf cottonwood (Populus angustifolia James) at an elevation of 6,800 feet. On both the Tushar Mountains and Pavant Range, trapping in stands containing only cotton- woods or aspen (Populus tremuloides Michx.) proved unsuccessful. At 7,975 feet on the Tushar Mountains, rat snap traps were nailed to both spruce and aspen trees which existed together at this locality. A flying squirrel was taken from the spruce only. On the Pavant Range where white fir and narrowleaf cottonwoods were found in association, the former tended to be concentrated higher on the canyon slopes, the latter below and along the stream banks. Here, flying squirrels were taken in the white fir, although one individual was seen ascending a cottonwood. The largest single population of these animals observed was in Engel- mann spruce at 10,300 feet on the Tushar Mountains. These data sug- 124 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington gest that flying squirrels on these two highlands prefer a habitat in which conifers are the dominant trees. It is suspected that the source of food coupled with the rough texture of the bark on conifers are prob- ably important factors in the selection of this habitat. On both the Tushar Mountains and Pavant Range, flying squirrels appear to show a decided affinity for camp grounds and picnic areas when such areas are located in suitable habitat. This statement is based upon trapping results. Although suitable habitat was trapped in locations far removed from camping and picnic areas, flying squirrels were taken only at these latter areas. Open garbage pits and refuse left by campers and picnickers in coniferous areas are great attractions as a food source not only to flying squirrels but to other sciurids as well. In observing the nocturnal activity of flying squirrels (using artificial light), several were seen foraging in garbage pits, around garbage cans, and on picnic tables. One individual was seen ascending a spruce tree with a slice of bread in its mouth, while another was seen feeding on the remains of discarded corn cobs. Analyses of stomach samples from four individuals taken at a picnic area on the Tushar Mountains revealed only unidentifiable TaBLE 1.—Measurements of the Type and Paratypes of Glaucomys sabrinus murinauralis from the Tushar Mountains and Pavant Range MEASUREMENT | n@ | x = 2 s.E.> | S.D.¢ | EXTREMES Total length 12 328.8 + 3.4 5.9 318 -338 Tail length 12 ECL ae Se) 5.6 148 -—167 Hind foot ee AQ 2 =o 2.3 34 -— 43 Height of ear 12 Zo = OS 1.4 25 — 30 Weight 11 133.9 + 3.8 6.2 126 -146 Greatest length of skull 10 40.0 + 0.3 0.6 39.1— 40.1 Zygomatic breadth 11 241+0.1 0.4 23.7— 24.4 Mastoid breadth 10 18.3+ 0.1 0.1 18.0— 18.5 Interorbital breadth 11 74+ 0.1 0.2 A a (a Postorbital breadth 11 8.9 + 0.2 0.4 8.4— 9.4 Length of nasals 11 NPA) il) 0.4 12.0— 13.5 Breadth of rostrum 11 6.4+ 0.1 0.1 6.2— 6.5 Toothrow Tal 8.2+0.4 0.4 7.1- 8.6 Length of incisive foramina 11 Wor ae (Us 0.2 2.0-— 2.6 Interpterygoid width? fet 3.9 + 0.1 0.1 3.7- 4.1 a Size of sample. b The mean and standard error of the mean. ¢ Standard deviation. 4 Taken at posterior margin of palatines. A New Subspecies of Flying Squirrel ro Ae amorphous vegetable matter, suggestive of ingested refuse from this area. The Tushar Mountains and Pavant Range are separated from the cen- tral high plateaus to the east by the semi-arid Sevier River Valley, and from the Markagunt Plateau to the south by intervening foothills and semi-arid valleys. At the present time, the intervening valleys serve as effective barriers in the distribution of coniferous habitat on the Tushar and Pavant highlands. The isolation of coniferous areas has in turn served as an isolating mechanism to the populations of flying squirrels on these highlands apparently dependent upon this type of habitat. Specimens examined: Total 17, distributed as follows: Mi_Larp County: Pistol-Rock Picnic Area, Fillmore Canyon, 8 miles E Fillmore, 6,800 feet, Pavant Range, 1; Balsam Picnic Area, Fillmore Canyon, 8 miles E Fillmore, 6,800 feet, Pavant Range, 1; Buckskin Charley Picnic Area, Fillmore Canyon, 8 miles E Fillmore, Pavant Range, 2; BEAVER County: Indian Creek Guard Station, 9 miles E Highway 91, 7,875 feet, Tushar Mountains, 1; Kent’s Lake, 8,800 feet, Tushar Mountains, 1; conifers behind M.I.A. cabin, Britts Meadow (Delano Ranger Station), 8,850 feet, Tushar Mountains, 1; Timid Springs, 1 mile N Big Flat Guard Station, 10,300 feet, Tushar Mountains, 10. 126 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 74, pp. 127-156 ‘ Jl Aug MUS. ROMP. 2891 | LRAKi PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTO nei ETS NORTH AMERICAN MONOGENETIC TREMATODES IX. THE FAMILIES MAZOCRAEIDAE AND PLECTANOCOTYLIDAE* By EMMETT W. PRICE Jacksonville State College, Jacksonville, Alabama This paper is a continuation of the series dealing with the North American monogenetic trematodes and of a general revision of the Monogenea. The purpose and organization of this installment are the same as for previous sections ( Price, 1937, 1938, 1939a, 1939b, 1942, 1943a, 1943b, and 1961). The present installment deals primarily with the Mazo- craeidae. The inclusion of the Plectanocotylidae is largely for convenience; it is a small group the relationships of which are not too well established. Sproston (1946) regarded it as a subfamily of the family Discocotylidae, whereas Bychowsky (1957) considered it as a family of the suborder Discocotylinea. The present writer cannot agree with either of these view- points, and regards Phillocotylidae as a more or less inter- mediate group with its greatest affinities with the Mazocrae- idae of the suborder Mazocracraeinea Bychowsky. Family Mazocraeidae Price, 1936 Synonyms: Octocotylidae Monticelli, 1888; Octobothriidae Monticelli, 1888, in part; Octobothriidae Taschenberg, 1879, in part; Hexacotylidae Monticelli, 1903; Mazocriidae Southwell and Kirshner, 1937, in part; Pleurocotylidae Monticelli, 1903; Grubeidae Poche, 1926. Diagnosis: Body elongate to clavate. Prohaptors in form of two well- developed suckers opening into oral cavity; opisthohaptor bearing four pairs of clamps (except in Grubea) of a special sort; middle and ventral * This work was supported by a grant from the National Science Foundation. Acknowledgment and appreciation are here expressed to the Animal Disease and Parasites Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, Maryland, for space and facilities provided for this work dur- ing July and August, 1960. 16—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasuH., Vou. 74, 1961 (127) 128 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington | loop elements fused to form inverted U-shaped pieces, dorsal loop ele- ments incomplete, and center piece more or less scoop-shaped, usually weakly cuticularized; anchors usually two to three pairs, unequal and dissimilar, outer pair larger than others, on terminal lappet. Genital aperture armed with hooks of two types, a pair of larger, outwardly directed laterals, and several pairs of smaller, medially directed inner hooks arranged in two, either transverse or vertical, rows or in a circle. Testes either follicular or as a lobed mass. Ovary U-shaped, with proxi- mal and distal limbs directed anteriad. Vagina, when present, single and opening on mid-dorsal surface, or, rarely, Y-shaped and opening laterally. Type genus: Mazocraes Hermann, 1782. This family consists of a number of more or less heterogeneous species which may be grouped into five reasonably well-defined groups; these groups are regarded as worthy of subfamily rank and may be separated by the following key: Kry TO SUBFAMILIES OF MAZOCRAEIDAE 1.—Opisthohaptor asymmetrical, with four large clamps on right side and a single small clamp corresponding to most distal of large clamps on left side; inner hooks of genital corona arranged in a in es a ei a Grubeinae new subfamily Opisthohaptor symmetrical, with four pairs of clamps; inner hooks of genital corona in two either transverse or vertical rows _. 2 2.—Inner hooks of genital corona in two transverse rows _____--___- Sam TaNan SA Sonar re avoid hit C'S, kel UO) AM Mazocraeinae new subfamily Inner hooks of genital corona in two vertical rows __________________ 3 3.=—Viaginaadoulole) aie eo Neomazocraeinae new subfamily Vagina, if and when present, single 2) 2) ee 4 4.—Opisthohaptor embracing area of gonads, either of testes or of both ovary and testes Mazocraeoidinae new subfamily Opisthohaptor terminal, not involving area of gonads ______________ 5 5.—With large ventral, sucker-like depression posterior to genital aperture; hook-bearing lappet of opisthohaptor divided into two cone-likevlobes), jc ba as ea Clupecotylinae new subfamily Without ventral, sucker-like depression posterior to genital aper- ture; hook-bearing lappet of opisthohaptor not divided __________. cel te le cea se a a Kuhniinae new subfamily Mazocraeinae, new subfamily Synonyms: Octocotylinae Braun, 1893; Octobothriidae Monticelli, 1903. Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor terminal, more or less triangular; clamps four pairs, equal or unequal in size; anchors two or three pairs, dissim- ilar. Genital corona with two kinds of hooks, one pair of laterals with outwardly directed tips and several pairs of inner hooks arranged in two transverse rows, with medially directed tips. Vagina present or (?) absent, opening dorsally. Other characters as for family. North American Monogenetic Trematodes 129 Pe Type genus: Mazocraes Hermann, 1782. | As presently conceived, this subfamily contains three genera, one of Libis questionable validity, which may be separated as follows: Kry To GENERA OF MAZOCRAEINAE | 1.—Opisthoptoral clamps not uniform, anterior pair larger than | CO GET Ghd AI aad NL 1 AD Pseudanthocotyloides Price - Opisthohaptoral clamps uniform in size ______..________ y) 2.—Opisthohaptor with terminal lappet bearing two pairs of minute suckers in addition to anchors ______. Ophicotyle Beneden and Hesse Opisthohaptor without suckers on terminal, hook-bearing lap- TOG gees eer ere oo ol LLL ee Mazocraes Hermann Genus Mazocraes Hermann, 1782 Synonyms: Octobothrium Leuckart, 1827; Octostoma Kuhn, 1829, not Otto, 1823; Octocotyle Diesing, 1850; Octoplectanum Diesing, 1858; Octobothrium (Octocotyle) Saint-Remy, 1891; Glossocotyle Beneden and Hesse, 1863.1 Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor lobe-like, bearing four pairs of clamps of the mazocraeid type, and with terminal lappet bearing two or three pairs of dissimilar anchors, outermost or large anchors with bifid roots and recurved tips. Genital corona with two lateral large hooks and an anterior and posterior transverse row of about four hooks each. Testis deeply lobed or divided into indistinct follicles, postovarial. Ovary U-shaped, pretesticular Vitelline follicles extending into opisthohaptor. Vagina pres- ent, opening dorsally in median line posterior to intestinal bifurcation. Eggs usually with filament at each pole. Type species: Mazocraes alosae Hermann, 1782, from Clupea alosa, Alosa finta, Caspialosa kessleri, C. kessleri volgensis, and C. caspia. Included species: Mazocraes harengi (Beneden and Hesse, 1863) Nicoll, 1915, from Clupea harengus; M. heterocotyle (Beneden, 1870) Sproston, 1946 (sp. ing.), from C. sprattus; M. pilchardi (Beneden and Hesse, 1863) Sproston, 1946, from C. pilchardus; M. tripathii n. n., for M. orientalis Tripathi, 1959, not Chauhan, 1950,? from Dussumiera acuta; M. vilelai Tendeiro and Valdez, 1955, from “Alosa alosa’; and M. gonia- losae Tripathi, 1959, from Gonialosa manmina. None of the species listed above has, so far, been reported from North American hosts. 1 See discussion of Mazocraes and Glossocotyle by Sproston (1946). 2 The new name Mazocraes tripathii is here proposed for the species described by Tripathi (1959) as M. orientalis Chauhan, 1950. The description and figures given by Chauhan (1950) for his M. orientalis are not detailed but assuming the correct- ness of the arrangement of the genital hooks it must be referred to the genus Kuhnia, and becomes K. orientalis (Chauhan, 1950) new combination. The species re- ported as M. orientalis Chauhan is, according to the arrangement of the genital hooks, a species of Mazocraes and M. orientalis Tripathi, not Chauhan, becomes a homonym of M. orientalis Chauhan (=Kuhnia orientalis Chauhan). 130 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Genus Ophicotyle Beneden and Hesse, 1863 Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor elongate, bearing four pairs of equal clamps and with a terminal lappet provided with two pairs of minute suckers and two pairs of anchors. Genital hooks as in Mazocraes. Type species: Ophicotyle fintae Beneden and Hesse, 1863, from Alosa fintae. This genus is closely related to Mazocraes Hermann and is represented by only the type species; it is of questionable validity. The minute ac- cessory suckers on the terminal lappet of the opisthohaptor may even- tually be shown to be artifacts in which case the genus should be sup- pressed as a synonym of Mazocraes. Genus Pseudanthocotyloides Price, 1959 Diagnosis: Anterior pair of opisthohaptoral clamps much larger than posterior three pairs. Vagina (?) absent. Egg with filament at posterior pole. Genital hooks and other characters as in Mazocraes. Type species: Pseudanthocotyloides banghami Price, 1959. Inasmuch as the type and only species of this genus was originally described briefly in abstract (Price, 1959), a more detailed account is given below. Pseudanthocotyloides banghami Price, 1959 Figs. 1-6 Description: Body elongate to clavate, 1.4 to 3.5 mm long by 0.3 to 0.5 mm wide. Prohaptoral suckers circular, 0.040 to 0.060 mm in diam- eter. Opisthohaptor consisting of four pairs of mazocraeid clamps, oc- cupying approximately 0.5 mm of total body length; clamps of anterior pair largest, 0.12 to 0.14, second pair 0.08 to 0.09, third pair 0.07, and fourth and most distal pair 0.06 mm in diameter, respectively; opistho- haptoral anchors two pairs, outer 0.060 to 0.068 mm long, inner pair 0.020 to 0.024 mm long, and a flask-shaped intermediate hook guard about 0.010 mm long between large and small anchors. Pharynx oval, about 0.060 mm long by 0.036 to 0.040 mm wide; esophagus about 0.45 mm long in extended specimens, heavily pigmented; intestinal branches extending into opisthohaptor to about level of distal pair of clamps, pro- vided with short medial and longer lateral, branched, heavily pigmented diverticula. Genital aperture about 0.12 mm distal to base of pharynx; genital corona consisting of a pair of lateral hooks each about 0.014 mm long and two transverse rows of inner hooks each about 0.014 mm long; hooks of anterior transverse row four in number, staggered, those of poste- Fics. 1-6. Pseudanthocotyloides banghami. 1.—holotype, ventral view; 2.—opisthohaptoral clamp of anterior pair; 3.—clamp of posterior pair; 4.—opisthohaptoral anchors; 5.—genital corona; 6.—egg. Fic. 7. Plectanocotyle elliptica. Complete worm, ventral view. From Diesing, 1858. North American Monogenetic Trematodes 131 wees tte ao 132 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington rior row six in number, actually two alternating rows of three hooks each. Testicular arrangement not ascertainable because obscured by vitelline follicles; vas deferens convoluted, in median field. Ovary U- shaped, with left limb about twice as long as right, in equatorial zone; genito-intestinal canal opening into right intestinal branch about level of distal pole of ovary; vitelline follicles extending from about level of genital aperture to level of distal pair of opisthohaptoral clamps, ob- scuring greater part of internal organs. Vagina not observed. Uterus thick-walled. Egg oval, about 0.2 mm long by 0.07 mm wide, with long, slender filament at posterior pole. Host: Dorosoma cepedianum. Location: Gills. Distribution: United States (Reelfoot and Norris lakes, Tennessee, and Guntersville Lake, Alabama). Specimens: USNM Helm. Coll. no. 37716 (holotype), 37717-37718 (paratypes) and 37719. The above description is based on a study of eight specimens, as fol- lows: five collected in 1938 at Norris Lake, Tennessee, and two collected in 1939 at Reelfoot Lake, Tennessee, by Ralph G. Bangham, and one from a gizzard shad caught in 1959 at Guntersville, Alabama, by Harold S. Strickland. Kuhniinae, new subfamily Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor terminal, cordate or linguiform, bearing four pairs of equal or unequal clamps of mazocraeid type and two pairs of anchors; outermost anchors relatively large. Hooks of genital corona of two types, one pair of outwardly directed laterals each arising from a reniform muscular pad, and two vertical rows of smaller inwardly di- rected hooks. Vagina present or (?) absent. Other characters as given for family. Type genus: Kuhnia Sproston, 1945. Three genera are included in this subfamily and may be separated by the following key: Key To GENERA OF KUHNIINAE 1.—Genital hooks of vertical rows of two types .. Paramazocraes Tripathi Genital hooks of vertical rows of one type —_____-----_________- 2 2.—Opisthohaptoral clamps of anterior pair larger than those of other pairs: 4). Ye Pseudanthocotyle Bychowsky and Nagibina Opisthohaptoral clamps of uniform size Kuhnia Sproston Genus Kuhnia Sproston, 1945 Synonyms: Octobothrium Leuckart, 1827, in part; Octocotyle Diesing, 1850, in part; Octoplectanum Diesing, 1858, in part; Mazocraes Hermann, 1782, in part. Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor cordate to linguiform, bearing four pairs of more or less equal-sized clamps of mazocraeid type, and with two, sometimes three, pairs of anchors. Median hooks of genital corona of North American Monogenetic Trematodes 133 one kind, arranged in vertical rows. Vitelline follicles rarely entering opisthohaptoral area. Vagina absent. Type species: Kuhnia scombri (Kuhn, 1829) Sproston, 1945, from Scomber scombrus, S. japonicus, and S. kanagunta. Included species:? Kuhnia brevoortia Hargis, 1955, from Brevoortia partonus; K. macracantha (Meserve, 1938) Sproston, 1946, from un- identified species of mackerel; K. minor (Goto, 1894) Sproston, 1946, from Scomber japonicus (= S. colias); K. indica Tripathi, 1959, from Cybium guttatus; K. orientalis (Chauhan, 1950) new combination, from Dussumieria sp.; K. singaporensis new species, from “Ikan Trubot’; K. sprostonaeé new name (synonym: K. minor Sproston, 1945, not Goto, 1894),* from Scomber scombrus; and K. thunni (Ishii, in Ishii and Sawada, 1938) Sproston, 1946 (synonym: Dactylocotyle minor Ishii, 1936),° from Thunnus orientalis. In addition to a consideration of K. scombri and K. brevoortia, the only members of the genus so far reported from American hosts, a de- scription of an apparently new exotic species is included. Kuhnia scombri (Kuhn, 1829) Sproston, 1945 Figs, 8-14 Synonyms: Octostoma scombri Kuhn, 1929; Octobothrium scombri (Kuhn, 1829) Nordmann, 1832; Octocotyle scombri (Kuhn, 1829) Bene- 3 Kuhnia otolithis, which was described by Yamaguti (1953), has been transferred by Hargis (1955) to the genus Tagia Sproston which he placed in the family Dis- cocotylidae, since the type of opisthohaptoral clamps and the type and arrangement of the genital hooks eliminated it from the genus Kuhnia. Tripathi (1959) was in agreement with Hargis in eliminating this species from the genus Kuhnia, but be- lieved that it “‘belongs to Diclidophoridae as suggested by its genital coronet and the asymmetrical advanced clamp structure.” Kuhnia brami (Parona and Perugia, 1896) Sproston, 1946 has been shown by Bychowsky (1957) to belong to the genus Winkenthughesia Price and, accord- ingly, is referable to the family Gastrocotylidae. 4 Kuhnia minor (Goto) of Sproston (1945) which she reported from Scomber scombrus in the English Channel area, on the basis of shape of the large anchors, cannot be the same as the species described by Goto (1894) under that name from Scomber colias (=S. japonicus). The large anchors described and figured by Sproston for the species which she regarded as K. minor are “Slender and wholly solid with thin U-shaped hook and spur about midlength. The shaft is ridged.” The corresponding anchors of Goto’s species have short, wide shafts which are not ridged. There are also differences in the number and arrangement of the hooks of the genital corona. In view of these differences, the writer proposes for Kuhnia minor, Sproston, 1945 (not Goto) the name Kuhnia sprostonae new name. 5 Kuhnia thunni (Ishii, in Ishii and Sawada, 1938) Sproston, 1946, is properly allocated to Kuhnia Sproston. The writer (Price, 1943) noted that “Dactylocotyle minor Ishii (1936) renamed D. thunni Ishii, in Ishii and Sawada (1938), does not belong to the genus Dactylocotyle (= Diclidophora) but is a species of Mazocraes.” This statement was based on an examination of a paratype specimen kindly sup- plied by Prof. Ishii. The specimen was not in the best of condition, but was suf- ficiently good to show its generic affinities. Figs. 15-18 of Ishii’s specimen are included herein for comparison with other species of Kuhnia. The allocation of this species to Mazocraes was made before Sproston (1945) had established the genus Kuhnia. 134 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 0 e O5MM North American Monogenetic Trematodes 135 den and Hesse, 1864; O. truncata Diesing, 1850; O. major Goto, 1894; Octoplectanum truncatum (Diesing, 1850) Diesing, 1858; Kuhnia major Yamaguti, 1953. Description: Body lanceolate, 3.5 to 4.9 mm long by 0.68 to 1 mm wide. Prohaptoral suckers 0.057 to 0.068 mm wide. Opisthohaptor lin- guiform, 0.43 to 0.51 mm long by 0.30 to 0.51 mm wide, set off from body proper by slight constriction, bearing four pairs of clamps arranged in two more or less parallel rows and with two pairs of anchors near tip; clamps of mazocraeid type, 0.057 to 0.064 mm wide; lateral anchors 0.095 to 0.1 mm long, median anchors about 0.020 mm long. Oral ap- erture slightly subterminal; pharynx oval, 0.057 mm long by 0.040 mm wide; esophagus about 0.3 to 0.5 mm long; intestinal branches with numerous median and longer, branched lateral diverticula, terminating at or near level of most distal pair of opisthohaptoral clamps. Genital aperture median, 0.20 to 0.60 mm from anterior end of body. Genital corona consisting of five to six pairs of inner hooks arranged in two verti- cal rows, and a pair of somewhat larger lateral hooks which arise from kidney-shaped pads; inner hooks about 0.018 mm long, outer or lateral hooks about 0.030 mm long. Testes about 10 to 12 in number, median and largely postovarial. Ovary U-shaped, occupying anteriormost portion of testicular field. Genito-intestinal canal opening into right intestinal limb about level of proximal end of ovary. Vitelline follicles numerous, extending from shortly posterior to genital aperture to anterior margin of opisthohaptor. Eggs about 0.28 mm long by 0.18 mm wide, with polar prolongations about 0.32 mm long. Hosts: Scomber scombrus and Pomatomus saltatrix. Location: Gills. Distribution: Europe, Asia and North America (Canada; United States: Baltimore, Maryland; Woods Hole, Massachusetts; Newport, Rhode Island; and New York, New York). Specimens: USNM Helm. Coll. no. 35615 (four specimens, Scomber scombrus, Baltimore, Maryland, 10 May 1909); 35616 (one specimen, S. scombrus, New York Aquarium, 1911); 35617 (one specimen, Po- matomus saltatrix, New York Aquarium, 2 April 1912); 35618 (four specimens, S. scombrus, Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 23 July 1920); 35619 (one specimen, S. scombrus, New York Aquarium, 17 June 1915); 30620 (four specimens, S. scombrus, Baltimore, Maryland, 30 April 1927); and 35621 (six specimens, S. scombrus, Baltimore, Maryland, 10 October 1927). All of these specimens were collected by G. A. MacCallum. Most of the specimens available were not in the best of condition, Fics. 8-14. Kuhnia scombri. 8.—complete worm, male phase; 9.— opisthohaptoral clamp; 10.—opisthohaptoral anchors; 11.—genital corona; 12.—egg; 13.—complete worm, dorsal view—British specimen supplied by Hon. Miriam Rothschild; 14.—large opisthohaptoral anchor from British specimen. 136 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington showing evidence of considerable abuse in technique of preserving and staining. All of the specimens were in or approaching the male sex phase, as described by Sproston (1945), since the ovary showed varying degrees of atrophy. In general the specimens agreed in all essentials with those described by Parona and Perugia (1889), Goto (1894, 1899), Layman (1930), and Sproston (1945). Kuhnia brevoortia Hargis, 1955 Fig. 19 Description: See Hargis (1955). Host: Brevoortia patronus. Location: Gills. Distribution: United States ( Alligator Harbor, Florida). Specimen: USNM Helm. Coll. no. 37491 (holotype). The description given by Hargis (1955a) is adequate except for the number of spines in the genital corona. An examination of the holotype specimen shows that there are twelve inner hooks or spines instead of eleven as given by Hargis. The arrangement of these hooks is similar to that described for K. minor (Goto), and for the species described later on in this paper as K. singaporensis, in that the two vertical rows con- verge posteriorly to form a semicircle. The large opisthohaptoral anchors are probably similar to those of the above mentioned species rather than to those of the other species of Kuhnia, but this cannot be determined with certainty because they are not in a position to be observed laterally. Kuhnia singaporensis, new species Figs. 20-23 Description: Body elongate, slender, 3.25 to 5 mm long by 0.4 to 0.5 mm wide. Prohaptoral suckers cup-like, about 0.050 mm in diameter. Opisthohaptor somewhat triangular, 0.4 to 0.5 mm long by 0.3 to 0.5 mm wide, bearing four pairs of mazocraeid-type clamps in convergent rows; clamps of anterior three pairs 0.054 to 0.060 mm long by 0.072 to 0.080 mm wide, those of posterior pair slightly smaller, 0.050 to 0.055 mm long by 0.063 to 0.070 mm wide; anchors two pairs, those of outer pair about 0.045 to 0.050 mm long with long, curved blade and short, solid roots and those of inner pair about 0.014 to 0.018 mm long. Oral aperture subterminal; pharynx oval, 0.023 mm long by 0.018 mm wide; esophagus about 0.6 mm long; intestine apparently as in other species, terminating at about level of third pair of opisthohaptoral clamps. Genital aperture immediately anterior to esophageal bifurcation. Genital corona consisting of five pairs of inner hooks arranged in converging vertical rows, forming an ill-defined semicircle, and a larger pair with outwardly directed tips; hooks of inner circle about 0.018 mm long, those of outer pair about 0.024 mm long, including roots. Vas deferens convoluted and distended with sperm. Testes indistinctly follicular, about 20 or more, extending in median field from level of anterior pole of ovary to about one-fifth of body length from posterior end. Ovary U-shaped, to right of median North American Monogenetic Trematodes 137 Fics. 15-18. Kuhnia thunni. 15.—complete worm, ventral view; 16.—opisthohaptoral clamp; 17.—large opisthohaptoral anchor; 18.— genital corona. Fic. 19. Kuhnia brevoortia. Large opisthohaptoral anchor. Fics. 20-23. Kuhnia singaporensis. 20.—complete worm, twisted specimen; 21.—opisthohaptoral clamp; 22.—opisthohaptoral anchors; 23.—genital corona. 138 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington line. Genito-intestinal canal opening into right intestinal branch about level of anterior tip of ovary. Vitelline reservoir Y-shaped, preovarial; vitelline follicles extending from esophageal bifurcation to a short dis- tance anterior to opisthohaptor. No eggs present. Host: “Ikan Trubot.” Location: Gills. Distribution: Asia (Singapore). Specimens: USNM Helm. Coll. no. 36302 (syntypes). This species is based on three specimens on a slide from the collec- tion of the late G. A. MacCallum. They were presumably collected by his son, the late W. G. MacCallum, at Singapore, 20 July 1916. Kuhnia singaporensis resembles K. minor (Goto) and K. brevoortia Hargis more closely than any of the other species of the genus. It differs from K. minor particularly in having the opisthohaptor distinctly set off from the body and in not having the vitellaria extending into the haptoral area; in this respect it resembles K. brevoortia. The large anchors, on the other hand, are of the same type as those of K. minor, and different from those of the other species except possibly K. brevoortia. Genus Paramazocraes Tripathi, 1959 Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor with clamps unequal in size, of mazocraeid type, with long, thin terminal lappet bearing three pairs of anchors. Genital corona with a pair of lateral hooks and four pairs of inner hooks, the latter dissimilar and in vertical rows, anterior two pairs sickle-like and posterior two pairs palmate. Vitelline follicles entering opisthohaptor. Vagina single, opening dorsally and medially. Type species: Paramazocraes thrissocles Tripathi, 1959, from Thris- socles mystax. Included species: Paramazocraes phasae Tripathi, 1959, from Setipinna phasa. Both species of Paramazocraes are parasites of Indian fishes and will not be considered further in this paper. Genus Pseudanthocotyle Bychowsky and Nagibina, 1954 Synonym: Indomazocraes Tripathi, 1959. Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor with unequal clamps, anterior pair much larger than posterior three pairs, all of mazocraeid type, and with three pairs of anchors, those of outer pair much larger than inner pairs. Genital corona similar to that of Kuhnia. Vitelline follicles not entering opistho- haptor. Vagina apparently absent. Type species: Pseudanthocotyle pavlovskyi Bychowsky and Nagibina, 1954, from Scomber canagurta. Included species: Pseudanthocotyle jagannath (Tripathi, 1959) new combination (synonym: Indomazocraes jagannath Tripathi, 1959), from Rastrelliger kanagurata. As no representative of this genus has been reported from North American hosts, it will not be considered further. North American Monogenetic Trematodes 139 Neomazocraeinae, new subfamily Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor with four pairs of clamps of a modified mazocraeid type, and with two pairs of anchors. Genital corona similar to that of Kuhnia. Ovary convoluted, with distal end directed anteriad. Vitelline follicles entering opisthohaptor. Vagina Y-shaped, openings dorsolateral. Type genus: Neomazocraes Price, 1943. Genus Neomazocraes Price, 1943 Diagnosis: Characters of subfamily. Type species: Neomazocraes dorosomatis (Yamaguti, 1938) Price, 1943 (synonym: Discocotyle dorosomatis Yamaguti, 1938), from Doro- soma thrissa and Gonialosa manmina. Included species: Neomazocraes anadontostomae Tripathi, 1959, from Anodontostoma chacunda. No representative of this genus is known to occur on North American hosts. Mazocraeoidinae, new subfamily Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor consisting of four pairs of mazocraeid clamps distributed along sides of body and embracing area occupied by gonads; anchors two or three dissimilar pairs. Genital corona of Kuhnia type. Vagina present or (?) absent. Type genus: Mazocraeoides Price, 1936. Kry TO GENERA OF MAZOCRAEOIDINAE 1.—Opisthohaptoral area embracing zones of ovary and testes __.___ sss Re ESLER, EN YEO Ter ce earn ot Oe a Oe Mazocraeoides Price Opisthohaptoral area embracing zone of testes only __________. SENSE M cra cca SMI OI le! BS ls Pseudomazocraeoides new genus Genus Mazocraeoides Price, 1936 Synonym: Pseudocotyla Yamaguti, 1938. Diagnosis: Opisthohaptoral clamps relatively small, usually open, oc- cupying area embracing zones of ovary and testes. Vagina present or (?) absent. Type species: Mazocraeoides georgei Price, 1936, from Pomolobus pseudoharengus, P. mediocris, and Clupea harengus. Included species: Mazocraeoides dorosomatis (Yamaguti, 1938) Sproston, 1946, from Dorosoma thrissa; M. gonialosae Tripathi, 1959, from Gonialosa manmina; M. hargisi new species, from Brevoortia pat- ronus; M. nematalosae Tripathi, 1959, from Nematalosa nasus; M. olen- tangiensis Sroufe, 1958 (synonym: M. simile Price, 1959), from Doro- soma cepedianum; M. opisthonema Hargis, 1955, from Opisthonema oglinum; M. prashadi Chauhan, 1952, from body surface of a clupeid fish; M. tennesseensis new species, from Dorosoma cepedianum; and M. 140 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington esmarkii (T. Scott, 1901) new combination,® from Gadus esmarkii Nielss. Of these, M. georgei, M. hargisi, M. olentangiensis, M. opisthonema and M. tennesseensis occur on North American hosts. Mazocraeoides georgei Price, 1936 Figs. 24-27 Description: Body clavate to oval, 1.5 to 2.2 mm long by 0.34 to 0.76 mm wide. Prohaptor in form of a pair of suckers, 0.026 to 0.030 mm, opening into oral cavity. Opisthohaptor consisting of four pairs of clamps, ventrolateral, sessile or slightly pedunculated, occupying zone of testis and ovary, and of a small terminal lappet bearing three pairs of anchors. Clamps of open mazocraeid type, about 0.040 mm in length and width. Anchors of outer pair 0.060 to 0.065 mm long, those of intermediate pair about 0.012 mm long, and those of inner pair about 0.015 mm long. Oral aperture slightly subterminal; pharynx oval, 0.050 to 0.053 mm long by 0.026 to 0.030 mm wide; remainder of digestive system obscured by vitelline follicles. Genital aperture 0.14 to 0.21 mm from anterior end. Genital corona consisting of five to six pairs of inner hooks arranged in two vertical rows and one pair of lateral hooks, each situated on a reni- form pad; hooks of inner rows about 0.009 to 0.010 mm long, outer hooks 0.010 to 0.014 mm long. Testis elongate, deeply lobed, in posterior third of body. Ovary U-shaped, to right of testis. Genito-intestinal canal strongly developed, curving around proximal tip of ovary and entering right intestinal limb near level of distal pole of ovary. Vitelline reservoir somewhat triangular to Y-shaped, lying largely in zone of proximal por- tion of ovary. Vaginal aperture dorsal, median, about 0.3 to 0.4 mm from anterior end. Vitelline follicles dense, extending from a short distance distal to genital aperture to posterior end of body, almost completely obscuring internal structures in most specimens. Egg about 0.23 mm by 0.068 mm, with polar prolongations of variable lengths. Hosts: Pomolobus pseudoharengus, P. mediocris, and Clupea harengus. Location: Gills. Distribution: United States (Woods Hole, Massachusetts ). Specimens: USNM Helm. Coll. no. 8159 (nine specimens, Pomolobus pseudoharengus, 11 August 1908); 35079 (nine specimens, P. pseudo- harengus, 29 July 1913); 35623 (syntypes) (seven specimens, P. pseudo- harengus, 7 July 1913); 35624 (five specimens, P. pseudoharengus, 30 6 The inclusion of M. esmarkii in the genus Mazocraeoides is questionable, since it was reported from a host other than that customarily parasitized by species of Mazocraeidae. The species in question was briefly described as Octobothrium (?) esmarkii by T. Scott (1901) from ‘“‘the gills of a specimen of Gadus esmarkii Nilss., captured about sixty miles to the southeastward of Sumburgh Head, Shetland.” The size given—scarcely 4 mm in length and about 2 mm in width—is considerably greater than for other species of Mazocraeoides. In spite of its host relationship, the brief description and figure seem to indicate its inclusion in this genus. It can hardly belong in the genus Diclidophora, in spite of its host, as Sproston (1946) suggests. North American Monogenetic Trematodes 141 002MM 002MM 28 i Fics. 24-27. Mazocraeoides georgei. 24.—complete worm, dorsal view; 25.—opisthohaptoral anchors; 26.—genital corona; 27.—egg. Fic. 28. Mazocraeoides opisthonema. Large opisthohaptoral anchor. Fics. 29-30. Mazocraeoides olentangiensis. 29.—complete specimen, greatly extended; 30.—opisthohaptoral anchors. 142 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington July 1912); 35625 (one specimen, Clupea harengus, 27 July 1913); 35626 (one specimen, P. pseudoharengus, 13 July 1922); and 35627 (nine specimens, C. harengus, 15 July 1924). Of these, those listed as 8159 were collected by Edwin Linton and all others were by G. A. MacCallum. The record from the hickory shad, P. mediocris, is based on Linton’s (1940) record of one specimen having been collected from this host at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, 20 August 1910. Most of the specimens available, with the exception of nos. 8159 and 35623, were in rather poor condition, having been excessively flattened or otherwise mistreated during preservation. This species was originally described (Price, 1936) briefly as the type of a monotypic genus and the characters given were largely generic. Linton (1940) redescribed the species in greater detail and, subsequently, Hargis (1955a) gave a description of it based on a part of the original specimens (USNM Helm. Coll. no. 35623) from the MacCallum Col- lection (not Linton’s as stated). This description was as accurate as the condition of the specimens would permit except for the number of hooks in the genital corona. He stated that there were “three pairs of dorsally curved spines” but actually there are five to six pairs. Hargis also pointed out that the eggs were variable in shape, some with filaments at both ends, others with none. This statement is correct. However, it appears reasonably obvious from a study of the eggs that those without filaments were abnormally developed, the filaments being represented by small, button-like knobs at the poles. Mazocraeoides hargisi, new species Synonym: Mazocraeoides georgei, of Hargis, 1955, not Price, 1936. Description: See Hargis (1955). Host: Brevoortia patronus. Location: Gills. Distribution: United States (Alligator Harbor, Florida). Hargis (1955) gave two descriptions of Mazocraeoides georgei Price, one based on specimens from the MacCallum collection and the other on material which he collected from Gulf Menhaden in Florida. In the paper mentioned, and also later, Hargis (1955b, 1959) pointed out that the specimens differed noticeably and consistently from those from Promolobus spp. However, “he did not wish to mix the two groups be- cause specific separation might later be necessary.” While the present writer has not been able to secure Hargis’ material for study, a compari- son of his description with specimens of M. georgei from the MacCallum collection showed that the two forms are unquestionably similar. How- ever, since the measurements, particularly of the anchors and other hard parts, show considerable differences, in addition to differences in hosts, it seems preferable to regard the form from Brevoortia patronus as dis- tinct from M. georgei and propose for it the name Mazocraeoides hargisi new species. North American Monogenetic Trematodes 143 Mazocraeoides opisthonema Hargis, 1955 Fig. 28 Description: See Hargis (1955). Host: Opisthonema oglinum. Location: Gills. Distribution: United States (Tampa Bay, Florida). Specimen: USNM Helm. Coll. no. 37490 (holotype). The description of this species as given by Hargis (1955b) appears to be as accurate as the condition of the specimen permits. An examination of the holotype specimen showed it to be somewhat mutilated, apparently due to excessive pressure during mounting, and was not well stained differentially. Aside from the features mentioned by Hargis, the small size of the opisthohaptoral anchors appears to be distinctive. Mazocraeoides olentangiensis Sroufe, 1958 Figs. 29-30 Synonyms: Mazocraeoides similis Price, 1959; (?) Mazocraes cepedi- anum Kimpel, 1938 (nomen nudum). Description: See Sroufe (1958). Host: Dorosoma cepedianum. Location: Gills. Distribution: United States (Ohio, Tennessee, Alabama and (?) Illi- nois ). Specimens: USNM Helm. Coll. nos. 38339 (holotype) and 38340 (paratypes )—collected by Stanley A. Sroufe, Jr., from Olentangy River near Columbus, Ohio; 37711 and 37712—collected by Ralph G. Bangham from Norris and Reelfoot Lakes, Tennessee, respectively; and 37713—col- lected by E. W. Price from Tennessee River at Guntersville, Alabama. A study of the specimens listed above shows that Sroufe’s (1958) de- scription is adequate and need not be repeated here. The species, aside from host relationship and other differences listed by Sroufe, may easily be distinguished from Mazocraeoides georgei in the absence of a vaginal opening and in the morphology of the large anchors. The inclusion in the synonomy of Mazocraes capedianum Kimpel (1938) is questionable since there are at present at least four species of mazocraeids known from that host. However, since M. olentangiensis is the species commonly found on that host, it appears more than likely this was the form Kimpel had before him. Mazocraeoides tennesseensis, new species Figs. 31-34 Description: Body clavate, 0.38 to 0.67 mm long by 0.1 to 0.3 mm wide in haptoral region. Prohaptoral suckers circular, about 0.016 mm in diameter. Opisthohaptor consisting of four pairs of open type mazo- craeid clamps, situated along body margins and embracing greater por- tion of posterior half of body, and two pairs of terminal anchors; clamps 144 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 31-34. Mazocraeoides tenesseensis. 31.—comple tral view; 32.—opisthohaptoral clamp; 33.—opisthohaptoral anchors; 34.—genital corona. Fics. 35-39. Pseudomazocraeoides megalocotyle. 35.— complete worm, ventral view; 36.—opisthohaptoral clamp; 37.—opisthohaptoral anchors; 38.—genital corona; 39.—egg. North American Monogenetic Trematodes 145 approximately uniform, about 0.040 to 0.048 mm wide; outer anchors 0.040 to 0.044 mm long, inner about 0.018 to 0.020 mm long. Pharynx oval, about 0.020 mm long by 0.016 mm wide. Esophagus about 0.16 mm long; intestine similar to that of other mazocraeids, containing nu- merous large masses of dark granules. Genital aperture prefurcal, about 0.13 mm from anterior end of body. Genital corona consisting of two vertical rows of inner hooks, five to each row, and a pair of outer hooks; inner hooks about 0.005 to 0.006 mm long, outer hooks about 0.010 mm long. Testis apparently unlobed, posterolateral to ovary. Ovary U- shaped, occupying zone roughly representing that of the anterior two pairs of opisthohaptoral clamps. Genito-intestinal canal present, opening into right intestinal branch slightly anterior to level of ovarian poles. Vitelline reservoir Y-shaped, preovarial. Vitelline follicles extending from slightly distal to genital aperture to posterior end of body. Vagina not observed. Egg oval, 0.170 to 0.175 mm long by 0.065 to 0.075 mm wide, provided with relatively long posterior filament. Host: Dorosoma cepedianum. Location: Gills. Distribution: United States (Reelfoot Lake, Tennessee). Specimens: USNM Helm. Coll. no. 37714 (syntypes). The above description is based on 16 specimens collected in 1941 from gizzard shad caught in Reelfoot Lake by Ralph G. Bangham. This species is distinct from all other members of the genus in the relatively large opisthohaptoral clamps in comparison with body size, in size and shape of anchors, and in the heavily pigmented intestinal tract. Pseudomazocraeoides, new genus Synonym: Mazocraeoides Price, 1936, in part. Diagnosis: Opisthohaptoral clamps relatively large, open, of mazo- craeid type, embracing zone of testes only. Vagina (?) absent. Type species: Pseudomazocraeoides megalocotyle (Price, 1959) new combination. Pseudomazocraeoides megalocotyle (Price, 1959) Figs. 35-39 Synonym: Mazocraeoides megalocotyle Price, 1959. Description: Body clavate, 1.6 to 1.75 mm long by 0.34 to 0.40 mm wide in opisthohaptoral region. Prohaptoral suckers circular, about 0.040 mm in diameter. Opisthohaptor consisting of four pairs of relatively large, slightly pedunculate, open, mazocraeid clamps situated along margins of body and occupying greater part of posterior third of body length; anterior three pairs of clamps 0.16 by 0.14 mm and posterior pair 0.12 mm in diameter; anchors consisting of an outer pair about 0.040 mm long and an inner pair about 0.020 mm long, situated on an indistinct lappet between posterior pair of clamps. Pharynx oval, about 0.070 mm long by 0.040 mm wide. Esophagus long, about one-third or more of total body length, heavily pigmented; intestine with numerous median 146 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington and lateral, heavily pigmented diverticula, extending to level of posterior pair of opisthohaptoral clamps. Genital aperture about 0.20 to 0.28 mm from anterior end of body. Genital corona of Kuhnia type, consisting of two vertical rows of five inwardly directed hooks each and a pair of lat- eral, outwardly curved, hooks; inner hooks about 0.012 mm long; outer hooks about 0.015 mm long. Testis apparently deeply lobed, median, in opisthohaptoral zone. Ovary U-shaped, in median field slightly anterior to level of proximal pair of opisthohaptoral clamps. Genito- intestinal canal opening into right intestinal limb at or near level of proximal pole of ovary. Vitelline reservoir Y-shaped, immediately pre- ovarial. Vitelline follicles numerous, extending from slightly distal to genital aperture almost to posterior end of body. Vagina not observed. Eggs not present in specimens available. Host: Dorosoma cepedianum. Location: Gills. Distribution: United States (Reelfoot Lake, Tennessee ). Specimens: USNM Helm. Coll. no. 37715 (syntypes ). Clupecotylinae, new subfamily Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor with four pairs of pedunculate, dorsoven- trally reversed, mazocraeid clamps; terminal lappet bifid, each portion bearing an anchor. Esophagus about one-half length of body, with lateral diverticula. Intestine diverticulate, confluent distally. Genital corona of Kuhnia type. Oval, crater-like structure of unknown function on ventral side near anterior end of body. Type genus: Clupecotyle Hargis, 1955. This subfamily contains two genera which may be separated as follows: KEY TO GENERA OF CLUPECOTYLINAE 1.—Opisthohaptoral clamps about equal in size _______. Clupecotyle Hargis Opisthohaptoral clamps unequal in size __. Neoclupecotyle new genus Genus Clupecotyle Hargis, 1955 Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor provided with four pairs of pedunculate clamps of equal size. Vitelline follicles entering opisthohaptor. Other characters as for subfamily. Type species: Clupecotyle brevoortia Hargis, 1955, from Brevoortia patronus and B. tyrannus. Included species: Clupecotyle lintoni (Koratha, 1955) Hargis, 1959, from Brevoortia gunteri. Clupecotyle brevoortia Hargis, 1955 Figs. 40-41 Synonym: Dactylocotyle sp. Linton, 1901. Description: The description given by Hargis (1955) appears to be adequate and need not be repeated here. Hosts: Brevoortia patronus and B. tyrannus. North American Monogenetic Trematodes 147 Location: Gills. Distribution: United States (Alligator Harbor, Florida; Woods Hole, Massachusetts; and Beaufort, North Carolina). Specimens: USNM Helm. Coll. nos. 37492 (holotype) and 51569. Four specimens of what appears to be this species were found in the collection of the late H. B. Ward (USNM no. 51569). These had been collected 1 July 1916 from Brevoortia tyrannus by A. R. Cooper at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. A comparison of these with the holotype and with Hargis’ description indicated that they were identical. Cooper's speci- mens were on the whole slightly larger than those from Florida—2.7 to 4.7 mm long by 0.60 to 0.85 mm wide; anchors 0.057 to 0.066 mm long; egg 0.285 long by 0.067 mm wide and polar filaments about 0.20 mm long—but otherwise showed no significant differences. No connections with any structure that might be regarded as a vagina were observed with the oval ventral structure that Hargis reported as possibly being a vaginal aperture. The function of this structure is unknown, but the possibility that it may serve as a haptor or adhesive structure is sug- gested. The occurrence of this parasite on Brevoortia tyrannus makes it almost certain that the specimen reported from that host by Linton (1905) from Beaufort, North Carolina, as Dactylocotyle sp. was C. brevoortia rather than C. lintoni Koratha, assuming that these species are actually distinct. Clupecotyle lintoni (Koratha, 1955) Hargis, 1959 Fig. 42 Synonym: Diclidophora lintoni Koratha, 1955. Description: See Koratha (1955). Host: Brevoortia gunteri. Location: Gills. Distribution: United States (Port Aransas, Texas). Specimen: USNM Helm. Coll. no. 54759 (holotype). A study of the holotype shows that the description given by Koratha (1955) is about as complete as the condition of the specimen permits. In addition to mutilation of the opisthohaptor, the specimen is broken into three parts. It has the appearance of having been allowed to dry, causing it to become brittle and interfering with its ability to stain properly. The hooks of the genital coronet could not be made out with certainty but they appear similar to those of C. brevoortia Hargis. The structure near the genital aperture, which Koratha thought was “prob- ably an egg,” is the sucker-like ventral depression that Hargis regarded as the vaginal aperture in C. brevoortia. There is little reason to believe that C. lintoni is distinct from C. brevoortia other than its somewhat smaller size and host. It is probable when an adequate study can be made from additional and better speci- mens that C. lintoni will be found to be a synonym of C. brevoortia, as Hargis (1959) suspects. 148 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington ris GN 0.02MM AG Fics. 40-41. Clupecotyle brevoortia. 40.—complete worm, dorsal view, from Brevoortia tyrannus; 41.—opisthohaptoral anchor. Fic. 42. Clupecotyle lintoni. Holotype, ventral view. Fic. 43. Neoclupecotyle megaconfibula, opisthohaptoral anchor. Fics. 44-48. Grubea pneumatophori. 44.—holotype, ventral view; North American Monogenetic Trematodes 149 Neoclupecotyle, new genus Diagnosis: Anterior two pairs of opisthohaptoral clamps much larger than posterior two pairs. Vitelline follicles not extending into opistho- haptor. Other characters as for subfamily. Type species: Neoclupecotyle megaconfibula (Hargis, 1955) new combination. This genus differs from Clupecotyle mainly in the marked disparity in the size of the opisthohaptoral clamps. The validity of this character may be questioned by some workers but it can hardly be an aberrancy as Hargis (1955a) suggested, especially since the genera Pseudanthocotyle Bychowsky and Nagibina, 1954 (Kuhniinae), Pseudanthocotyloides Price, 1960 (Mazocraeinae) and Anthocotyle Beneden and Hesse, 1863 (Anthocotylidae) were based largely on comparable characters. So far the genus contains only the type species. Neoclupecotyle megaconfibula ( Hargis, 1955) Fig. 43 Synonym: Clupecotyle megaconfibula Hargis, 1955. Description: The description given by Hargis (1955) is adequate and need not be repeated. Host: Brevoortia patronus. Location: Gills. Distribution: United States ( Alligator Harbor, Florida). Specimen: USNM Helm. Coll. no. 37493 (holotype). Grubeinae, new subfamily Synonym: Pleurocotylinae Monticelli, 1903. Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor asymmetrical, scoop-shaped, with four mod- ified mazocraeid clamps in a vertical row along right margin and a single minute clamp on left side, comparable in position to most posterior of right clamps; terminal lappet armed with two pairs of dissimilar anchors. Genital corona consisting of a circle of inner hooks and a pair of lateral, outwardly curved hooks. Other characters as in Mazocraeidae. Type genus: Grubea Diesing, 1858. Genus Grubea Diesing, 1858 Synonyms: Pleurocotyle Gervais and Beneden, 1859; Pleurocotylus Gervais and Beneden, 1859. Diagnosis: Characters of subfamily. Type species: Grubea cochlear Diesing, 1858, from Scomber scombrus and S. colias. Included species: Grubea pneumatophori new species from Pneuma- tophorus grex. 45.—large clamp from right side of opisthohaptor; 46.—small clamp from left side of opisthohaptor; 47.—large opisthohaptoral anchor; 48.— genital corona. 150 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Grubea pneumatophori, new species Figs. 44-48 Synonym: Pleurocotyle scombri, of Linton, 1940, not Gervais and Beneden, 1859. Description: Body 8.6 mm long by 1.5 mm wide; anterior part lan- ceolate, separated from scoop-shaped opisthohaptoral portion by slight constriction. Prohaptoral suckers oval, 0.096 mm long by 0.056 mm wide. Opisthohaptor concave, bearing a row of four clamps on right side and a minute clamp on left side opposite most distal of large clamps; first three of large clamps somewhat larger than most distal one but distorted so that measurements would be of little value; distal large clamp about 0.43 mm wide; small left clamp about 0.044 mm wide. Terminal lappet of opisthohaptor delicate, bearing two pairs of anchors, outermost about 0.040 mm long, innermost about 0.028 mm long. Oral aperture subterminal; pharynx oval, 0.09 mm long by 0.08 mm wide; esophagus bifurcating about 0.86 mm from anterior end; intestinal branches extending almost to end of body, with short median and longer, lateral dendritic diverticula. Genital aperture about 0.6 mm from an- terior end of body; genital corona consisting of a circle of 13, possibly 14, inwardly curved hooks, about 0.02 mm long on a muscular bulb-like structure and two outwardly curved hooks, about 0.02 mm long, each on a muscular pad lateral to bulb. Testes relatively few, number not ascertainable, in median field, postovarial. Ovary U-shaped, in median field. Vitelline follicles occupying almost entire body from level of genital aperture to posterior end of opisthohaptor. Vagina double, open- ings dorsolateral and only slightly posterior to level of genital aperture. No eggs present. Host: Pneumatophorus grex. Location: Gills. Distribution: United States (Woods Hole, Massachusetts ). Specimen: USNM Helm. Coll. no. 8160 (holotype). This species was described by Linton (1940) as Pleurocotyle scombri (Gervais and van Beneden) from a single specimen, collected 9 August 1908, from the gills of a chub mackerel. The specimen was in fair con- dition but not well stained. It had also been abused during the process of fixing so that the opisthohaptoral clamps and genital corona were somewhat distorted. That this species may be identical with the European G. cochlear Diesing (= Pleurocotyle scombri Gervais and Beneden, = Octobothrium scombri Grube, not Kuhn) cannot be denied. However, there are some differences such as size of opisthohaptoral clamps, number and arrange- ment of genital hooks, and host that suggest that the two species are distinct. The size of the large opisthohaptoral clamps are figured by European authors as equal in size whereas in the American species the most posterior clamp is distinctly smaller than the others. The genital hooks are given by Parona and Perugia (1890) as 16 of which the — North American Monogenetic Trematodes 151 laterals are strongest. Palombi (1949) gave the number as 13 and no laterals were mentioned. In the species considered herein there are 13, possibly 14, inner hooks arranged in a circle on a conspicuous muscular bulb and one pair of laterals, each situated on a distinct pad as in other mazocraeids. Family Plectanocotylidae Poche, 1925 Synonym: Hexacotylidae Monticelli, 1899 (not based on any corre- sponding genus, hence invalid ). Diagnosis: Body elongate. Prohaptor in form of two suckers opening into oral cavity. Opisthohaptor provided with three to four pairs of clamps and a terminal hook-bearing lappet; ventral loop elements not fused medially; middle loop elements either not fused medially or united by a bow-shaped piece; center piece more or less scoop-shaped, sug- gesting that of mazocraeids; anchors two or three pairs, unequal and dissimilar, outer pair larger. Genital corona consisting either of a sheaf of slender spines or a cuticularized sheath-like structure. Testes nu- merous, either postovarial or both pre- and postovarial. Ovary U-shaped, with limbs directed posteriad. Vitelline follicles extending from near genital atrium to opisthohaptor. Genito-intestinal canal present. Vagina absent. Type genus: Plectanocotyle Diesing, 1850. This family contains at present only two genera. These differ in the number of opisthohaptoral clamps and in other characters of equivalent value to those used for subfamily separation in other families. Conse- quently, the family Plectanocotylidae is here divided into two mono- generic subfamilies, namely Plectanocotylinae Monticelli, 1903, and Octoplectanocotylinae, new subfamily. KEY TO SUBFAMILIES OF PLECTANOCOTYLIDAE 1.—Opisthohaptor with three pairs of clamps __---_--------_ sch Napa ie ND Dil 3 a CM a» Ws MALE Plectanocotylinae Monticelli Opisthohaptor with four pairs of clamps ASE ie lt ae Octoplectanocotylinae, new subfamily Subfamily Plectanocotylinae Monticelli, 1903 Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor bearing three pairs of clamps and terminal lappet armed with two to three pairs of anchors. Genital corona con- sisting of a sheaf of needle-like spines. Testes postovarial. Type genus: Plectanocotyle Diesing, 1850. Genus Plectanocotyle Diesing, 1850 Synonyms: Phyllocotyle Beneden and Hesse, 1863; Plectanophora Diesing, 1858; Plectanophorus Diesing, 1858; Platycotyle Beneden and Hesse, 1863. Diagnosis: Characters of subfamily. 152 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Type species: Plectanocotyle elliptica Diesing, 1850, from Labrax mucronatus (= Morone americana). Included species: Plectanocotyle gurnardi (Beneden and Hesse, 1863) Llewellyn, 1941 (synonyms: P. caudata Lebour, 1908, P. lorenzii Monti- celli, 1899, vide Llewellyn (1941), and Platycotyle gurnardi Beneden and Hesse, 1863, vide Sproston (1946), from Trigla gurnardus, T. lucerna (= T. hirundo), T. cuculus (= T. pini), and T. lineata. Earlier the writer (Price, 1936) in an abstract listed both Phyllocotyle Beneden and Hesse and Plectanocotyle Diesing as distinct genera. Be- cause of space limitations the rationale for this action could not be given in the abstract. However, the reasoning at that time was that the descrip- tion of the type of Plectanocotyle was inadequate for identification and that the host belonged to a different family than that of Phyllocotyle. The only resemblance between the two genera was the three pairs of opisthohaptoral clamps. No hook-bearing lappet was described for Plectanocotyle, suggesting that P. elliptica was based on a mutilated specimen. Since this species has not been reported again from the type, or any other host, it seems possible that either the host fish had been misidentified or the specimen had been mislabeled as to origin. In spite of the fact that the species on which Plectanocotyle is based is unrecognizable, the writer is following Sproston (1946) Bychowsky (1957) and others in accepting Plectanocotyle and Phyllocotyle as pos- sibly identical genera. He is doing so, however, only to preserve the availability of an old genus as he did in the case of Erpocotyle Beneden and Hesse (Hexabothriidae) and Cyclocotyla Otto (Diclidophoridae). In this connection, it may be noted that both of the abovementioned authorities recognized without question the validity of Plectanocotyle and at the same time rejected both the better characterized Erpocotyle and Cyclocotyla as unrecognizable. Plectanocotyle elliptica Diesing, 1850 Fig. 7 Synonym: Plectanophorus ellipticus (Diesing, 1850) Diesing, 1858. Description: The only descriptions of this species are those of Diesing | (1850, 1858) or of others based on these. Diesing’s (1858) description is only slightly modified from that given earlier; it is quoted here as follows: “Corpus lata ellipticum planum. Caput corpore continuum. Os ter- minale prominulum. Repla sex in postico corporis margino, ventralia, serie simplici, bivalvia, valvulus convexiusculus oppositis, valvula singula fulcris duodus unciformibus apice arcuatim conniventibus et tertio intermedio breviore recto, articulatis membrana inter se juctis. Acetabula duo juxtaposita hemisphaerica infra os sita. Genitalium aperturae .. . Porus excretorius . . . Tractus intestinalis bicruris coccus—Ovipara— Piscium marinorus ectoparasita.” ‘Longit2/) latits Ae Host: Labrax mucronatus (= Morone americana). North American Monogenetic Trematodes 153 Location: Gills. Distribution: America. This species appears not to have been collected since Koller in 1836 obtained the specimens on which Diesing based the above description. It is included here because the host from which the specimens were col- lected occurs only in American waters. Octoplectanocotylinae, new subfamily Diagnosis: Opisthohaptor with four pairs of clamps and a terminal lappet bearing two pairs of dissimilar anchors. Genital armature con- sisting of a striated cuticularized tube or of slender spines. Testes pre- and postovarial. Type genus: Octoplectanocotyla Yamaguti, 1937. Genus Octoplectanocotyla Yamaguti, 1937 Diagnosis: Characters of subfamily. Type species: Octoplectanocotyla trichiuri Yamaguti, 1937, from Trichiurus japonicus in Japan. Tripathi (1959) reports what he regards as this species from Trichiurus muticus and T. savala in India. Assuming the correctness of Yamaguti’s (1937) observation on the nature of the genital armature, Tripathi’s species can hardly be the same as O. trichiuri. LITERATURE CITED Bychowsky, B. E. 1957. Monogenetic trematodes, their systematics and phylogeny. (In Russian) Acad. Nauk. SSSR: 1-509. Chauhan, B. S. 1950. Trematodes from Indian marine fishes. Part VI. Monogenetic parasites of the family Mazocraeidae (Dicli- dophoroidea): Description of a new species of the genus Mazocraes Hermann, 1782. Rec. Indian Mus., 48: 51-53. Diesing, Karl Moritz. 1850. Systema helminthum. 1: xiii + 588. Vindobonae. 1858. Revision der Myzhelminthen. Abtheilung: Trema- toden. Sitzungsb. K. Akad. Wissensch. Wien, Math-Naturw. Cl., 32: 307-390. Goto, Seitaro. 1894. Studies on the ectoparasitic trematodes of Japan. J. Coll. Sc., Imp. Univ., Japan, Tokyo, 8: 1-273. 1899. Notes on some exotic species of ectoparasitic trema- todes. J. Coll. Sc., Imp. Univ., Japan, Tokyo, 12: 263-295. Hargis, William J., Jr. 1955a. Monogenetic trematodes of Gulf of Mexico fishes. Part VI. The superfamilies Polystomatoidea Price, 1936, and Diclidophoroidea Price, 1936. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc., 74: 361-377. . 1955b. Monogenetic trematodes of Gulf of Mexico fishes. Part VII. The superfamily Diclidophoroidea Price, 1936 (Continued). Quart. Jour. Florida Acad. Sci., 18: 113-119. 154 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 1959. Systematic notes on the monogenetic trematodes. Proc. Helminth. Soc. Washington, 26: 14-31. Ishii, Nobutaro. 1936. Some new ectoparasitic trematodes of marine fishes (Japanese text, English summary). Zool. Mag., Tokyo, 48: 781-790. and Toshisada Sawada. 1938. Studies on the ectoparasitic trematodes. Livro Jub. Travassos, 231-244. Kimpel, Harry G. 1938. Mazocraes cepedianum, a new monogenetic trematode from a freshwater fish. Jour. Parasitol., 24 (suppl.): 24. Koratha, Kunnenkeri J. 1955. Studies on the monogenetic trematodes of the Texas coast. II. Descriptions of species from marine fishes of Port Aransas. Inst. Marine Sci., 4: 253-278. Layman, E. M. 1930. Parasitic worms from the fishes of Peter the Great Bay. (Russian and German text) Izvest. Tikhookeansk Nauchno-Prom. Stantsii, Vladivostok, 3: 1-120. Linton, Edwin. 1905. Parasites of fishes of Beaufort, North Carolina. Bull. U.S. Bureau of Fish. (1904), 24: 321-428. 1940. Trematodes from fishes mainly from the Woods Hole region Massachusetts. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. (3078), 88: 1-172. Llewellyn, J. 1941. The taxonomy of the monogenetic trematode Plectanocotyle gurnardi (v. Ben. & Hesse). Parasitology, 33: 431-432. Palombi, Arturo. 1949. I trematode d'Italia. Parte I. Trematodi mono- genetici. Archiv. Zool. Italiano, 34: 203-408. Parona, Corrado and Alberto Perugia. 1889. Di alcuni trematodi ecto- parassiti di pesci marini. Nota preventiva. (Res. Ligusticae. 8). Ann. Mus. Civ. Storia Nat. Genova, 27, 2 s., 7: 740-747. 1890. Intorno ad alcune Polystomeae e considerazioni sulla sistematica di questo famiglia. Atti Soc. Ligust. Sc. Nat. e Geogr., 1: 225-242. Price, Emmett W. 1936. North American monogenetic trematodes. George Washington Univ. Bull., Summaries Doct., Theses (1934-36): 10-13. 1937. North American monogenetic trematodes. I. The superfamily Gyrodactyloidea. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 27(3): 114-130; (4): 146-164. 1938. Idem. II. The families Monocotylidae, Microboth- riidae, Acanthocotylidae and Udonellidae (Capsaloidea). Ibidem, 28(3): 109-126; (4): 183-198. 1939a. Idem. III. The family Capsalidae (Capsaloidea). Ibidem, 29(2,): 63-92. . 1939b. Idem. IV. The family Polystomatidae (Polystoma- toidea). Proc. Helminth. Soc. Washington, 6: 80-92. North American Monogenetic Trematodes 155 . 1942. Idem. V. The family Hexabothriidae, n. n. (Poly- stomatoidea). Ibidem, 9: 39-56. . 1943a. Idem. VI. The family Diclidophoridae (Diclido- phoroidea). Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., 33: 43-54. . 1943b. Idem. VII. The family Discocotylidae (Diclido- phoridea). Proc. Helminth. Soc. Washington, 10: 10-15. 1959. Some new monogenetic trematodes from the gizzard shad (Dorosoma cepedianum Le Sueur). Jour. Alabama Acad. Sci., 30: 9-10 (1958). 1961. North American monogenetic trematodes. VIII. The family Hexostomatidae. Proc. Helminth. Soc. Washington, 28: 4-9. Scott, Thomas. 1901. Notes on some parasites of fishes. 19 Ann. Rep. Fish. Bd. Scotland (1900), pt. 3: 120-153. Sproston, Nora G. 1945. The genus Kuhnia n. g. (Trematoda; Mono- gena). An examination of the value of some specific char- acters, including factors of relative growth. Parasitology, 36: 176-190. : 1946. A synopsis of the monogenetic trematodes. Tr. Zool. Soc. London, 25: 185-600. Sroufe, Stanley A., Jr. 1958. Mazocraeoides olentangiensis, n. sp., a monogenetic trematode on the gills of the gizzard shad, Dorosoma cepedianum (Le Sueur). Jour. Parasitol., 44: 643-646. Tripathi, Yogendra R. 1959. Monogenetic trematodes from fishes of India. Indian Jour. Helminthol., 9: 1-149 (1957). Yamaguti, Satyu. 1937. Studies on the helminth fauna of Japan. Part 19. Fourteen new ectoparasitic trematodes of fishes. Private Pub. Kyoto, Japan, pp. 1-28. 1953. Parasitic worms mainly from Celebes. Part 2. Mono- genetic trematodes of fishes. Acta Med. Okayama, 8: 203- 256. 156 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington au ra tie Plea Ltt BA Vol. 74, pp. 157-160 11 August 1961 PROCEEDINGS HUIS. PAD. 70S OF THE ~—URARY BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON) ¢ ; g (951 | HYBRIDIZATION IN U.S. TREEFROGS OF| THE’ |!) GENUS HYLA ) By WILLIAM F’, PYBuRN AND J. P. KENNEDY Dept. Biology, Arlington State College, Arlington, Texas; Dept. Anat., Univ. Texas Dental Branch, Houston, Texas The experimental combination of anuran gametes has proved to be an important source of information in investigation of species relationships and of post-mating reproductive isolation. The purpose of this report is to present a list of recent hybrid crosses involving U. S. species of the genus Hyla. Only those crosses that have been attempted since the appearance of Moore's (1955) review are included here. For most hybrid combinations, the terminology of the latest developmental stage reached is that of the author cited. The twelve crosses for which there are no author citations were per- formed by us. In describing our results, the term “adult” is used if the hybrid attained a size as large as sexually mature frogs of the smallest parental species. Crosses reported by Johnson (1959) between the call races of Hyla versicolor are not included in this list since their taxonomic status is still uncertain. This work was supported by National Science Foundation grants No. G-13275 to Kennedy and No. G-5494 to Pyburn. FEMALE MALE LATEST STAGE REACHED AUTHORS Gastrophryne Hyla squirella no fertilization Volpe, 1956 carolinensis Hyla arenicolor Hylafemoralis metamorphosed, W. F. Blair, 1958 nearly grown Hylaarenicolor Hyla avivoca metamorphosed, W. F. Blair, 1958 nearly grown Hyla arenicolor Hyla versicolor metamorphosed, W. F. Blair, 1958 nearly grown . 17—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 74, 1961 (157) 158 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington FEMALE Hyla arenicolor Hyla avivoca Hyla avivoca Hyla cinerea Hyla cinerea Hyla cinerea Hyla cinerea Natural hybrid (H. cinerea— H. gratiosa) Natural hybrid (H. cinerea— H. gratiosa) Hyla cinerea Hyla cinerea Hyla cinerea Hyla cinerea Hyla cinerea Hyla cinerea Hyla cinerea Hyla crucifer Hyla crucifer Hyla crucifer Hyla crucifer Hyla gratiosa Hyla gratiosa Hyla gratiosa Hyla gratiosa Hyla gratiosa MALE Hyla regilla Hyla versicolor Hyla femoralis Hyla avivoca Hyla gratiosa Hyla gratiosa Natural hybrid (H. cinerea— H. gratiosa) Hyla cinerea Natural hybrid (H. cinerea— H. gratiosa) Hyla squirella Hyla versicolor Hyla crucifer Hyla baudini Hyla raniformis Pseudacris clarki Acris crepitans Pseudacris streckeri Pseudacris nigrita Pseudacris nigrita Pseudacris nigrita Hyla versicolor Hyla cinerea Hyla cinerea Natural hybrid (H. cinerea— H. gratiosa) Hyla arborea LATEST STAGE REACHED yolk plug normal larvae, through metamorphosis not stated adult adult normal larvae, through metamorphosis normal larvae, through metamorphosis normal larvae, through metamorphosis normal larvae, through metamorphosis adult adult tadpole tadpole tadpole tadpole tadpole young frog cleavage, no normal larvae young frog young frog hatched maturity normal larvae, through metamorphosis normal larvae, through metamorphosis tadpole AUTHORS W. F. Blair, 1958 Mecham, 1960a Mecham, 1960a Mecham, 1960b Mecham, 1960b Mecham, 1960b Mecham, 1960b Mecham, 1957 Mecham, 1957 Crenshaw, 1958 Gosner, 1956 W. F. Blair, 1958 W. F. Blair, 1958 Mecham, 1960b Mecham, 1960b W. F. Blair, 1958 FEMALE Hyla squirella Hyla versicolor Hyla versicolor Hyla versicolor Hyla versicolor Hyla versicolor Hyla versicolor Hyla versicolor Hyla versicolor Hyla versicolor Hyla versicolor Hyla versicolor Hyla versicolor Pseudacris nigrita Pseudacris nigrita Pseudacris nigrita Pseudacris streckeri Hybridization in U. S. Treefrogs MALE Gastrophryne carolinensis Hyla baudini Hyla squirella Hyla avivoca Hyla cinerea Hyla avivoca F, (@ H. versi- color x 6 H. avivoca ) Natural hybrid (H. avivoca— H. versicolor) Hyla femoralis F, (2 H. versi- color x é6 H. femoralis ) Pseudacris clarki Bufo compactilis Gastrophryne olivacea Hyla crucifer F, (9 P. nigrita x 6 Hyla crucifer ) Hyla crucifer Hyla crucifer LATEST STAGE REACHED no fertilization adult adult normal larvae, through metamorphosis young tadpole adult adult normal larvae, through metamorphosis adult adult adult tail bud blastula adult tail bud young frog young tadpole Volpe, 1956 Pyburn and Kennedy, 1960 Pyburn and Kennedy, 1960 Mecham, 1960a Pyburn and Kennedy, 1960 Mecham, 1960a Pyburn, 1960 Pyburn and Kennedy, 1960 Pyburn and Kennedy, 1960 Pyburn and Kennedy, 1960 Crenshaw, 1958 Crenshaw, 1958 Gosner, 1956 Mecham, 1957 Blair, W. Frank. LITERATURE CITED 1958 (1959). Call structure and species groups in U. S. tree frogs (Hyla). The Southwestern Nat., 3: 77-89. 160 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Crenshaw, John W., Jr. 1958. The role of hybridization in the de- velopment of biological (species) reproductive barriers with special reference to the Amphibia and the Reptilia. Year Book Amer. Phil. Soc., 250-252. Gosner, Kenneth L. 1956. Experimental hybridization between two North American tree frogs. Herpetologica, 12(4): 285-298. Johnson, Clifford. 1959. Genetic incompatibility in the call races of Hyla versicolor Le Conte in Texas. Copeia, 1959: 327-335. Mecham, John S. 1957. Some hybrid combinations between Strecker’s chorus frog, Pseudacris streckeri and certain related forms. Tex. Jour. Sci., 9(3): 337-345. 1960a. Natural hybridization between the tree frogs Hyla versicolor and Hyla avivoca. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 76(1): 64-67. 1960b. Introgressive hybridization between two southeast- ern tree frogs. Evolution, 14: 445-457. Moore, John A. 1955. Abnormal combinations of nuclear and cyto- plasmic systems in frogs and toads. Advances in Genetics, 7: 139-182. Pyburn, William F. 1960. Hybridization between Hyla versicolor and Hyla femoralis. Copeia, 1960: 55-56. and J. P. Kennedy. 1960. Artificial hybridization of the gray tree frog, Hyla versicolor (Hylidae). Amer. Mid. Nat., 64(1): 216-223. Volpe, E. Peter. 1956. Reciprocal mis-matings between Hyla squirella and Microhyla carolinensis. Copeia, 1956: 261-262. Vol. 74, pp. 161-166 11 Augu PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON AUG TADARIDA AURISPINOSA (PEALE) (CHIRO MOLOSSIDAE) IN NORTH AMERICA By DitForp C. CARTER AND WILLIAM B. Davis Dept. Wildlife Management, Texas A. and M. College, College Station, Texas On 20-21 November 1959, Clyde F. Herreid, Arturo Jiménez, and the senior author visited the Cueva del Abra, 6 miles NNE of Antiguo Morelos, Tamaulipas, México (see Villa, Jour. Mamm., 41: 314-319, 1960) where they collected more than 100 specimens of Tadarida yucatanica (Miller) (=T. lati- caudata ferruginea Goodwin). Also collected were four speci- mens of a larger bat which at the time was thought to be T. femorosacca (Merriam). Three of the larger Tadarida were alive and were taken back to the Instituto de Biologia, Uni- versidad Nacional Autonoma de México, by Jiménez who wished to examine them for rabies. The fourth specimen was prepared as a skin and skull and deposited in the Texas Co- operative Wildlife Collection as No. 6573. Jiménez later pre- pared his three specimens as skins and skulls for the Instituto de Biologia mammal collection (Nos. 4838, 4839, and 4841). All the bats were collected with a .22-calibre shot pistol and a .410-gauge shotgun either from the walls and ceiling of the cave or from the evening flight as the bats left the cave. Whether the larger bats came from the walls and ceiling or from the evening flight is not known. On 17 June 1960, Craig E. Nelson and the senior author again collected Tadarida from the evening flight as the bats left Cueva del Abra. As in November 1959, there were 10,000 to 20,000 Tadarida in the cave. T. yucatanica left the cave more or less in groups of varying size and occasionally bats of a size larger than T. yucatanica were seen leaving the cave. One of them (TCWC 6574) was collected, and it proved to 18—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 74, 1961 (161) MeSPECMP. 298 i Ma? eR OE, *) ah es j 181961 162 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington TABLE 1.—External measurements of bats referred to Tadarida auri- spinosa. The type (No. 3726) and No. 6574 TCWC were measured by Handley, the other five by Carter. ¥ H s ‘ e tox i Cn | Cex Lo | AN : fe) < i mae |) eh Eo a i Ml OM s Se 1B TE) | a ba/Be [Be] GalE ales | tales lee < Qa < ro] Ss Ay a! (| BH St Ay See pipe Ba HH] HH B 8 21/8] ®8 [ee Seles Se ee ssl As enix = q i = Se eo aa) A amie oO. Malena) ollie ol menann mene: USNM Brazil 11.0 13.6 50.0 50.1 21.1 19.9 48.1 18.8 3.2 28.7 15.3 3.7 3726 3 CNHM Cuzco, 9.9 13.8 51.4 48.4 21.1 18.5 46.8 18.1 2.8 26.9 14.6 3.4 68561 2 Peru TCWC Tamauli- 10.3 13.7 50.3 47.9 21.5 19.4 47.3 18.6 2.8 27.5 14.1 3.7 6573 3S pas, México TCWC Tamauli- 10.0 13.3 49.9 49.3 20.3 18.5 47.4 17.4 2.4 27.9 14.7 3.7 6574 Sf pas, México IB Tamauli- 10.4 13.1 49.7 48.2 21.4 18.8 46.8 18.7 2.9 26.6 15.0 3.7 4838 ¢ pas, México IB Tamauli- 9.9 13.2 49.2 46.9 21.2 17.4 46.4 17.8 2.7 27.0 13.8 3.9 4839 2 pas, México IB Tamauli- 10.5 13.7 47.8 46.2 20.9 18.3 44.9 17.6 3.2 260 14.3 3.8 4841 2 pas, México be the same as the large Tadarida previously collected there. Since the small clusters of bats seen on the walls and ceiling can account for only a small part of the numbers that roost in the cave, the great majority of the Tadarida spend the day in the numerous crevices. Upon comparison with T. femorosacca, it became obvious that the large bats from Cueva del Abra could not be associated with that species. They are larger than T. yucatanica, T. femorosacca, T. laticaudata (E. Geoffroy), and T. europs (H. Allen), but smaller than T. molossa (Pallas). They compared favorably with T. similis Sanborn. One of the specimens was sent to Charles O. Handley, U.S. National Museum, to be com- pared with the type of T. aurispinosa (Peale). Handley made the following comments. “Externally, I cannot see any means of distinguishing your specimen from aurispinosa. Measure- ments coincide almost exactly . . . and coloration apparently is similar.” The other Mexican specimens (collected in No- vember) are somewhat grayish in color and would seem to correspond more closely to the type of T. similis which is de- scribed as grayish brown. As shown in the tables, the Mexican Tadarida Aurispinosa in North America 163 | fj | TABLE 2.—Cranial measurements of bats referred to Tadarida auri- spinosa. Measurements of the type of “similis’ (CNHM 48560) after Sanborn. 4 4 < < F e) =| 4 ales P| eS < » B 9 4 e Ps 4 8 E e/SE/SEle | 25| 86] oe w | 42 |e Fa| ae a 4 =| ia) eA a A cal i re e: Acs AZ ar SAE LE EAE EAEREEIEE P } SalSe|feloglee| sel 44/48/98] ee] ee] 8 P= 4 BHING| Gea] Oa]omlanloug| ao|aee] ad] mol] ae CNHM Bogota, 20.7 116 39 - 93104188 - 78 85 4.7 8.5 48560 ¢ Colombia CNHM Cuzco, 20.8 11.7 36 7.5 9.5 10.9 19.1 17.3 78 84 48 8.9 68561 2 Peru TCWC Tamauli- 21.2 11.9 3.7 7.3 9.5 11.3 20.0 18.2 82 84 48 9.4 6573 0 pas, México TCWC Tamauli- 21.6 11.7 - 7.1 9.1 10.2 19.9 17.9 8.1 8.1 4.7 9.1 6574 0 pas, México IB Tamauli- 21.2 12.0 4.0 7.1 9.7 11.1 19.7178 7.9 84 46 8.9 4838 3 pas, México IB Tamauli- 20.5 114 3.7 7.0 9.2 11.0 19.1 17.1 7.8 82 49 8.8 4839 2 pas, México IB Tamauli- 20.7 11.8 3.8 7.2 9.5 11.1 19.1 17.4 78 86 4.4 9.0 4841 2 pas, México specimens are indistinguishable from either T. similis or T. aurispinosa. Shamel (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 78: 1-27, 1931) considered T. aurispinosa a synonym of T. laticaudata. Sanborn (Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Zool. Ser., 27: 371-387, 1941) named T. similis on the basis of one specimen from Bogota, Colombia, and said that it is a west coast representative of T. aurispinosa. San- born (Publ. Mus. Hist. Nat. “Javier Prado,” Ser. A. Zool., no. 6, 26 pp.,1951) also reported a second specimen of T. similis taken with three T. molossa in a cave at Huajyumbe, Cuzco, Peru. He defends the recognition of the Colombian and Peru- vian specimens as representing a distinct species mainly on the basis that the altitude at Bogota is high for a tropical bat (T. aurispinosa). Since there is no skull for the type of T. auri- spinosa, Sanborn proposed that the name T. similis should be retained at least until more specimens of T. aurispinosa were available for study. Now that the five Mexican specimens are available and compare so closely with the type of T. auri- spinosa and also with the two known specimens of T. similis, it is apparent, at least to us, that the two are conspecific and Tih 164 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington that the name T. similis Sanborn should be placed as a syno- nym of Tadarida aurispinosa (Peale). A full synonymy for T. aurispinosa is given by Shamel (op. cit., 9-10). T. aurispinosa is now known by eight specimens from four localities: Brazil (type, adult male, no. 3726, U.S. Nat. Mus.), Colombia (adult male, No. 48560, Chicago Nat. Hist. Mus.), Peru (adult fe- male, No. 68561, Chicago Nat. Hist. Mus.), and México (two adult males, nos. 6573 and 6574, Texas Cooperative Wildlife Collection; one adult male and two adult females, Nos. 4838, 4839, and 4841, Instituto de Biologia, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México). Since the discovery of T. aurispinosa in Cueva del Abra con- stitutes the fifth form of Tadarida reported in the literature from that cave, comments on the similarity of three of these forms seems warranted. Villa (op. cit.) found that Goodwin’s T. l. ferruginea falls within the range of variation of the form he (Villa) recognized as T. yucatanica. Dalquest and Hall (U. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat. Hist., 1: 245-248, 1947) reported that T. femorosacca occurs in this same cave. The skull length and basal length of the two specimens collected by Dalquest are 18 mm and 15.0-15.2 mm, respectively. These, the authors state, are less than the minimum given by Shamel (op. cit.) for T. femorosacca, but otherwise the specimens agreed with that species. Total length of skull and basal length seem to be two of the three skull measurements that are useful in sep- arating T. yucatanica and T. femorosacca. The other is the length of the maxillary toothrow, which is slightly greater in T. femorosacca. The fact that these two skull measurements in Dalquest’s specimens fall within the range of individual variation for T. yucatanica from Peten, Guatemala; Yucatan, and Tamaulipas, México and not within that for T. femorosacca leads us to believe that Dalquest’s two “T. femorosacca” from Cueva del Abra are the same as Villas T. yucatanica and Goodwin’s T. I. ferruginea. Villa (op. cit.) believes this cave is occupied by large num- bers of T. mexicana from January to April, but none is known to have been collected there. Of all the Tadarida collected there, only two species can be distinguished: T. yucatanica (= T. lL. ferruginea = T. femorosacca, auct.) and T. aurispinosa. Tadarida Aurispinosa in North America 165 Although T. yucatanica and T. laticaudata are very similar, and may in time prove to be conspecific, we prefer to assign all the small Tadarida from Cueva del Abra to T. yucatanica on geographic grounds. T. laticaudata is a South American bat whose geographic range seems to complement that of T. yucatanica. We wish to express our gratitude to Charles O. Handley, U.S. National Museum, for comparing one of the Mexican specimens with the type of T. aurispinosa; to Karl F. Koopman, Chicago Natural History Museum, for the loan of the Peruvian specimen; and to Bernardo Villa R., Instituto de Biologia, Uni- versidad Nacional Autonoma de México, for the loan of three Mexican specimens. 166 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington iy ie ee tl ; a Ms een Vol. 74, pp. 167-186 blige PROCEEDINGS : OF THE UG18 i961 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTO! LAR a | 7 cFERSITY NEW SPECIES OF POLYCHAETE WOR S FI : THE ATLANTIC OCEAN, WITH A RE ISION OF THE DORVILLEIDAE By Martian H. PErrisone University of New Hampshire The five new species and four new genera of polychaete worms described herein were obtained from four sources: 1. Two species, a hesionid and a dorvilleid, collected by Pierre Brunel and others in the Gulf of St. Lawrence and found in the collections of polychaetes at the Station de Biologie Marine, Grande-Riviére, Gaspé, Province of Quebec, Canada, where I worked during the summer of 1959. 2. One species of polynoid, collected by Roland L. Wigley and others off Massachusetts and found in the collections of polychaetes at the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Station at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, where I worked during the summer of 1960. 3. One species of polynoid from the Gulf of Mexico, a part of a collection from Seahorse Key, Florida, sent to me by John L. Taylor. 4, One species of hesionid (some 200 specimens) from the Middle Congo, West Africa, found in the mantle cavities of Tellina and sent to me by Arthur G. Humes. In working up the new genus and species of dorvilleid, it seemed advisable to revise the genera of Dorvilleidae by erecting another new genus and re-establishing a third. The types are deposited in the United States National Museum, Smithsonian Institution. This study was aided by a grant from the National Science Foundation (NSF G-4833). 19—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasuH., Vou. 74, 1961 (167) 168 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington FAMILY POLYNOIDAE Phyllosheila, new genus Type species: P. wigleyi new species. Diagnosis: Prostomium with three antennae, with lateral antennae in- serted ventrally, without cephalic peaks. Elytra 15 pairs, inserted on segments 2, 4, 5, 7, 9,... 21, 23, 26, 29, 32. Segments less than 50. Parapodia biramous. Notosetae stouter than neurosetae, faintly spinous. Neurosetae smooth, bidentate. Ventral cirri enlarged, leaf-like. Ventral surface densely papillated. Phyllosheila wigleyi, new species Fig. 1 The species is based on a single specimen (USNM Cat. No. 30007) collected on muddy bottom south of Marthas Vineyard, Massachusetts, Delaware cruise No. 59-10, Station 17, 39° 44’ N, 70° 53’ W, 870-970 fathoms, 28 August 1959, R. Fritz, collector. The specimen was snuggled along the ambulacral groove of a large starfish, Brisinga sp. The species is named for Roland L. Wigley, who is carrying on interesting benthic studies in the Georges Bank area. Description: Length 12 mm, width with setae 3 mm, segments 45 (last three small). Body without color, flattened dorsoventrally, tapered gradually posteriorly. Prostomium (Fig. 1, a,b) wider than long, bilobed, rounded anteriorly, lacking cephalic peaks. Median antenna with cera- tophore inserted in anterior median notch, with style short, smooth, clavate, with filiform tip. Lateral antennae with short ceratophores in- serted ventrally, with short styles. Palps smooth, long (about three times length of prostomium), tapering to short slender tips. Two pairs eyes very large, contiguous, occupying nearly all the lateral surfaces, darker around the periphery, greyish within. Cirrophores of tentacular cirri lateral to prostomium. Dorsal pair tentacular cirri missing; ventral pair similar to median antenna, only longer. Elytra missing, 15 pairs, as indicated by the elytrophores. Dorsal cirri mostly missing, the few remaining ones cylindrical, with short fili- form tip, not extending beyond the setae (Fig. 1, c). Ventral cirri of first setigerous segment (buccal cirri of segment 2.) similar to median antenna; from second setigerous segment on, ventral cirri large, leaf-like, tapering laterally to rounded or slightly pointed tips (Fig. 1, b,d,e). Ventral cirri densely papillated on ventral surface; papillae long, slender, longer toward lateral tips of cirri (Fig. 1, £). Ventral surface of papapodia densely covered with larger papillae (Fig. 1, d,g). Parapodia biramous (Fig. 1, de). Notopodia shorter than neuropodia, with projecting acicular lobes and spreading bundles of relatively few (about 6-10), stout, crystal clear setae. Notosetae about twice as thick as neurosetae, with faint spinous markings, tapering to blunt tips (some may be slightly irregular; Fig. 1, h). Neuropodia with bluntly conical presetal and postsetal lips, with a fan-shaped bundle of very numerous — a ee ane | over Fic. 1. Phyllosheila wigleyi new species: a, Dorsal view anterior end (dorsal pair tentacular cirri and elytra missing); b, ventral view anterior end (bases of palps only shown); c, dorsal cirrus from posterior region; d, middle parapodium, anterior view; e, same, posterior view; f, few papillae from ventral surface of ventral cirri; g, few papillae from ventral surface of parapodia; h, notosetae; i-k, tips of upper, middle and lower neurosetae. crystal clear setae, suggesting superficially the setal bundles of a heter- onereid. Neurosetae with slender stem regions, enlarging distally, then tapering to bidentate hooked tips, without spinous markings (Fig. 1, i-k). Distribution: Known only from the type locality. Remarks: Phyllosheila differs from other genera of polynoids in the enlarged ventral cirri, suggestive of the Phyllodocidae. Gastrolepidia Schmarda, 1861, and Phyllohartmania new genus (see below) are char- acterized by conspicuous paired ventral foliaceous appendages but the 170 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington latter are present in addition to and medial to the usual type of ventral cirri. Phyllosheila wigleyi resembles the bathypelagic polynoid, Sheila bathy- pelagica Monro, 1930, from the Antarctic, in regard to the very large eyes, the glassy and transparent setae, and the general shape of the neurosetae. Phyllohartmania, new genus Type species: P. taylori new species. Diagnosis: Prostomium harmothoid, with distinct cephalic peaks and B g) / a : Fic. 2. Phyllohartmania taylori new species: a, Dorsal view anterior end, elytra removed; b, elytron; c, few papillae from elytron; d, micro- tubercle from anterior part of elytron. New Species of Polychaete Worms 171 lateral antennae inserted ventral to median antenna. Elytra 15 pairs, inserted on segments 2, 4, 5, 7, 9,... 21, 23, 26, 29, 32. Elytra large, covering the dorsum. Segments less than 40. Parapodia biramous. Noto- setae more slender than neurosetae, faintly spinous, tapering to capillary tips. Neurosetae spinous, tapering to slender sharp tips (not hooked). Ventral surface with paired segmental foliaceous appendages. Phyllohartmania taylori, new species Figs. 2 and 3 The species is based on a single specimen (USNM Cat. No. 30010) collected at low water, in sand, at Bird Point, Seahorse Key, Florida, in B ut on CPNUTUITOND LR UVDDBANOWATINVODITErC 9 10/d020000 Fic. 3. Phyllohartmania taylori new species: a, Middle left para- podium and ventral ciliated lamella at base of parapodium, anterior view; b, notoseta from same; c, middle neuroseta from same; d, ventral view of portion of right half of body showing position of ventral lamellae, seg- mental papillae, papillated ciliated ridges, ventral cirri, parapodia 13 and 14; e, portion of ciliated papillated ridge. 172 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington the Gulf of Mexico by E. Lowe Pierce, 20 July 1958. The species is named for John L. Taylor, who is working on the polychaetes from Sea- horse Key. Description: Length 21 mm, width with setae 8 mm, segments 37 (last one small). Body widest in the middle third, tapering anteriorly and posteriorly, flattened dorsoventrally. Body iridescent tannish in color, setae yellowish. Elytra 15 pairs, rather large, imbricated, covering the dorsum, oval to subreniform in shape, colorless, thin, transparent. Exposed part of elytra (Fig. 2, b,c) papillate, with papillae of two kinds: 1) slender, filiform, on external border and scattered on surface; 2.) short, capitate, on posterior border and scattered on surface. Anterior part of elytra with few scattered microtubercles (Fig. 2, d). Prostomium (Fig. 2, a) about as wide as long, bilobed, with distinct cephalic peaks. Median antenna with bulbous ceratophore inserted in anterior notch, with style about as long as prostomium, smooth, tapering to filiform tip. Lateral antenna with short bulbous ceratophores inserted ventral to median antenna on prostomium, with short styles. Palps smooth, long, extending beyond tentacular cirri, tapering to slender tips. Two pairs of small eyes on posterior half of prostomium. Cirrophores of tentacular cirri lateral to prostomium, with projecting aciculum and single stout seta. Two pairs tentacular cirri subequal in length, longer than median antenna, tapering to slender tips, with scat- tered short papillae. Dorsal cirri with cirrophores bulbous basally; styles long, slender, tapering to slender tips and extending beyond tips of setae, with scattered, short, slightly capitate papillae. Ventral cirri short, slender, tapering. Pair of long slender anal cirri, longer than dorsal cirri. Parapodia biramous, long, slender, as long as body width (Fig. 3, a). Notopodium shorter than neuropodium, tapering to prominent acicular lobe. Notosetae numerous, forming a radiating bundle, fine, more slender than neurosetae, tapering to capillary tips; upper notosetae stouter and shorter, the rest more slender basally, tapering to longer capillary tips (Fig. 3, b). Neuropodium diagonally truncate distally, with prominent acicular lobe and projecting supraacicular digitiform lobe. Neurosetae basally with long shafts of uniform width, with enlarged distal spinous regions of prominent spinous rows, tapering to slender pointed tips (not hooked); upper neurosetae more slender, with spinous rows extending to near the tips; middle neurosetae (Fig. 3, c) with long bare tips; lower neurosetae shorter, with long bare tips. Ventral posterior border of parapodia, between cirrophores of ventral cirri and body proper, with tufts of long cilia on a papillated ridge (Fig. 3, d,e). Ventral surface with paired lamellae at base of parapodia, be- ginning on setigerous segment 3 and continuing posteriorly; lamellae semicircular, equipped with long cilia (Fig. 3, a,d). Segmental papillae (Fig. 3, d) short, globular, inconspicuous, lateral to ventral lamellae, beginning on segment 7, continuing posteriorly. Proboscis of usual poly- noid type, with two pairs of interlocking jaws and eleven pairs of papillae around opening, some papillae splotched with black pigment. New Species of Polychaete Worms 173 Distribution: Known only from the type locality. Remarks: Phyllohartmania resembles Hartmania Pettibone, 1955, in most respects. It differs in the presence of the paired foliaceous append- ages on the ventral surface, similar in position to the ventral lamellae characteristic of Gastrolepidia Schmarda, 1861. Phyllohartmania taylori resembles Hartmania moorei Pettibone, 1955, in regard to the small eyes, the capillary notosetae, the neurosetae ending in slender sharp tips. It differs in the presence of the paired ventral lamellae (lacking on H. moorei) and elytra with papillae (elytra smooth in H. moorei). FAMILY HESIONIDAE Parasyllidea, new genus Type species: Parasyllidea humesi new species. Diagnosis: Prostomium with two antennae (without median antenna), two biarticulate palps. Tentacular cirri six pairs (three pairs on each side). Parapodia subbiramous. Notopodia indistinct, represented by acicula in elongate cirriphores of dorsal cirri, with or without few capil- lary notosetae. Neuropodia conical (without extra lobes, as in Nerei- myra). Neurosetae compound, heterogomph, with blades short to long. Proboscis unarmed, with fine hairs around opening. Parasyllidea humesi, new species Fig. 4 The species is based on some 200 specimens (USNM Cat No. 30011, holotype, and 30012), collected at Loango, 19 kilometers north of Point Noire, Middle Congo, West Africa, 27 April 1955, by Arthur G. Humes. They were found in the mantle cavities of Tellina nymphalis Lamark. The bivalves were found intertidally in muddy sand in estuarine regions, in the vicinity of mangrove swamps where fresh-water streams entered the ocean. Only one hesionid was found in a bivalve. While hesionids, like polynoids, are rather frequently commensalistic, to my knowledge, this is the first record of a hesionid in the mantle cavity of a bivalve. The species is named for Dr. Humes, who collected the specimens. Description: Length up to 25 mm, width up to 5 mm, segments up to 74. Body relatively short, widest in anterior two-thirds, tapering pos- teriorly, flattened ventrally, arched dorsally. Color (in life): Light orange to tan with intestine dark reddish brown; (preserved): Cream to yellow- ish with amber-colored neurosetae. Prostomium (Fig. 4, a,b) sub- rectangular, wider than long, with a median ridge which disappears when pharynx is extended, with two pairs of black eyes, the anterior pair larger than the posterior pair; lateral antennae and biarticulate palps on anterior margin of prostomium subequal in length, about as long as prostomium, the palps lateral and slightly ventral to antennae. Tentacular cirri with cylindrical basal cirrophores, three pairs on each side, first pair lateral to prostomium, next two pairs lateral and posterior to prostomium, with 1-2 tentacular segments distinct dorsally; styles of 174 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 4. Parasyllidea humesi new species: a, Dorsal view anterior end; b, same, with pharynx extended, basal part of pharynx only shown; c, ventral view anterior end with pharynx extended; d, dorsal view pos- terior end; e, middle right parapodium, anterior view; f, middle neuro- seta; g, tip of same, enlarged; h, lower neuroseta. New Species of Polychaete Worms 175 tentacular cirri slender, tapering, upper pairs longer than lower pairs, all shorter than dorsal cirri. Parapodia (Fig. 4, e) prominent, about as long as width of body, sub- biramous, the notopodia represented by few slender curved acicula within the prominent, elongated dorsal cirrophores, without notosetae; styles of dorsal cirri tapering gradually, extending slightly beyond setal tips. Neuropodia elongated, subconical, postsetal lip rounded, presetal lip extending beyond tips of acicula into a digitiform acicular lobe, with 1-2 acicula which are dark amber-colored distally. Neurosetae (Fig. 4, f-h) numerous, forming fan-shaped bundles, light to dark amber-colored, compound, with heterogomph stems, with blades finely pectinate and tips blunt, hooked (may be finely bidentate); middle neurosetae with long blades, upper neurosetae with slightly shorter blades and lower neurosetae with still shorter blades. Ventral cirri slender, digitiform, extending to about length of acicular lobes. Anal end (Fig. 4, d) rounded, with pair of anal cirri slightly longer than the dorsal cirri. Pharynx or proboscis (Fig. 4, c) thick, muscular, with wider basal part and narrower distal ring which is thinner middorsally and midventrally. Opening of pharynx encircled by ring of very fine filmy hairs, without jaws. Some specimens were filled with developing eggs or sperm. Distribution: Known only from the type locality. Remarks: Parasyllidea resembles the hesionid genera Nereimyra Blain- ville, 1828 (= Castalia Savigny, 1820, preoccupied), Syllidea Quatre- fages, 1865 (= Magalia Marion and Bobretzky, 1875), Micropodarke Okuda, 1938, and Parahesione Pettibone, 1956, in having two antennae (no median antenna) and two palps on the prostomium and six pairs of tentacular cirri. The five genera can be distinguished as indicated in the following key: KEY TO THE HEsSIONID GENERA WITH Two ANTENNAE, Two PALPS, AND Srx Patrrs TENTACULAR CIRRI 1.—Parapodia biramous or subbiramous __.-_.........--------------------- 2 Parapodia uniramous. Without notoacicula. Neuropodia with bilobed presetal lips and rounded postsetal lips. Proboscis unarmed, with filiform papillae —_.._.. Micropodarke Okuda 2.—Parapodia subbiramous. Notopodia represented by acicula in cirrophores of dorsal cirri, with or without few capillary I GEOSCEACT V sAA ARAN MMOL ATRESIA CLAS SANS See RUMEN UNO Ns 3 Parapodia biramous. Notopodia form distinct lobes, smaller than or subequal to neuropodia, with notoacicula and numer- ous capillary notosetae. Neuropodia subconical, without extra lobes. Proboscis unarmed, with numerous fine papillae _____ AN EE AEN NAMIC DN CWE Ik CN a: Parahesione Pettibone 3.—Neuropodia subconical, without extra lobes ___ 4 Neuropodia with three conical lobes. Proboscis with ten or more papillae, with or without pair of ventrolateral ridges __________. email hh %s i linet age Nereimyra Blainville (= Castalia Savigny ) 176 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 4.—Proboscis bordered with papillae and hairs, with two lateral horny jaws and medianstylet v0. ie ee ae A ar Syllidea Quatrefages (= Magalia Marion and Bobretzky ) Proboscis without papillae, with fine hairs around opening, Without jaws) inclibiuw.)iauukellnor ame iust emul alas Parasyllidea new genus According to the above revision, Nereimyra blacki Knox, 1960, dredged off New Zealand, is referred to Parasyllidea. Parasyllidea humesi is close to P. blacki. The latter lacks eyes (two pairs in P. humesi) and has about six capillary notosetae projecting from the dorsal cirrophores (notosetae lacking in P. humesi). Genus Parahesione Pettibone, 1956, emended Type species (original designation): P. luteola (Webster, 1880). Diagnosis: Prostomium with two lateral antennae, without median antenna, with two unjointed (typically) or biarticulate palps, two pairs eyes (typically) or eyes lacking. Tentacular segments three, somewhat fused; tentacular cirri six pairs (three pairs on each side). Parapodia biramous. Notopodia forming distinct lobes below cirrophores of dorsal cirri (typically) or notopodia subequal to neuropodia, with numerous capillary notosetae. Neurosetae compound, with blades long and slender. Proboscis with numerous papillae around opening, without jaws. Parahesione bruneli, new species Fig. 5 The species is known from a single incomplete specimen (USNM Cat. No. 30009), dredged on muddy bottom in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 10 miles off Grande-Riviére, Gaspé South, 48° 18’ N, 64° 18’ W, 60 fathoms, 16 July 1959. It is named for Pierre Brunel, who collected the specimen. Description: Length for 22 segments 7 mm, width including setae up to 3 mm. Body widest in middle, tapering gradually anteriorly (incom- plete posteriorly), flattened dorsoventrally. With wide brownish bands dorsally (in life), colorless (preserved). Prostomium (Fig. 5, a) sub- rectangular, wider than long, with lateral antennae digitiform, about as long as prostomium, with palps slightly shorter, thicker than and lateral to antennae, distinctly biarticulate, with eyes and median antenna lack- ing. First tentacular segment indistinct dorsally, cirrophores of the first pairs tentacular cirri lateral to prostomium. Second and third ten- tacular segments distinct dorsally. Tentacular cirri six pairs, variable in length (easily broken), some long, the upper pairs longer than lower pairs. Parapodia biramous (Fig. 5, b), with both notopodia and neuropodia well developed, subequal, both with projecting acicular lobes from which 2-3 transparent acicula may project. Both notosetae and neurosetae nu- merous, arranged in radiating bundles, slender, subequal in diameter basally (some neurosetae slightly stouter than the notosetae ), transparent, New Species of Polychaete Worms 177 Aly \* x iy ky S RON mc g WK Y) \) 1, yuo Vy (<— Fic. 5. Parahesione bruneli new species: a, Dorsal view anterior end, with proboscis extended, first right pair tentacular cirri missing and some of dorsal and tentacular cirri broken; b, right parapodium from segment 15, anterior view; c, compound neuroseta with long blade; d, same, with shorter blade. iridescent, transversely striated microscopically. Notosetae simple, taper- ing to capillary tips. Neurosetae (Fig. 5, c,d) compound, finely spinous, the majority with blades long, tapering to fine tips; some of lower neuro- setae with blades shorter, with tips hooked, faintly bidentate. Dorsal cirri on posterior faces of notopodia, slender, tapering, sometimes articulate, especially distally, variable in length (easily broken), at least some ex- tending beyond tips of setae. Ventral cirri digitiform, extending slightly beyond parapodial lobes. Proboscis (Fig. 5, a) somewhat flared dis- tally, with numerous papillae around opening, arranged in about 4—5 rows, the papillae tapering to pointed tips. Distribution: Known only from the type locality. 178 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Remarks: Parahesione bruneli differs from P. luteola (Webster) in the following: Parahesione luteola Parahesione bruneli Prostomial eyes: Two pairs. Lacking. Prostomial palps:_ Without distinct basal Distinctly biarticulate. articles. Three tentacular One visible dorsally. Two visible dorsally. segments: Notopodia: Smaller than neuropodia, Subequal to neuropodia. appearing as stout papillae below bases of dorsal cirri. Family DORVILLEIDAE Protodorvillea, new genus Type species: Staurocephalus kefersteini McIntosh, 1869. Diagnosis: Prostomium with two short dorsal antennae (antennae rarely absent, as in P. atlantica), two longer ventral palps. Without nuchal papilla. Parapodia uniramous, without dorsal cirrophores or noto- acicula. Dorsal and ventral cirri short, ovoid (dorsal cirri rarely lacking, as in P. gaspeensis). Neurosetae of three kinds: (1) simple, capillary; (2) simple, forked; (3) compound, heterogomph. Mandibles elongated pieces, flared and denticled anteriorly. Maxillae four longitudinal rows of numerous denticled plates (two rows on each side). Protodorvillea gaspeensis, new species Fig. 6 The species is known from a single incomplete specimen (USNM Cat. No. 30008), collected intertidally among rocks and algae in the Gulf of St. Lawrence at Grande-Riviére, Gaspé South, 2 December 1955, by Pierre Brunel. Description: Length more than 7 mm (incomplete posteriorly), width up to 0.5 mm, segments more than 27. Body slender, threadlike, having general appearance of a syllid, such as Exogone, without color (in alco- hol). Prostomium (Fig. 6, a,b) subconical, with faint transverse groove, without eyes, with two short clavate dorsal antennae and two short biarticulate ventral palps. First two tentacular segments apodous and achaetous, first slightly longer than following. Dark mandibles (Fig. 6, b,c) visible ventrally through thin integument, wider, flared, and denti- cled anteriorly. Dark maxillae visible more dorsally (not dissected out). Parapodia (Fig. 6, d) uniramous, with single neuroaciculum, without indication of dorsal cirrophores, notoacicula or dorsal cirri. Neuropodia cylindrical. Ventral cirri short, cylindrical. Neurosetae of three kinds: (1) upper ones (1-2 in number, Fig. 6, d,e) simple, slender, arched, New Species of Polychaete Worms 179 Fic. 6. Protodorvillea gaspeensis new species: a, Dorsal view anterior end; b, ventral view anterior end; c, ventral mandibles as seen through the integument; d, middle parapodium; e, upper simple capillary neuro- seta; f, upper simple forked neuroseta; g, upper subacicular compound neuroseta; h, lower subacicular compound neuroseta. finely spinous; (2) upper one (1 in number, Fig. 6, f) simple, forked, with branches smooth, nearly equal; (3) subacicular ones (3—4 in num- ber, Fig. 6, g,h) compound, heterogomph, with blades long to short, finely spinous, with tips entire, slightly hooked; stems with few spines distally. The single specimen found in December contained very large yolky eggs, beginning in setigerous segment 11, about 2-3 eggs per segment. Distribution: Known only from type locality. Remarks: Protodorvillea, as herein defined, includes the following species: P. kefersteini (McIntosh, 1869),. P. atlantica (McIntosh, 1885), P. egena (Ehlers, 1913), P. gracilis (Hartman, 1938), and P. mandapamae (Banse, 1959). Protodorvillea gaspeensis differs from the other species of Protodor- villea by lacking dorsal cirri and by having short biarticulate palps. The distinguishing characters of the different species of Protodorvillea are indicated in the following key: 180 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington KEY TO THE KNOWN SPECIES OF PROTODORVILLEA 1.—Antennae lacking. Without eyes. Palps long, with distal palpo- styles. Dorsal cirri lacking on first setiger. Neuropodia without postsetal lobes. Blades of compound neurosetae with tips) erste I ome cae ee P. atlantica (McIntosh) (Atlantic, off Azores, 1,000 fathoms ) Antennae present): 0500 a a 2 2.—Dorsal cirri lacking on all segments. Palps short, biarticulate. Antennae short, clavate. Without eyes. Neuropodia without postsetal lobes. Blades of compound neurosetae with tips entire, slightly hooked. P. gaspeensis new species (Gulf of St. Lawrence, low water ) Dorsal cirri present, short, ovoid or conical. Palps long, with distal palpostyles 0.8 nde ela 3 3.—Dorsal cirri lacking on first setiger. Neuropodia with postsetal lobes. Antennae short, clavate. Four eyes _....--------- 4 Dorsal cirri present on first setiger. Two eyes. Blades of com- pound neurosetae with tips bidentate, hooked —_.._______ 5 4.—Blades of compound neurosetae with tips bidentate, hooked ____. pid 20d, aaa Ua cea ran ante Utell eds ee ea P. mandapamae (Banse) (South India, Gulf of Mannar, low water ) Blades of compound neurosetae with tips entire __. P. egena (Ehlers ) (South Africa ) 5.—Neuropodia with postsetal lobes. Antennae rather short, indis- tinctly, articled) ou) ce a ae P. kefersteini (McIntosh ) (Scotland, low water ) Neuropodia without postsetal lobes. Antennae short, clavate _ AMATO LON TANNER UY seil Wendl nC CIN AN P. gracilis (Hartman) (Central California, low water ) Revision of the Family Dorvilleidae Chamberlin, 1919 (Staurocephalidae Kinberg, 1865; Stauronereidae Verrill, 1900) The family Dorvilleidae is usually recognized through two genera, Dorvillea Parfitt and Ophryotrocha Claparéde and Mecznikow. Dorvillea has included a heterogeneous grouping of species. Crossland (1924) and Hartman (1944) have indicated some of the characters that could be used in separating the dorvilleid species. They, as well as others, have hesitated to establish different genera, since a number of species are poorly known and inadequately described. The species of Dorvillea sensu lata have herein been separated into four genera, Dorvillea Parfitt, Stauronereis Verrill, Papilliodorvillea new genus and Protodorvillea. The revision has been based mainly on external characters. The mandibles and maxillae have not been used in separating the genera, since the species are characteristically very small, making it extremely difficult to dissect out the jaw pieces and describe them adequately. Synonymies and diagnoses for the five genera of the Dorvilleidae are given below. New Species of Polychaete Worms 181 The better known species of dorvilleids are referred to the appropriate genera. Genus Ophryotrocha Claparéde and Mecznikow, 1869 Type species: O. puerilis Claparéde and Mecznikow, 1869 (monotypy). Paractius Levinsen, 1879. Type species: P. littoralis Levinsen, 1879 (monotypy ). Eteonopsis Esmark, 1874. Type species: E. geryonicola Esmark, 1874 (monotypy ). Diagnosis: Prostomium with four similar small papilla-like appendages, two dorsal antennae and two ventral palps. Without nuchal papilla. Parapodia uniramous, without dorsal cirrophores and notoacicula. Dorsal and ventral cirri small lobes. Neurosetae of two kinds: (1) simple, slender; (2) compound, heterogomph. Mandibles two elongated pieces, flared and denticled anteriorly. Maxillae consisting of two sets of relatively few denticled pieces. Ophryotrocha includes the following species: O. puerilis Claparéde and Mecznikow, 1869, O. geryonicola (Esmark, 1874), O. claparedii Studer, 1878, O. littoralis (Levinsen, 1879), and O. minuta Levi, 1954. Genus Protodorvillea See above (p. 178). Genus Stauronereis Verrill, 1900 Type species: Nereis rudolphi Delle Chiaje, 1828 (original designation). Prionognathus Keferstein, 1862 (preoccupied by Laferté, 1851, in Cole- optera). Type species: P. ciliata Keferstein, 1862 (monotypy); = Stauronereis rudolphi (Delle Chiaje, 1828). Diagnosis: Prostomium with two long antennae, two long palps. With- out nuchal papilla. Parapodia subbiramous, with elongate dorsal cirro- phores with enclosed notoacicula. Dorsal and ventral cirri short. Neuro- setae of three kinds: (1) simple, capillary; (2) simple, forked; (3) com- pound, heterogomph. Mandibles elongated pieces, flared and denticled anteriorly. Maxillae consisting of four longitudinal rows of numerous denticled plates (two rows on each side). Stauronereis includes the following species: S. rudolphi (Delle Chiaje, 1828), S. incertus (Schmarda, 1861), S. caecus (Webster and Benedict, 1884), S. neglectus (Fauvel, 1923), S. japonicus (Annenkova, 1937), and S. furcatus (Hartman, 1953). Genus Papilliodorvillea new genus Type species: Staurocephalus (Dorvillea) gardineri Crossland, 1924. Anisoceras Grube, 1856 (preoccupied by Dejean, 1833, in Coleoptera). Type species (here designated): A. rubra Grube, 1856. Diagnosis: Prostomium with two long antennae, two long palps. With nuchal papilla. First tentacular segment enlarged, nearly encircling pro- 182 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington stomium. Parapodia subbiramous, with elongate dorsal cirrophores with enclosed notoacicula. Dorsal and ventral cirri short. Neurosetae of two kinds: (1) simple, slender; (2) compound, heterogomph. Mandibles elongated pieces, flared and denticled anteriorly. Maxillae consisting of four longitudinal rows of numerous denticled plates (two rows on each side ). Papilliodorvillea includes the following species: P. rubra (Grube, 1856), P. australiensis (McIntosh, 1885), P. crassa (Chamberlin, 1919), and P. gardineri (Crossland, 1924). Genus Dorvillea Parfitt, 1866 Type species: D. lobata Parfitt, 1866 (monotypy); = D. rubrovittata (Grube, 1855). Staurocephalus Grube, 1855 (preoccupied by Barrande, 1846, in Crus- tacea). Type species: S. rubrovittatus Grube, 1855 (monotypy). Teleonereis Verrill, 1900. Type species: Staurocephalus rubrovittatus Grube, 1855 (original designation ). Stauroceps Verrill, 1900. Type species: Staurocephalus erucaeformis Malmgren, 1865 (original designation); = D. rubrovittata (Grube, 1855). Diagnosis: Prostomium with two long antennae, two long palps. With- out nuchal papilla. First tentacular segment about twice as long as fol- lowing segment, partly surrounding prostomium. Parapodia subbiramous, with elongate dorsal cirrophores with enclosed notoacicula. Dorsal and ventral cirri short. Neurosetae of two kinds: (1) simple, slender; (2) compound, heterogomph. Mandibles elongated pieces, flared and denti- cled anteriorly. Maxillae consisting of four longitudinal rows of denticled plates (two rows on each side). Dorvillea contains the following species: D. rubrovittata (Grube, 1855), D. vittata (Grube, 1856), D. sociabilis (Webster, 1879), D. cerasina (Ehlers, 1901), D. moniloceras (Moore, 1909), D. romeri (Augener, 1912), D. angolana (Augener, 1918), D. similis (Crossland, 1924), D. pseudorubrovittata Berkeley, 1927, and D. matsushimaensis (Okuda, 1954). | The differences among the dorvilleid genera may be summarized in the following key: KEY TO THE KNOWN GENERA OF DORVILLEIDAE 1.—Parapodia uniramous, without elongate dorsal cirrophores and Notoaciouila 14 ah STN Te PRANTL A 7 Parapodia subbiramous, with elongate dorsal cirrophores and enclosed notoacicula. Prostomium with two long antennae and two long palps. Maxillae consisting of four longitudinal rows (two on each side), each with numerous denticled plates ______. 3 2.—Neurosetae of two kinds: (1) simple, slender; (2) compound, heterogomph. Prostomium with four similar small papilla-like appendages, two dorsal antennae and two ventral palps. Max- New Species of Polychaete Worms 183 illae consisting of two series of plates, each consisting of less than 16 plates Ophryotrocha Claparéde and Mecznikow Neurosetae of three kinds: (1) simple, capillary; (2) simple, forked; (3) compound, heterogomph. Prostomium with two short antennae, two palps longer than antennae. Maxillae consisting of four longitudinal rows (two on each side), each with numerous denticled plates ____-__-__--_- Protodorvillea 3.—Neurosetae of three kinds: (1) simple, capillary; (2) simple, forked; (3) compound, heterogomph __________. Stauronereis Verrill Neurosetae of two kinds: (1) simple, slender; (2) compound, MEteK@ Pg Orar pp lay ess AY 4 4.—With nuchal papilla. First achaetous tentacular segment en- larged, nearly encircling prostomium —_.__________- Papilliodorvillea Without nuchal papilla. First achaetous tentacular segment somewhat enlarged, partly encircling prostomium _Dorvillea Parfitt LITERATURE CITED Annenkova, N. P. 1937. The polychaete fauna of the northern part of the Japan Sea. Issled. Morei USSR, Gosud. Gidrol. Inst., Leningrad, 23: 139-216, 12 figs., 5 pls. Augener, Hermann. 1912. Beitrag zur Kenntnis verschiedener Anne- liden und Bemerkungen iiber die nordischen Nephthys-Arten und deren epitoke Formen. Arch. Naturg. Berlin, 78: 162- 212, Pls. 5, 6. 1918. Polychaeta. Beitrige zur Kenntnis des Meeresfauna West-Afrikas. Harausgegeben von W. Michaelsen, Hamburg, 2(2): 67-625, 6 pls. Banse, Karl. 1959. On marine Polychaeta from Mandapam (South India). Jour. Mar. Biol. Assn. India, 1; 165-177, 4 figs. Berkeley, Edith. 1927. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo dis- trict. 3. Leodicidae to Spionidae. Contr. Canadian Biol. Ottawa, n. s., 3: 405—422, 1 pl. Blainville, Henri de. 1828. Dictionnaire des Sciences naturelles. 57: 368-501. Chamberlin, Ralph V. 1919. The Annelida Polychaeta. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 48: 1-514, 80 pls. Claparéde, Edouard and Elias Mecznikow. 1869. Beitrige zur Kennt- niss der Entwickelungsgeschichte der Chaetopoden. Zeits. Wiss. Zool., 19: 163-205, Pls. 12-17. Crossland, Cyril. 1924. Polychaeta of tropical East Africa, the Red Sea and Cape Verde Islands, collected by Cyril Crossland and of the Maldive Archipelago collected by Professor Stanley Gardiner. The Lumbriconereidae and _ Staurocephalidae. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 106 pp., 126 figs. Delle Chiaje, Stefano. 1828. Memoria su la storia e notomia degli animali senza vertebre del Regno di Napoli, 3: 1-232. 184 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Ehlers, Ernst. 1901. Die Anneliden der Sammlung Plate. Fauna Chilens. Zool. Jahrb. Jena, Suppl., 5: 251-272. 1913. Die Polychaeten-Sammlungen. In Deutsche Siidpolar- Expedition, 1901-1903, Zool., 5(4): 397-598, Pls. 26-46. Esmark, L. 1874. Eteonopsis geryonicola. Forh. Vidensk. Selsk. Chris- tiana, vol. for 1873, pp. 497-498. Fauvel, Pierre. 1923. Révision de quelques Euniciens (Staurocephalus neglectus n. sp.). Bull. Soc. Zool. France, Paris, 48: 300- 312, 1 fig. Grube, Adolph-Eduard. 1855. Beschreibung neuer oder wenig be- kannter Anneliden. Arch. Naturg., 21(1): 81-136, Pls. 3—5. 1856. Annulata Oerstediana. Pt. 1. Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Copenhagen, pp. 44-62. Hartman, Olga. 1938. Descriptions of new species and new generic records of polychaetous annelids from California of the fam- ilies Glyceridae, Eunicidae, Stauronereidae and Opheliidae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 43: 93-112, 63 figs. . 1944. Polychaetous annelids. Pt. V. Eunicea. Allan Han- cock Pacific Exped., 10(1): 1-236, 18 pls. . 1953. Non-pelagic Polychaeta. In Further Zool. Results Swedish Antarctic Expedition 1901-1903, 4(11): 1-83, 21 figs. Keferstein, Wilhelm. 1862. Untersuchungen iiber niedere Seethiere. VII. Beitrage zur Kenntniss einiger Anneliden. Zeits. Wiss. Zool., 12: 93-136, Pls. 8-11. Kinberg, J.G. H. 1865. Annulata nova. Forh. Ofv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Stockholm, 21: 559-574. Knox, G. A. 1960. The Polychaeta Errantia of the Chatham Islands 1954 Expedition. Oceanographic Institute, Memoir No. 6, pp. 77-140, 238 figs. Levi, Claude. 1954. Ophyrotrocha minuta nov. sp. nouveau polychéte Mésopsammique. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 79: 466—469, 4 figs. Levinsen, G. M. R. 1879. Om to nye slaegter af arctiske chaetopode Annelider. Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Copenhagen, 31: 9-18, Pl. 1. McIntosh, William C. 1869. On the structure of the British Nemer- teans, and some new British Annelids. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin- burgh, 25: 305-433, Pls. 4-16. . 1885. Annelida Polychaeta. In Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger... 1873-76... Zoology, 12(34): 1-554, 84 pls. Malmgren, Anders J. 1865. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater. Forh. Ofv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Stockholm, No. 2, pp. 181-192, Pls. 8-15. Marion, A. F. and N. Bobretzky. 1875. Etude des Annélides du golfe de Marseille. Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. Paris, ser. 6, 2: 1-106, 12 pls. New Species of Polychaete Worms 185 Monro, C. C. A. 1930. Polychaete worms. In Discovery Reports, 2: 1-222, 91 text figs. Moore, J. Percy. 1909. Polychaetous annelids from Monterey Bay and San Diego, California. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 61: 235-295, 3 pls. Okuda, Shiro. 1938. Polychaetous annelids from the vicinity of the Mitsui Institute of Marine Biology. Japan. Jour. Zool., 8: 75— 105, 15 figs. Okuda, Shiro and Mayumi Yamada. 1954. Polychaetous annelids from Matsushima Bay. Jour. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido Univ., Zool., ser. 6, 12: 175-199, 10 figs. Parfitt, Edward. 1866. Description of a Nereis new to science. Zoolo- gist, London, ser. 2, 1: 113—114, 5 figs. Pettibone, Marian H. 1955. New species of polychaete worms of the family Polynoidae from the east coast of North America. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., 45(4): 118-126, 5 figs. 1956. Some polychaete worms of the families Hesionidae, Syllidae, and Nereidae from the east coast of North America, West Indies, and Gulf of Mexico. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., 46(9): 281-294, 8 figs. Quatrefages, Armand de. 1865. Histoire naturelle des Annelés marins et d’eau douce. Annélides et Géphyriens. Paris, Libr. Encycl. de Réret., 1: 1-588. Savigny, Jules-César. 1820. Systéme des Annélides, principalement de celles des cétes de ’Egypte et de la Syrie. Paris, 128 pp. Schmarda, Ludwig K. 1861. Neue wirbellose Thiere beobachtet und gesammelt auf einer Reise um die Erde 1853 bis 1857, Leipzig. Vol. 1. Turbellarien, Rotatorien und Anneliden, pt. 2, 164 pp., 22 pls., 100 text figs. Studer, Th. 1878. Eine neue Art von Ophryotrocha, O. claparedii n. sp. In Kerguelensland. Arch. Naturg., 44(1): 111-121, Pils: Verrill, A. E. 1900. Additions to the Turbellaria, Nemertina, and Annelida of the Bermudas. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., 10(2): 595-670, Pl. 70. Webster, Harrison Edwin. 1879. Annelida Chaetopoda of the Virginia coast. Trans. Albany Inst., 9: 202-272, 11 pls. 1880. The Annelida Chaetopoda of New Jersey. Rep. New York State Mus., 32: 101-128. Webster, H. E. and J. E. Benedict. 1884. The Annelida Chaetopoda from Provincetown and Wellfleet, Massachusetts. Rep. U.S. Fish Comm. for 1881, pp. 699-747, 8 pls. 186 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 74, pp. 187-192 11 August 1961 PROCEEDINGS OF THE | UBSARY BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTONALG ; 8 1961 | AAD __ UNTER TY paugie PMP /DAL THREE NEW SPECIES OF MALLOPHAGA FRO THLE : GREAT HORNED OWL AY By K. C. EMERSON Stillwater, Oklahoma The Mallophaga collection of the U.S. National Museum contains several new species of Mallophaga found on North American owls. Described herewith are three new species found on the Great Horned Owl, Bubo virginianus (Gmelin). Heretofore only one species has been described from this host. Strigiphilus oculatus (Rudow, 1870) The form with a short, wide, dorsal anterior plate of the forehead as shown in Fig. 1, has generally been accepted as Strigiphilus oculatus (Rudow, 1870). The type has not been located, but the first line of Rudow’s description “Kopf so lang wie hinten breit” and the specific name leave no doubt as to which form he described. Strigiphilus bubonis (Osborn, 1896) is conspecific with this form. The only other interpretation of S. oculatus was that advanced by Carriker in 1958. Carriker noted that at least two and probably three new species of Strigiphilus were found on this host. He designated as “neoparatype” of S. oculatus, an undescribed female of an unknown species. He reasoned that Rudow described a narrow forehead form be- cause it was placed in the old genus Nirmus. He apparently did not con- sider the name given by Rudow, or the two portions of Rudow’s descrip- tion: “Kopf so lang wie hinten breit” and “Das Thier sieht ganz einem Docophorus ahnlich.” The present genus Strigiphilus was included in Docophorus for many years. Carriker’s primary reason appears to be the desire to apply the name S. oculatus in a manner so that S. bubonis would be valid for the broad forehead form. I think it is unwise to consider any interpretation except the one which has been well established for 88 years, unless the types when located should indicate otherwise. Carriker’s action is not accepted for the additional reasons that he did not describe and erect a neotype. Even if this had been done, a neotype has no standing unless accepted by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. I feel that for 20—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 74, 1961 (187) 188 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Three New Species of Mallophaga 189 | TL Wi a . such a well-established interpretation. | Strigiphilus acutifrons, new species Pie the reason given, the Commission would reject any attempt to change») ~ 1y a se ae Holotype male: Shape of head and dorsal anterior plate of forchedd | roRiry as shown in Fig. 2. Pterothorax with dorsal chaetotaxy of 2-3-3-2-long._. setae. Chaetotaxy of abdominal tergites: II-16, III-20, IV-20, V-20, VI-16, VII-16, and VIII-6. Chaetotaxy of abdominal sternites: II-6, IlI-14, IV-14, V-14, VI-14, VII-2, and VIII-4. Genital plate narrow and elongated with two long setae located centrally in the anterior portion. Genitalia as shown in Fig. 10. Allotype female: Essentially same as the male except for size and terminal abdominal segments. Genital plate rectangular-shaped and with only sparsely scattered small setae. Terminal abdominal segment bilobed and ventrally with six long setae laterally on each lobe. Measurements (in millimeters ) HOLOTYPE MALE ALLOTYPE FEMALE Length of head 0.65 0.70 Width of head 0.57 0.62 Width of prothorax 0.34 0.38 Width of pterothorax 0.51 0.56 Width of abdomen 0.82 0.90 Total length 1.88 2.15 Diagnosis: The most obvious difference between this species and S. oculatus is the shape of the dorsal anterior plate of the forehead as illus- trated. Abdominal chaetotaxy is more dense in S. acutifrons than in S. oculatus. The long narrow male genital plate in S. acutifrons is dis- tinctive; in S. oculatus this structure is triangular-shaped with the widest portion being anterior. There appears to be no significant difference in Fics. 1-10. 1.—Strigiphilus oculatus (Rudow, 1870), outline of head, ¢. 2.—Strigiphilus acutifrons new species, outline of head, ¢. 3.—Kurodaia edwardsi new species, ventral view, terminal abdominal segments, 9. 4.—Kurodaia edwardsi new species, ventral view, terminal abdominal segments, ¢. 5.—Kurodaia magna Emerson, 1960, ventral view, terminal abdominal segments, 9. 6.—Kurodaia magna Emerson, 1960, ventral view, terminal abdominal segments, ¢. 7.—Kurodaia keleri new species, ventral view, terminal abdominal segments, 9. 8.—Kuro- daia keleri new species, ventral view, terminal abdominal segments, ¢. 9.—Kurodaia keleri new species, male genitalia. 10.—Strigiphilus acuti- frons new species, male genitalia. (Figures 1-8 are drawn to the same scale. ) 190 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington the female genital structures of the two species. The male genitalia are the same type, but smaller than in S. cursor (Burmeister, 1838). Type material: Holotype male (USNM 65485), allotype female, and two paratypes collected in Quebec Province by Father Hubert in De- cember 1956. Nine paratypes collected at Springdale, Oregon on 30 July 1933 by S. G. Jewett; four paratypes collected in 1914 by M. H. Spaulding at Boseman, Montana; two paratypes collected at Uvalde, Texas by D. C. Parman on 27 November 1915; eight paratypes collected at Tillamook, Oregon on 23 November 1930 by Alex Walker; and eight paratypes collected at Corvallis, Oregon on 16 November 1931 by M. F. Conova; all in the U. S. National Museum. The British Museum (Natural History) has the following paratypes: seven collected in California (no other data); and twelve collected at Thue, Beaver Creek, Saskatchewan, Canada, during 14 October—2 November 1959 by R. Connell. The University of Saskatchewan has the following paratypes: five col- lected on 14 October 1959, 19 collected on 2 November 1959, and six collected on 6 November 1959 by R. Connell at Thue, Beaver Creek, Saskatchewan, Canada. Kurodaia edwardsi, new species This species is closely related to K. magna Emerson, 1960 which was completely illustrated recently; so only significant differences are given. Some specimens of the type series have the expanded preantennal region as commented on in my paper on K. magna. There is no doubt that this expansion resulted from the mounting technique employed in all instances. Holotype male: Chaetotaxy, except for terminal abdominal segments, with two long setae per tergite and sternite less than in K. magna. Ventral chaetotaxy of terminal abdominal segments as shown in Fig. 4, that of K. magna is shown in Fig. 6. The male genitalia do not appear to be distinctive. Allotype female: Chaetotaxy, except for terminal abdominal segments, with two long setae per tergite and sternite less than in K. magna. Ven- tral chaetotaxy of terminal abdominal segments as shown in Fig. 3, that of K. magna is shown in Fig. 5. Measurements (in millimeters ) HOLOTYPE MALE ALLOTYPE FEMALE Length of head 0.40 0.44 Width of head 0.69 0.74 Width of prothorax 0.47 0.49 Width of metathorax 0.60 0.67 Width of abdomen 0.99 1.16 Total length 2.09 2.30 Three New Species of Mallophaga 191 These measurements are greater, especially in widths, than for K. magna, as may be seen by comparing Figs. 3 and 4 with 5 and 6. Type material: Holotype male (USNM 65483) and eleven paratypes collected at Nashville, Tennessee on 20 December 1940 by Mrs. A. R. Laskey. Allotype female collected at Church Creek, Maryland on 11 February 1932 by F. R. Smith. Three paratypes collected at Hamilton, New York in December 1946 by R. L. Edwards; two paratypes collected at Hamando, Mississippi on 18 September 1918 by O. G. Babcock; two paratypes collected at Raleigh, North Carolina on 4 February 1931 by C. S. Brimley; two paratypes collected at Jackson, Michigan on 1 June 1930 by W. G. Fargo; three paratypes collected at Brunswick, Maine on 27 October 1926 by A. O. Gross; five paratypes collected at Monton, New York in January 1930 by G. M. Smith; seven paratypes collected at Toronto, Canada on 28 October 1927 by J. L. Baillie; six paratypes collected in Quebec Province in December 1956 by Father Hubert; and 43 paratypes collected at Tillamook, Oregon on 23 November 1930 by Alex Walker; all in the U. S. National Museum. In the British Museum (Natural History) are the following paratypes: two collected at Thue, Beaver Creek, Saskatchewan, Canada on 7 Oc- tober 1959 by R. Connell; four collected at Beaver Creek, Saskatchewan, Canada, during December 1958—January 1959 by R. Connell; and two collected at Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, on 13 February 1948 by G. J. Spencer. The University of Saskatchewan has the following paratypes: six col- lected on 7 October 1959, 20 collected on 31 March 1959, and six col- lected during 23 December 1958-26 January 1959 by R. Connell at Thue, Beaver Creek, Saskatchewan. This species is named for a coworker in Mallophaga, R. L. Edwards, who collected part of the type series. Kurodaia keleri, new species Holotype male: Temples angular as in K. pectinata (Osborn, 1902). Dorsally, prothorax with four medium-length setae and eight long setae on posterior margin. Metathorax with dorsal and ventral chaetotaxy as in K. magna. Chaetotaxy of abdominal tergites, except terminal, and paratergites same as in K. magna. Abdominal sternite I with six medium- length setae; II with 42 medium-length setae in three transverse rows. Each posterior-lateral angle of sternite III with three combs of setae; the two posterior combs with about 14 short setae each, and the anterior comb with five short setae. Chaetotaxy of sternites IV-VII same as in K. magna. Ventral chaetotaxy of terminal abdominal segments as shown in Fig. 8. Male genitalia, except for sac, as shown in Fig. 9. Genital sac serrated with stout, short and medium-length teeth. Allotype female: Essentially same as the male, except for terminal abdominal segments and size. Ventral chaetotaxy of terminal abdominal segments as shown in Fig. 7. 192 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Measurements (in millimeters ) HOLOTYPE MALE ALLOTYPE FEMALE Length of head 0.35 0.38 Width of head 0.55 0.60 Width of prothorax 0.35 0.38 Width of metathorax 0.47 0.54 Width of abdomen 0.62 0.75 Total length eg 1.85 Diagnosis: In general shape, this species has a relatively narrow head and abdomen as in K. pectinata. The chaetotaxy is more nearly that of K. magna. The chaetotaxy of the terminal abdominal segments as il- lustrated, is distinctive. The male genitalia, also illustrated, are of a type not heretofore encountered in the genus. Type material: Holotype male (USNM 65484) and allotype female collected in Charlton County, Georgia by Francis Harper during 13-14 December 1935. Twelve paratypes collected at Ocala, Marion County, Florida on 15 August 1956 by C. H. Wharton; two paratypes collected on Oatland Island, Georgia on 12 September 1949; three paratypes col- lected at Menard, Texas on 2 October 1937 by H. E. Parish; and nine paratypes collected at Carleton, South Carolina on 15 December 1934 by H. S. Peters; all in the U. S. National Museum. This species is named for Stefan von Keler, the noted German specialist on Mallophaga. LITERATURE CITED Carriker, M. A. 1958. On a small collection of Mallophaga from the United States, with descriptions of three new species. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 60: 167-174. Emerson, K. C. 1960. A new species of Mallophaga from the Barred Owl. Ent. News, 71: 169-172. Rudow, F. 1870. Beobachtungen iiber die Lebesweise und den Bau der Mallophagen oder Pelzfresser, sowie Beschreibung neuer Arten. Z. ges. NatWiss., 35: 449-487. ofa Thay in Vol. 74, pp. 193-194 11 Augyst_1961 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTO [ipua bdo Sab RGA j AUG 18 1961 | Vag Aon Gisele ¥ rie bf Rye peryy ay eh aonceemntonemaaseencare! NEW SCIURAVID RODENTS FROM THE LO EOCENE KNIGHT FORMATION OF WESTERN WYOMING By C, Lewis Gazin! U.S. National Museum As part of a general study of the mammalian faunas of the Knight formation of western Wyoming, based on more ex- tensive collections than were available at the time of my 1952 — report, there are now recognized three distinct genera of sciuravid rodents. Two of these, Knightomys senior and Daw- sonomys woodi, are from the lower Eocene Lost Cabin equiv- alent beneath the level of the Tipton tongue of the Green River formation; and the third, Sciuravus wilsoni, is from the New Fork or Cathedral Bluff equivalent, also of Lost Cabin age, but above the Tipton tongue of the Green River formation. The diagnoses that follow were abstracted from the more detailed discussion included in the manuscript on the faunas as a whole. They are published separately at the suggestion of Mary Dawson of Smith College, who is reviewing the family Sciuravidae, so that the names of the new genera and species will be available to her more promptly for purposes of com- parison and discussion. Illustrations and tables of measure- ments will be included in the forthcoming more general study of the Knight faunas. SCIURAVIDAE Knightomys, new genus Generic characters: Lower cheek teeth anteroposteriorly short, broad across talonid, and very low-crowned. Cusps low and conical. Talonid basin large but very shallow and trigonid basin scarcely discernible. Except for posterolophid, the transverse lophs are comparatively weak 1 Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 21—Proc. Biot. Soc. WaAsH., VoL. 74, 1961 (193) 194 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington and ill-defined. The mesoconid is clearly defined and there is a distinct hypoconulid. The genus is named for the Knight formation. Type species: Tillomys senior Gazin, 1952 (Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 117: 48-49). Dawsonomys, new genus Generic characters: Cusps of teeth low, but with metaconid of P4 high and well forward. Trigonid of M; broad and anteroposteriorly com- pressed, but with small, distinct trigonid basin. Talonid basin large and comparatively shallow. Ectolophid low with distinct mesoconid. Ento- conid low and lophid from entoconid low but well defined and joins hypoconid. Posterolophid extends nearly to lingual margin and close to but sharply separated from the crest extending buccally from the ento- conid. The genus is named for Mary Dawson in appreciation of her work on sciuravid rodents. Type species: Dawsonomys woodi new species. Dawsonomys woodi, new species Type: Left ramus of mandible with P4 and M;, USNM No. 19309. (This specimen was cited as “Sciuravus, possibly S. depressus Loomis” in 1952.) Horizon and locality: La Barge faunal horizon (Lost Cabin equiv- alent) of Knight, 12 miles N of Big Piney, Sublette County, Wyoming. Specific characters: Size of lower teeth appreciably smaller than in Sciuravus nitidus. Specific characters not otherwise distinguished from those cited as characterizing the genus. The species is named for Albert FE. Wood in recognition of his work on paramyid rodents. Sciuravus wilsoni, new species Type: Right ramus of mandible with Psa—Mz2, USNM No. 22425. Horizon and locality: New Fork faunal horizon (Lost Cabin equiv- alent), west side of Alkali Creek, near center of T. 29 N, R. 110 W, Sublette Co., Wyoming. Specific characters: Intermediate in size between Sciuravus nitidus and Sciuravus bridgeri, close in this respect to Dawsonomys woodi. Talonid basins of lower molars smoother and less complicated than in Bridger forms. No trace of a mesolophid or crest from mesoconid and little or no evidence of a metastylid. Teeth in general less progressive in appearance than in S. nitidus. The species is named for Robert W. Wilson in recognition of his work on Bridger sciuravids. Vol. 74, pp. 195-202 11 August 1961 PROCEEDINGS Os WIE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON MUS. COMP. ZOOL) LIBiAisi 18 1961 HARVARD UNIVERSITY A NEW RACE OF BUFO VALLICEPS FROM GUATEMALA By Epwarp R. BAYLor AND L. C. STUART Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution and Department of Zoology, University of Michigan Through a grant provided by the Horace H. Rackham School of Graduate Studies, The University of Michigan, the junior author was able to spend the winter, spring and early summer of 1955 investigating the herpetofauna of the Sierra de los Cuchumatanes of northwestern Guatemala. Extremely dry conditions prevailed throughout this region that year, and the rains, normally anticipated in mid-May, did not break until early June and even these amounted to no more than scattered showers. As a result few amphibians were secured. The junior author was fortunate, however, to be on hand for several showers that fell upon the village of Jacaltenango during the first week of June. Jacaltenango lies on a terrace of sandstone, high above the Rio Azul, and small depressions in the bed-rock fill rapidly and retain water for a considerable period after showers. In these shallow rain-ponds within the village were encountered breeding choruses of Smilisca baudini Dumerit and Bibron, 1841, Hypopachus championi Stuart, 1940, and an apparently undescribed race of Bufo valliceps Weigmann, 1833. This last it is now our pleasure to describe and to dedicate to our good friend Leonard S. Wilson, Chief, Environmental Sciences Divi- sion, O/C R and D, Department of the Army. The new race may be known as Bufo valliceps wilsoni, new subspecies Holotype: The University of Michigan, Museum of Zoology 119391. An adult male collected in a rain-pond in Jacaltenango (ca. 50 air-line 22——Proc. Brow. Soc. WAsH., Vou. 74, 1961 (195) 196 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington kilometers northwest of Huehuetenango), Huehuetenango, Guatemala on the night of 6 June 1955. Elevation, ca. 1525 meters. Collector, L. C. Stuart. Paratopotypes: The University of Michigan, Museum of Zoology, 119354—390, 119392, 23 ¢ ¢ and 15 2 @. Collected by L. C. Stuart from rain-ponds in and around Jacaltenango 6-10 June 1955. Diagnosis: A Bufo of the valliceps complex distinguished from other populations of the same by its larger and more ovoid parotoid glands and its very short, stout supratympanic crests (Figs. 1-2). Description of holotype: Head with a full complement of dorsal head- crests. Prefontal and interorbital crests continuous; flaring laterad and caudad; continuous with the postorbital crests in a gentle curve. Parietal crests directed medially and forming a right angle with the postorbitals. Supratympanic crests short and stout (see below); contained in the length of the parotoid gland almost three times and in the length of the head (see below) almost five and one-half times. Preorbital and postorbital ridges evident but not particularly well developed. Snout to about level of nostrils almost vertical in profile. Upper eyelid shorter than parotoid gland but longer than its distance from the end of the snout. Tympanum vertically ovoid; slightly more than half the length of the upper eyelid; strongly overhung by the supratympanic crest. Parotoid glands longi- tudinally ovoid, more than half as long as the head length (see below) and almost two-thirds as broad as long. Outer palmar pad about 50 per cent larger than inner. Outer metatarsal tubercle about twice the size of the inner. Toes moderately webbed; toe V webbed to joint of ultimate- penultimate phalanges. A row of inconspicuous, low tubercles extending posteroventrally from parotoids but not reaching groin. A row of dif- ferentiated conical tubercles with melanoid apices along ventral, outer edge of tarsus. Dorsum covered with low warts, large intermixed with small. The larger warts without definite apices but with many small melanoid (gland?) openings which number 15-20 on warts of average size but may amount to as many as 50 on the largest ones. Laterally the warts become more uniform in size and lack both melanoid apices and small melanoid (gland?) openings. Ventrum uniformly covered with small warts each with a melanoid apex. Upper surfaces of arms and legs with somewhat larger warts either with single melanoid apices or occasionally with a few secondary melanoid (gland?) openings. Upper and inner lateral surfaces of fingers I and II supporting dark nuptial pads, while only the inner surface of finger III is similarly darkened as is about one-half of each inner palmar tubercle. The ground color of the head and dorsum (following fixation in forma- lin and preservation in spirits) is grayish buff. The dorsal surface of the head is without markings except for dark brown fleckings on the ridges of the cranial crests. On the sides of the head the ground color fades ventrad to cream on the upper lip. The back, owing to the melanoid (gland?) openings, has a speckled appearance. A suggestion of a narrow, light mid-dorsal stripe. A poorly defined light streak borders the lateral A New Race of Bufo Valliceps line of warts above and a diffused dark streak forms a lower ae 1 Groin region cream-colored and mottled with gray and black. Upper surfaces of arms and legs cream-colored with irregular, transverse bands of gray or black. Undersurfaces cream-colored with very faint gray mottlings. Parotoids light greenish yellow punctated with tiny, dark brown (gland?) openings. Head—body length, 63.0 mm; head length (base of parietal crest to tip of snout), 18.3 mm; head width (at jaw angles), 23.0 mm; upper eyelid, 9.1 mm; supratympanic crest (outside length), 3.4 mm; long di- ameter of tympanum, 4.8 mm; right parotoid gland, 10.1 mm by 6.4 mm; leg (coccyx to distal end of tibia), 45.0 mm; foot (distal end of tibia to tip of toe IV), 36.0 mm. Variation: Table 1 summarizes variations observed in several popula- tions of valliceps with reference to the diagnostic features of wilsoni. Comparisons have been confined to males inasmuch as females in the collections studied are too few to permit valid conclusions. It may be noted, however, that females of the paratypic series differ from the males only in having slightly longer supratympanic crests, but this difference is so slight that the figures for the type series as indicated by the males are not appreciably affected. Though the senior author has analyzed these data statistically, they reveal nothing of diagnostic value that is not apparent in the raw data. In color and pattern the paratypic series shows considerable variation. Except for the banding on the extremities, all markings may be obliterated owing either to an over-all lightening or to darkening of the ground color which may vary from light brownish cream to very dark brown respec- tively. The females tend to be much darker than the males. Some indi- viduals are particularly brilliantly marked with dark brown or black blotchings, mottling or reticulations on a light background. This is especially true of the population from the Tuxtla Gutierrez region (Tuxtla Gutierrez and Berriozabal, Chiapas, Mexico). Our colleague, William Duellman, who sampled the latter, informs us that in life these indi- viduals have a light, greenish yellow dorsum with olive markings. In size, the apparent adults of the paratypic series (males with nuptial pads) vary in head—body length 49.0-64.0 mm in the males and 62.0— 76.5 mm in the females. A small male with a head—body length of 41.5 mm displays an early stage of nuptial pad development. Males of the population from the Tuxtla Gutierrez region vary 53.5-69.5 mm head— body length. The largest male I have examined, a specimen from Monte Cristo near Motocintla, Chiapas, Mexico measures 71.5 mm while the largest female, one of what I believe to be an intergrading population between valliceps and wilsoni from the Monserrat area (ca. 80 kilometers southwest of Ocozocoautla, Chiapas, Mexico), has a head—body length of 93.0 mm. ; In addition to the characters analyzed above, the nature of the warts in the differentiated lateral row and the length of the parotoid in rela- tion to the length of the upper eyelid are of some diagnositc value. As fhe A Tak { Porn ios in Vy iva f rT LU yo i LIBRARY paar ee 198 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington generalizations, the lateral row of warts is far less conspicuous and some- what more broken and shorter in wilsoni than in valliceps, and the paro- toid of the new race tends to be longer than the upper eyelid whereas in valliceps it is generally shorter. Discussion: In a recent paper (Herpetologica 13: 219-221, 1957) Firschein and Smith described Bufo valliceps macrocristatus as a popu- lation distributed through the foothill region of northern Chiapas, eastern Oaxaca and possibly extreme southern Veracruz, Mexico. Through the courtesy of Hobart Smith the junior author has been privileged to examine the following specimens assigned to that race: two paratopotypes ( Uni- versity of Illinois, Museum of Natural History 11309 and 11311, Palen- que, Chiapas), a paratype (UIMNH 35586, La Gloria, near Juchitan, Oaxaca) and a specimen from Cerro Brujo, Chiapas (UIMNH 35764). None of these specimens is in a particularly good state of preservation. All appear to have suffered from desiccation and/or strong formalin fixa- tion. The major diagnostic feature of macrocristatus is the extreme hyper- trophy of the cranial crests. Other characters include the smaller size of the tympanum which frequently varies with sex and the darker pig- mentation of the belly which varies both with size and environment. Of the paratopotypes UIMNH 11309 appears to me to be typical valli- ceps. Such hypertrophy of the cranial crests as is evident is apparently an artifact caused by tissue shrinkage in the preparotoid region. The second paratopotype, UIMNH 11311, is a moderate-sized female with well hypertrophied crests, an apparent but not necessarily real condition which may also have resulted from preservation. The La Gloria indi- vidual is very poorly preserved but does show extreme hypertrophy of the crests. However all three of these paratypes are females and hyper- trophy of the crests in large females of valliceps is the usual rather than the unusual situation. In fact, allowing for preservation, we do not be- lieve that the hypertrophy exhibited in the above paratypes exceeds to any degree that observed in large, well-preserved wilsoni females from the Motocintla region of Chiapas and valliceps females from Nicaragua. The Nicaraguan population of valliceps, in fact, is characterized by con- siderable crest hypertrophy. The Cerro Brujo specimen (we assume this to be the well-known plant collecting locality to the south of Ocozo- coautla) is a male, and on the basis of parotoid gland and supratympanic crest measurements seems to be close to wilsoni. Its locale lies within the area in which valliceps—wilsoni intergradation is suggested (see be- low). In spite of the skepticism with which we view the validity of macrocristatus we hesitate to pass judgment on it until more and better materials have been forthcoming. It may be noted, however, that a well- preserved collection of valliceps which has recently been secured in the Teapa region of Tabasco, where environmental conditions appear to be identical with those of Palenque, show no approach to the macrocristatus condition. Regardless of the status of macrocristatus, it is not, on the basis of the paratypes which have been examined, to be confused with wilsoni. A New Race of Bufo Valliceps 199 Fics. 1-2. Surface of heads of two races of Bufo valliceps contrasting the narrow, elongate parotoid and elongate supratympanic crest of Bufo valliceps valliceps with the more ovoid parotoid and short, stout supra- tympanic crest of Bufo valliceps wilsoni. 1.—Bufo valliceps valliceps, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, No. 70396; Uaxactun, El Peten, Guatemala. 2.—Bufo valliceps wilsoni, holotype. 200 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington From Chiapas and northwestern Guatemala we have had access to a few individuals which have not been included in the above analysis. These include ten specimens, mostly females, from the Motocintla region (Mazapa, Monte Cristo, Chicomuselo, and Porvenir), three adults from the Monserrat region, a single individual from Bochil (northwest of San Cristobal), three from Comitan and a single female from San Pedro Necta (ca. 50 air-line kilometers north and slightly west of Huehuete- nango, Guatemala). Of these, the Motocintla and San Pedro specimens are typical wilsoni, the Bochil and Comitan individuals apparently valli- ceps, while the Monserrat material may be regarded as valliceps-wilsoni intergrades though somewhat close to the latter. The range of this new race may, therefore, be defined as the upper valley of the Rio Grijalva in Chiapas and its headwater valleys in northwestern Guatemala at elevations between 400 and 1,600 meters. In other words, the race appears to be restricted to the western end of the northern Central Amer- ican subhumid corridor which the junior author has described previously (Contrib. Lab. Vert. Biol., Univ. Michigan, 65, 1954). In this same corridor to the east of Huehuetenango the valliceps com- plex is replaced by the coccifer complex. At Aguacatan the junior author found ibarrai, and this has been traced eastward and southward through the Salama Basin and the Sierra de las Minas to southeastern Guatemala where it is replaced at elevations below about 160 meters by coccifer. With one exception there has been found in Guatemala no sympatry be- tween the coccifer and valliceps groups. The single exception was the occurrence of a few individuals of valliceps in the little plaza in Esqui- pulas in southeastern Guatemala. Inasmuch as coccifer alone occurred, and in abundance, on the grasslands immediately around Esquipulas, it is conceivable that the few valliceps observed within the village may have stemmed from an importation. Esquipulas, it may be noted, is the most important religious shrine in northern Central America where it holds a position comparable to that of Guadalupe in Mexico. Inasmuch as ibarrai and wilsoni are superficially very similar in ap- pearance, it may be pointed out at this time that the coccifer and valli- ceps groups may be separated easily on the basis of two characters. The snout of valliceps is almost vertical in profile and forms a rounded but distinct angle with the surface of the head. In coccifer the dorsal sur- face of the head and the tip of the snout are continuous, forming an un- interrupted arc in profile. A second character is found in the structure of the larger warts of the dorsum and flanks. In the coccifer series, even in adult breeding males, the warts are cone-shaped and generally have sharply pointed, melanoid apices. In valliceps the warts are more flat- tened and may or may not support melanoid apices. The warts in the valliceps group are covered with melanoid secondary spinules which in the holotypic description of wilsoni were defined as possible multiple gland openings. In females, warts of this nature are more localized than in the males and are frequently confined to the anterior parts of the flanks. The difference in the nature of the warts parallels the condition 201 A New Race of Bufo Valliceps (SV) Lb > 608 (CV) SF > %06 (VP) G'S-0'S 0S >%06 (VT) 0'S-OF 6G>%06 (LY) PS-1TP SP >%06 (SF) 0'S-G's 97> %606 (VT) 6-0 lv > %06 (8'€) 9F-0'S SP > 606 (97) GS-OF (9°¢) T1'¢ < %08 (9S) LY < %06 (GQ) CLV 97<%06 (GS) TL-TP 8S7<%06 (9S) 69-L'P LSHHO COINVAWALVUdNS HLONAT GVH *poUTULeXO S[PNPIAIPUL FO IaqUINU 9Y} 9}COIPUT SoT}I[VOOT OY} BULMOT[OJ sosoyUsied UT SOINSIY *S[eAST (ZS) 0 < %08 (SS) 03 < %06 (SS) SST SIT<%06 (GG) GZ-8'T CE<%06 (¥C) 8'S-OS 0F<%06 (63) GSST 61<%06 (1%) SG-6T 06<%06 (B63) 8'%-0% 06<%06 (1%) €S-8T (61) 0°S > %08 (61) 0% > %06 (61) Z3-9'T 0G >%06 (61) OC-LT 03> %06 (6T) T'Z-9'T GNV19 GIOLOUVd HLONAT GVdH (0%) 3 > %08 (0S) 7S > %06 (13) 9C-¥T VE> 606 (1G) VSST CC > 606 (0S) G3-GT 66> 606 (1%) GS-LT EG >%606 (13) 9S-LT 03> %606 (8'T) O'C-FT VE> 606 (6) GSS T (O'€) 9S < %O8 (O'€) 93 < %06 (6S) O'F-3S 93<%06 (6%) 8'E-GE 93<%06 (08) O'F-VG LSAUOD OINVAWALVUdAS GNV1IS dIOLOUVd Ppo}e}s 9Y} MOTSG IO BAOQe s}yuIOd 9se}UGOIEd [VIOAVS AIVA ABUL S[AAZT JUID Jad YG pue YQ IY], *suOT}e[ndod snorieA jo so[euUt JO seTduIes UT padArasqo se wuosjim sdaoyjpa ofng JO sisouseIp 9Y} UL poeZI[M sioJOVIeYO [eIIVAVS oY} JO (SosoyjUIed UL) SUROU PUL SOUIOI}X9 OY} Po}SIT 91v OTGQe} DAOGL 94} UT » (6L) STPIOL (G) enservoIN (6) vleuteyens) UISYy MOS (eT) sedyneure jy, (GI) ZnioviaA Uloy Nos (ST) wed 1a (GT) ooseqey, (Sh) STROLL (GZ) Zoleyny eRxny, (0G) Osueuszeorl ALITVOOT » sdaoyva ofng jo suorzendog [e1aAeg UI sIojovIeYyH seIY], JO sesAjeuy jo AleuUINS—'T ATAV], 202 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington observed in Bufo regularis and Bufo funereus by Inger and Greenberg (Journ. Morph. 99(3): Figs. 6-9, 1956). The valliceps type is shown by Fig. 9 and the coccifer type by Fig. 6 and Fig. 8 (in part). In singling out the Grijalva Valley population as distinct from other populations of valliceps, we do not mean to imply that all material from Tamaulipas to Nicaragua utilized in comparisons is conspecific. We mean, rather, that, with reference to the characters examined, the Grijalva Valley population differs from all others of the valliceps complex. We would even suggest that the Yucatan (and northern Guatemala) popula- tions will probably have to be separated nomenclaturally from the popula- tions of Veracruz and the Gulf Coastal Plain to the north. The same is indicated for more southern populations. Acknowledgments: For the privilege of utilizing unreported materials in this study we wish to express our gratitude to our colleagues Norman E. Hartweg and William Duellman. Charles F. Walker has been most generous in aiding and advising us on a number of matters relating to Bufo valliceps in general. We are further indebted to Hobart M. Smith for making available to us a series of Bufo valliceps macrocristatus. The authors wish to express their profound gratitude to D. E. S. Brown, without whose able leadership, generous help, sagacious advice and kindly encouragement, this work would have been impossible. Vol. 74, pp. 203-206 11 August 1961 PROCEEDINGS OF THE A NEW SPECIES OF MOUSE (PEROMYSCUS) F OMaivensiry NORTHWESTERN VERACRUZ, MEXICO Seni alan By E. RayMonpD HALL AND TICUL ALVAREZ Museum of Natural History, The University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas Several species of Peromyscus are included among mammals recently collected in the northern part of the Mexican state of Veracruz by M. Raymond Lee. One of these species proves to be without a name. The new species is related to Pero- myscus latirostris Dalquest known from areas farther north- west and to Peromyscus furvus Merriam known from areas to the southward. These relationships, coupled with the inter- mediate geographic position of the area from which Dr. Lee obtained his specimens, caused us initially to suppose that his specimens were intergrades between the two named species. But, the specimens are not intermediate in several morpho- logical features and consequently are not intergrades. Further- more, the specimens in question differ from both of their rela- tives to so great a degree that we here accord specific, instead of subspecific, status to the unnamed mouse. Peromyscus boylii (subspecies levipes) was taken in the same trap lines that yielded the new species. According to the field notes of the collector, the area where the mice were trapped supports long-needled pine. Individuals of the new species were caught most commonly around rocks and water seeps. The new species may be named and described as follows: Peromyscus angustirostris, new species Type: Male, old adult, skin and skull, No. 83226 Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas; from 3 kilometers west of Zacualpan, 6,000 feet, Veracruz; obtained on 12 April 1960 by M. Raymond Lee, original number 1886. 23—Proc. Bio. Soc. WaAsuH., Vou. 74, 1961 (203 ) 204 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Range: Known only from Zacualpan and 3 kilometers west thereof. Diagnosis: Dorsum near (n) Mummy Brown (capitalized color terms after Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature, Washington, D.C., 1912); sides approximately (16) Cinnamon; venter whitish; size large (see measurements); tail longer than head and body; nasals pos- teriorly acuminate, and anteriorly narrow; in My, internal terminus of first primary fold (terminology of teeth after Hooper, 1957, Misc. Publ., Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 99: 9) deep and persisting as island when tooth greatly worn, mesostyle prominent, and cingulum only slightly developed. Comparisons: From both P. latirostris and P. furvus, P. angustirostris differs in whitish underparts (near (g) Pale Smoke Gray in latirostris, and Pale Smoke Gray in furvus), lesser zygomatic breadth, narrower nasals, larger mesostyle on Mj, and smaller cingulum on each molar, es- pecially on Mj. From P. latirostris, P. angustirostris further differs in: upper parts near (n) Mummy Brown instead of near (16 1) Prout’s Brown; sides approximately (16) Cinnamon instead of near (16) Och- raceous Tawny; linear measurements less except length of tail that aver- ages more, and in males ear that is approximately the same; nasals not expanded anteriorly as in many specimens of latirostris; posterior margin of palate rounded in most specimens instead of almost always truncate; in My, enamel island representing inner end of primary fold deeper. From P. furvus, additional differences in P. angustirostris are: upper parts less brownish; linear measurements approximately the same except that nasals average longer; tail averaging longer, instead of shorter, than head and body; nasals more acuminate posteriorly; longitudinal, dorsal outline of skull convex instead of almost straight from anterior part of cranium through interorbital region; tympanic bullae larger; in Mo, first secondary fold deeper and broader; in Mg, second primary fold prominent instead of almost absent; in mj, second secondary fold absent, as also is oppo- site fold, with result that mesostylid and entoconid are almost united, and ectostylid and hypoconid are nearly united; in me, ectostylid better developed. Measurements: Four old males (KU 83225-83228) and two old fe- males (83231 and 83223), respectively: Total length, 267 (251-275), 275, 270; length of tail, 139 (132-145), 126, 140; length of hind foot, 29.5 (29-30), 28, 29; ear from notch, 21.2 (21-22), 21, 20; greatest length of skull, 34.9 (34.4-36.2), —, 35.0; zygomatic breadth, 16.5 (16.0-17.5), 16.7, 16.5; interorbital constriction, 5.0 (4.8-5.3), 5.2, 4.8; nasals (length), 14.4 (13.4-15.3), 14.3, 14.8; (length of) mazxillary tooth-row, 5.0 (4.9-5.1), 5.2, 4.9. Remarks: Comparison with the two known specimens of Peromyscus nelsoni from Jico, Veracruz, reveals that it differs greatly from the three species so far mentioned. P. nelsoni lacks the white tip on the tail that each of the three species has, is larger (maxillary tooth-row 6.6 and 6.7 instead of less than 5.4 mm), has the premaxillae extending posterior to nasals instead of vice versa, and mesostyle of My larger anteroposteriorly. A New Species of Peromyscus 205 The resemblance is greater between Peromyscus angustirostris and P. latirostris than between P. angustirostris and P. furvus, especially in form——— of the teeth. For comparison we have used the original series of 32 specimens of P. latirostris and 31 recently (1946) collected specimens of P. furvus. Of the 31, all from Veracruz, five are from 5 km north of Jalapa, and the other 26 are from 2 km west of Jico, Veracruz. Each of these two series, as well as the series of P. angustirostris, contains individuals ranging in age from young having only a slight amount of wear on the teeth to old individuals having most of the crowns of the teeth worn away. There are fewer (6) old individuals of P. angustirostris than there are of P. lati- rostris or of P. furvus. In order to accommodate P. angustirostris, the key to nominal species of subgenus Peromyscus (pp. 609-612, in The Mammals of North America, by E. Raymond Hall and Keith R. Kelson, The Ronald Press, New York, March 31, 1959) needs modification on page 611 of the line reading “A6'. Total length more than 240; tail more than 120 ___ P. furvus, p. 648.” New lines can be substituted as follows: 46’. Total length more than 240; tail more than 120. a. Tail averaging shorter than head and body; longitudinal dorsal outline of skull almost straight from anterior part of cranium through interorbital region; second primary told) of Meyalmost/ absent: 20. P. furvus, p. 648. a’. Tail averaging longer than head and body; longitudinal dorsal outline of skull convex; secondary primary fold of Nish promaime nit, Oo neh ies a i P. angustirostris. Specimens examined: Total, 31, all from Veracruz, as follows: 3 km west of Zacualpan, 6,300 feet, 24; Zacualpan, 6,000 feet, 7. Acknowledgments: Study in the laboratory was supported by Grant No. 56 G 103 from the National Science Foundation. Field work was supported by grants from the Kansas University Endowment Association and the American Heart Association, Inc. We thank George H. Lowery, Jr., of Louisiana State University, for lending specimens of Peromyscus latirostris. 206 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 74, pp. 207-212 11 August 1961 PROCEEDINGS MUS. COMP. ZOOL OF THE LIBRARY BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON AUG | 8 1961 PYARD NIMIVERSITY A NEW PEARLFISH (FAMILY CARAPIDAE) FRO THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA? By Ricuarp H. RosENBLATT Scripps Institution of Oceanography, University of California, La Jolla, California Recent investigations of the shelf fauna of the Gulf of Cali- fornia, México, have revealed a number of novelties, among which is an undescribed species of pearlfish. Reference to the review by Arnold (1957) leaves little doubt that this new form is referable to the genus Echiodon Thompson 1837. This is somewhat surprising since one of the two species placed with certainty in Echiodon occurs in the North Atlantic, and the other in the Mediterranean. However, the Pacific speci- men shares certain distinctive characters with Echiodon drum- mondi Thompson 1837 and E. dentatum (Cuvier, 1817): There is a diastema in the lower jaw, the teeth are arranged in bands, the transverse processes of the third, fourth, and fifth vertebrae are unfused, and the anus is posterior (for a carapid). These features indicate that the present specimen cannot be placed either in Carapus, in which the tooth rows of the jaws are continuous, the lateral processes of the third and fourth verte- brae are fused, and the anus is under the pectoral base, or in Encheliophis, in which the teeth in the lower jaw are in a single continuous row, the lateral processes of the third, fourth, and fifth vertebrae are fused, and the anus is anterior in position. Echiodon exsilium, new species Fig. 1 Holotype: Fish Collection, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, Uni- versity of California, La Jolla, S.I.O. 60-97-61A, a 100 mm @ taken 1 Contribution from the Scripps Institution of Oceanography, New Series. 24—-Proc. Brot. Soc. WaAsH., VoL. 74, 1961 (207 ) 208 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington by Robert H. Parker on the R. V. “Spencer F. Baird” in 35—41 fathoms on a muddy sand bottom off Estero de Tasiota (from 28° 13.8’ N, 111° 46.7’ W to 28° 15’ N, 111° 48’ W), Golfo de California, Sonora, México, on 21 March 1960. The type was taken in a shrimp trawl and the host is unknown. The specimen may have been free-living, since the collec- tion contained no holothurians, no large lamellibranchs or echinoids, and only two gastropods of moderate size. Following are counts and measurements in millimeters of the type and single known specimen: Precaudal vertebrae 22; gill rakers 0 + 1+ 2 (+ six rudiments); branchiostegals 7; pectorals 20; dorsal and anal unde- terminable. Total length 100.0; snout to dorsal origin 20.9; snout to anal origin 17.1; snout to center of anus 17.0; body depth at anus 7.9; head length 14.1; head depth 6.0; head width 5.9; snout 3.1; bony orbit diameter 3.2; eye diameter 2.9; interorbit 2.0; upper jaw 7.2; pectoral 8+ (tips of middle rays curled). The body is elongate and tapering; the maximum depth is at the anus and is contained 13 times in the total length. The head is about one- seventh of the total length. The upper profile of the head is slightly con- vex from the nape to before a point above the middle of the eye, then shallowly concave to a point even with the posterior nostril. Anterior to the posterior nostril the profile descends abruptly to the upper lip. The short, obtuse snout is 5 in the head. Both nostrils are circular, but the anterior ends in a short tube. The nasal capsule is large, half as long as the orbit. The olfactory rosette has five pairs of simple, flattened lamellae. The bony orbit goes 8 times in the snout and 4.8 times in the head. The narrow interorbital is contained 1.7 times in the orbit. The maxillary extends behind the orbit for a distance somewhat less than one-half an orbit diameter. The lower jaw is slightly shorter than the upper, which overhangs it by a distance about equal to the diameter of the pupil. A fang at the front of each upper jaw is separated by a pronounced diastema from a band of villiform teeth, which is about five rows wide anteriorly and two rows wide posteriorly. The dentition of the lower jaw is similar, except that the diastema is more pronounced, and the bone narrows at this point (see Arnold, 1957: 256, Fig. 3B). The vomer is covered by an oval patch of blunt, almost granular, teeth. The villiform palatine teeth are in a band about four rows wide. The vomer- ine and palatine tooth patches are well separated. There are two cre- scentic patches of tiny upper pharyngeal teeth on each side. The toothless tongue ends in a narrow free forward projection. The anus is posterior for a carapid: 2.8 mm behind a vertical through the middle of the pectoral base. The body cavity extends far back of the anus. It ends 18.4 mm behind the center of the anus, and is empty - of any organs for the last 11.8 mm. In Carapus a similar cavity is filled by the gas-bladder. In E. exsilium, however, the gas-bladder is elongate and tightly applied to the roof of the body cavity. In this respect it resembles the gas-bladder of E. dentatum as figured by Emery (1880: Pl. I, Fig. 15). A New Pearlfish from Gulf of California Fic. 1. Echiodon exsiliwm new species. Female holotype, SIO-60-97- 61A. Total length, 100 mm. 210 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington There is a narrow slit behind the fourth gill arch. There appear to be no pseudobranchiae. The gill rakers are poorly developed. There are none on the upper limb of the first arch, and only the one at the angle and the two immediately below it are well developed. They are about half as long as the eye; the remaining six are developed as low rudiments only. The rakers of the posterior arches are all rudimentary. I am unable to determine the position of the pores along the sensory canals of the head, nor can I observe any lateral line pores. The origin of the dorsal is over the posterior third of the pectoral, and above a vertical from the tenth or eleventh anal ray. The dorsal and anal are confluent with the very reduced caudal. The pectoral is long and almost filamentous at the posterior extremity. The body is mostly pale. The skull is dark brown around the brain case, and some dark pigment runs down either side of the snout and continues back beneath the eye as a feeble bar. The anterior half of the body is completely colorless, but about halfway back there begins a series of dots along the bases of the vertical fins. There is a dusting of black pig- ment over the posterior third of the body, concentrated mostly along the fin bases and the edges of the myomeres. The peritoneum is mostly white, although there are a few melanophores ventrally, and a larger num- ber dorsally. The name is derived from the Latin exsiliuwm, an exile, and refers to the geographic isolation of the species from other members of the genus. Echiodon exsilium is not closely related to the carapids reported in the eastern Pacific, Carapus dubius (Putnam 1874), Encheliophis jordani Heller and Snodgrass, 1903, and E. hancocki (Reid, 1940). The char- acters which separate the genus Echiodon from the species of the above genera are discussed in the introduction. Arnold placed two species in Echiodon, E. drummondi Thompson, 1837, and E. dentatum (Cuvier, 1817). On the basis of dentition, E. exsilium is closer to dentatum than to drummondi. As in dentatum the vomerine tooth patch is rounded posteriorly, and there is a distinct gap between the vomerine and palatine dentition. E. exsilium also agrees with dentatum in the relatively anterior insertion of the dorsal fin (see Arnold’s Figs. 16 and 17). E. dentatum and exsilium differ markedly in head shape, however. In E. dentatum the major outline of the head is concave from the occiput to the snout, whereas in E. exsilium the major outline of the upper surface of the head is convex (there is a shallow concavity, just before the eyes). Also, the head is wider (width 42% of head length rather than 32%) and the pectoral fin longer (56% of head length rather than 42%) in exsilium than in dentatum. In addi- tion there appears to be a difference in the number of precaudal verte- brae. According to Emery (1880: 26), E. dentatum has 95 vertebrae of which 26 are precaudal. Radiographs of the type of E. exsilium, how- ever, indicate that only the first 22 vertebrae bear unfused haemal arches. In the 23rd vertebra the haemal arches are fused to form a haemal spine. This is not an apparent effect produced by the hiding of one haemal A New Pearlfish from Gulf of California Zale element by another in the picture, since three radiographs, each taken from a different angle, show only 22 precaudal vertebrae. Due to the attenuation of the body, the total number of vertebrae cannot be determined. Arnold felt that two more species might prove to be referable to Echiodon. These are Carapus rendahli Whitley, 1940, and C. cinereus Smith, 1955. The sketchy description of C. rendahli indicates that in that species the pectoral fin is considerably shorter (4 in the head rather than 1.8) and the dorsal origin farther forward (predorsal about .9 in head rather than .66). Carapus cinereus differs from E. exsilium in a number of respects. The most important difference involves the vomerine dentition. In C. cinereus (as in a number of species of Carapus) the vomer bears a median row of enlarged teeth, while in E. exsilium none of the vomerine teeth is enlarged. Also in C. cinereus the dorsal and anal origins are farther forward (predorsal 15% of total length rather than 21%) and the head is somewhat shorter (10.8% of length rather than 14.1%). It is not likely that the observed difference in head length is due to the greater size of the type of C. cinereus (215 mm), since the observed tendency in the Carapidae is for the head to become proportion- ally larger with increasing size (Arnold, 1957). The zoogeographic implications of the discovery of a species of Echiodon in the eastern tropical Pacific are difficult to assess. It is unfortunate that the generic affinities of the Indian Ocean and Pacific species Carapus cinereus and C. rendahli cannot be determined with certainty, although it seems probable that rendahli at least will prove to be referable to Echiodon. The available evidence suggests that the affinities of E. exsilium lie with the Atlantic species, especially E. den- tatum. This would suggest that E. exsiliwm or a progenitor entered the eastern Pacific from the east, via a Tertiary Central American water gap (Durham and Allison, 1960: 66-68, Fig. 7), rather than from the west, across the eastern Pacific barrier (Ekman, 1953: 72—75).. If this hypothesis is correct, it might reasonably be expected that the western Atlantic might harbor a species of Echiodon. That no such form has yet been captured is not surprising considering the rarity of carapids in collections. LITERATURE CITED Arnold, D. C. 1957. A systematic revision of the fishes of the teleost family Carapidae (Percomorphi, Blennioidea), with descrip- tions of two new species. Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., Zool., A(6)= 247-307. Cuvier, G. L. C. F. D. 1817. Le Régne Animal, Ed. 1, v. 2. Paris, Deterville: 532 pp. Durham, J. W. and E. C. Allison. 1960. The biogeography of Baja California and adjacent seas. Pt. 1. Geologic History. The geologic history of Baja California and its marine faunas. Systematic Zool., 9(2): 47-91. 212 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Ekman, S. 1953. The zoogeography of the sea. London, Sidgwick & Jackson: 417 pp. Emery, C. 1880. Le specie del genere Fierasfer nel Golfo di Napoli e regione limitrofe. Fauna U. Flora Golfes Neapel, 2: 1-76. Heller, E. C. and R. E. Snodgrass. 1903. Papers from the Hopkins Stanford Galapagos Expedition, 1898-1899. 15. New fishes. Proc. Washington Acad Sci., 5: 189-229. Putnam, F. W. 1874. Notes on Ophidiidae and Fierasferidae, with descriptions of new species from America and the Mediter- ranean. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc., 16: 339-348. Reid, E. D. 1940. A new genus and species of pearl fish, family Carapidae, from off Gorgona Island, Colombia. U. Southern California, Allan Hancock Pacific Exp., 9(2): 47-50. Smith, J. L. B. 1955. The fishes of the family Carapidae in the western Indian Ocean. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (12) 8: 401-416. Thompson, W. 1837. Notes relating to the natural history of Ireland, with a description of a new genus of fishes (Echiodon). Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 5: 52-63. Whitley, G. P. 1941. Ichthyological notes and illustrations. Australian Zoologist, 10(1): 11-50. ra ~~! tom. =e 2 | Sek 2 ae Bu) i i op i . Vol. 74, pp. 213-234 1] August 1961 MUS. COM. ZOnL PROCEEDINGS LISRATY pens AUG 18 1961 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON MARA Rh? BRAY AG wluEBeY REMARKS ON THE SYSTEMATICS OF THE UNIVERSITY SARKODINA (PROTOZOA), RENAMED HOMONYMS AND NEW AND VALIDATED GENERA By ALFRED R. LOEBLICH, JR. AND HELEN TAPPAN California Research Corporation, La Habra, California, and University of California at Los Angeles In a recent publication (Loeblich and Tappan, 1961) the writers presented an outline of the suprageneric classification of the Rhizopodea, which is to be used in the “Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology.” Since completion of that manu- script certain new developments in protozoan systematics have necessitated slight modifications, and these are here presented. In addition, several proposed genera of the “Testacea” and Foraminifera to be included in the “Treatise” have been found to be homonyms or nomina nuda and are here renamed, and five new foraminiferal genera are described so that they may be included in the “Treatise.” In the outline of suprageneric classification above men- tioned, the writers recognized three subclasses within the class Rhizopodea. These subclasses, Lobosia, Filosia and Granuloreticulosia are based on the type of pseudopodia. In addition, mention was made of the recent work by Jahn and Rinaldi (1959: 15) on the mechanism of protoplasmic move- ment, which gave an added means of separation of the sub- class Lobosia from the other two subclasses of the Rhizopodea. More recent work by Jahn, Bovee and Small (1960) has shown the advisability of recognizing a major dichotomy of the subphylum Sarkodina on the basis of protoplasmic movement. Part of the Sarkodina are characterized by a protoplasmic movement based on differential pressure due to contraction of a plasmagel cortex, which results in a flow of plasmasol. 25—Proc. Bron. Soc. WasH., Vou. 74, 1961 (213) 214 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington This mechanism has generally been accepted for the Amoebida and Mycetozoida, but is not characteristic of the remaining divisions of the Sarkodina. The remainder of the Sarkodina are characterized by a filiment-streaming type of protoplasmic movement, regarded by Jahn and Rinaldi (1959) as due to a shearing force between two adjacent oppositely moving gel- like filaments within a pseudopod, and without the presence of a plasmagel cortex. Inasmuch as the protozoan subphyla are separated on the mechanism of movement (by pseudopodia, flagella or cilia), it is logical to assume that the two distinct mechanisms are of taxonomic importance within the Sarkodina. The separation on this basis does not entirely agree with earlier classifications, as the Lobosia are thus separated as one division opposed to the filament-streaming mechanism in both the Filosia and Granuloreticulosia of the old Rhizopodea, and the Radiolaria, Heliozoia and Acantharia of the old class Actinopodea. A reorganization of the Sarkodina, on the basis of proto- plasmic movement has been under discussion by members (including Alfred R. Loeblich, Jr.) of the Committee on Tax- onomy and Taxonomic Problems of the Society of Protozoolo- gists. Although final decisions have not yet been reached by this committee, the writers are recognizing this dichotomy in the “Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology,” hence are herein restricting the class Rhizopodea to include only the subclass Lobosia characterized by the pressure flow mechanism and are recognizing the class Reticularia Lankester as distinct, in- cluding those subclasses characterized by the filament-stream- — ing mechanism, the Filosia, Granuloreticulosia, Radiolaria, Heliozoia, and Acantharia. These last three subclasses have already been covered for the “Treatise on Invertebrate Paleon- tology” by Campbell and Moore, 1954. In the reclassification of the order Foraminiferida by the writers (Loeblich and Tappan, 1961), 17 superfamilies were recognized, based on wall composition, structure and chamber development. As certain of these superfamilies are more closely related than others, it is thought advisable to group these somewhat more concisely into suborders, based solely on wall composition. These are similar in part to the divisions Remarks on the Systematics of the Sarkodina 215 | used approximately a century ago by Carpenter, Parker and Jones, 1862, Lankester, 1885, etc.—i.e., Imperforata and Perf- orata, Arenacidae, etc. The names used herein for the sub- orders are based on the names of included genera. Although categories of ordinal rank are not required to be recognized on the basis of priority, we have done so when subordinal names based on an included genus were available. These sub- orders thus are the Allogromiina Loeblich and Tappan, new suborder, Textulariina Delage and Hérouard, 1896, Fusulinina Wedekind, 1937, Miliolina Delage and Hérouard, 1896, and Rotaliina Delage and Hérouard, 1896. Subphylum SARKODINA Hertwig and Lesser, 1874 Class RHIzZOPODEA von Siebold, 1845 Unicellular organisms with amoeboid principal stage, no meganucleus; pseudopodia lobose, very rarely filiform or anastomosing, naked forms with protoplasm differentiated into endoplasm and ectoplasm, and shelled forms with zonal differentiation of protoplasm frequent. In some forms plasmodia may develop by fusion of individual amoebulae. Protoplasmic movement occurs by means of a flow of plasmasol caused by differential pressure due to contraction of plasmagel cortex (see Jahn and Rinaldi, 1959: 101). The Rhizopodea is here restricted to include only the subclass Lobosia, with orders Amoebida, Arcellinida, and Mycetozoida. Subclass Lososia Carpenter, 1861 Order ARCELLINIDA Kent, 1880 Superfamily ARCELLACEA Ehrenberg, 1832 Family Hyalospheniidae Schulze, 1877 Apodera Loeblich and Tappan, new genus Type species: Nebela vas Certes (1891: L15). Test 130-210 u in length, with subspherical body, separated from the narrowed neck by a distinct constriction, represented in the interior by a chitinous girdle; wall composed of large, regular, oval plates. Recent: southern hemisphere, South America, Australia, Hawaii, Java, Africa. Remarks: The genus was proposed by Jung (1942a: 256; 1942b: 369, 380) with the description of two species and one variety, but without type citation and therefore a nomen nudum needing validation. Certesella Loeblich and Tappan, new genus Type species: Nebela martiali Certes (1891: L14). Test chitinous, 80-200 uw in length, flask-shaped with large, very thin, almost transparent, polygonal plates; with 6 large pores in addition to the 216 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington aperture, arranged in pairs, the first pair about midway on the neck, the other two pairs perpendicular to these at the base of the neck, addi- tional small pores occur near the aperture. Recent: southern hemisphere. Remarks: Proposed by Jung (1942a: 256, 317; 1942b: 381) as Penardiella (Nebela) (a homonym of Penardiella Kahl, 1930) without type designation and therefore a nomen nudum needing validation. It is interesting to note that Nebela Leidy, 1875 was placed as a subgenus of Penardiella Jung, 1942. Jungia Loeblich and Tappan, new genus Type species: Jungia sundanensis van Oye (1949: 331). Test sack-like, globular to ovate, not compressed, of polygonal or elongate plates with a rim of sand grains forming a collar around the aperture; aperture round, central. Recent: Java, Venezuela. Remarks: Proposed by van Oye (1949: 330) with description of two species, but without type citation and therefore a nomen nudum needing validation. Superfamily CRYPTODIFFLUGIACEA Jung, 1942 Family Cryptodifflugiidae Jung, 1942 Petalopella Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Petalopus diffluens Claparéde and Lachmann (1859: 442). Petalopella, new name, is proposed for Petalopus Claparéde and Lach- mann (1859: 442), not Petalopus Kirby and Spence, 1828, and not Peta- lopus Motschoulsky, 1845. Class RETICULAREA Lankester, 1885, name corrected Class Reticularia Lankester, 1885, Encyclopaedia Britannica, 9th Ed., v. 19: 845 Unicellular organisms with amoeboid principal stage; pseudopodia may be filopodia, reticulopodia, or axopodia; may have secreted or agglutinated skeleton; protoplasmic movement by an active shearing or sliding between adjacent gel-like filaments moving in opposite directions in the same pseudopod, and in the absence of a plasmagel cortex. The class Reticularea includes subclass Filosia with orders Aconchu- linida and Gromiida, subclass Granuloreticulosia with orders Athalamida, Foraminiferida (including the order Monothalamida of the earlier pub- lication of the writers, 1961), Xenophyophorida and Labyrinthulida and the subclasses Radiolaria, Heliozoia, and Acantharia. Subclass Fitos1a Leidy, 1879 Order Gromipa Claparéde and Lachmann, 1859 Superfamily Grom1AcEA Reuss, 1862 Family Gromiidae Reuss, 1862 Bargoniella Loeblich and Tappan, new name Remarks on the Systematics of the Sarkodina PAM Fi Type species: Salpicola amylaceae Bargoni (1894: 43). Bargoniella, new name, is proposed for Salpicola Bargoni (1894: 43), not Salpicola Richiardi, 1880. Family Amphitremidae Poche, 1913 Archerella Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Ditrema flavum Archer (1877a: 103; 1877b: 336). Archerella, new name is proposed for Ditrema Archer (1877a: 103; 1877b: 336), not Ditrema Temminck and Schlegel, 1844. Subclass GRANULORETICULOSIA de Saedeleer, 1934 Order FORAMINIFERIDA Zborzewski, 1834 Suborder ALLOGROMIINA Loeblich and Tappan, new suborder Test membranous or chitinous, may have ferruginous encrustations or more rarely small quantities of agglutinated material. Includes the superfamily Lagynacea Schultze, 1854. Suborder TEXTULARIINA Delage and Hérouard, 1896, name corrected Suborder TEXTULARIDAE Delage and Hérouard, 1896, Traité Zool. Concréte: 139 Test agglutinated with foreign matter held by various cements. In- cludes superfamilies Ammodiscacea Reuss, 1862, and Lituolacea Lamarck, 1809. Superfamily AMMODISCACEA Reuss, 1862 Family Saccamminidae Brady, 1884 Subfamily Diffusulininae Loeblich and Tappan, new subfamily Test free or attached, with interior partially subdivided into chamber- lets. Type genus: Diffusulina Heron-Allen and Earland, 1924. Oryctoderma Loeblich and Tappan, new genus Type species: Crithionina rotundata Cushman, 1910: 56. Test free, large, globular, unilocular; central cavity relatively small, simple and spherical; wall agglutinated, very thick and loosely cemented, with numerous ramifying canals leading from the central cavity to the exterior, the margins of the canals being relatively firmly cemented; apertures consist of numerous circular to polygonal openings on the sur- face which lead into these canals. Remarks: The type species of this genus was originally placed in Crithionina Goés. However, the redescription of the type species (C. mamilla Goés) by Hoéglund (1947: 31) based on the original material of Goés, has shown that this genus should be restricted to the attached forms with relatively thin and simple wall, and large chamber cavity 218 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington divided by a single more or less well-developed partial septum. The free-living species with small central cavity and thick wall traversed by labyrinthine canals opening into large surface perforations therefore are removed from Crithionina to the new genus Oryctoderma. In addition to C. rotundata, the Recent C. pisum Goés, 1896, and probably C. rugosa Goés, 1896, and C. teicherti Parr, 1942 (Permian of Australia), belong to the new genus. Daitrona Loeblich and Tappan, new genus Type species: Crithionina lens Goés, 1896: 24. Test free, 2-4 mm in diameter, lenticular in section, rounded to oblong in plan; the single chamber subdivided by radial semisepta or secondary partitions, projecting inward from the wall, sometimes almost completely subdividing the test; wall finely agglutinated, loosely cemented; no localized aperture. Remarks: Daitrona, new genus, differs from Crithionina Goés in being free and in having numerous radiating secondary partitions subdividing the chamber. It differs from Oryctoderma, new genus, in having a thin wall with secondary partitions nearly completely segmenting the test, rather than a thick wall with labyrinthine passages connecting the smoothly finished inner cavity to the exterior. Superfamily LrruoLacEA Lamarck, 1809 Family Ataxophragmiidae Schwager, 1877 Subfamily Eggerellinae Cushman, 1937 Multifidella Loeblich and Tappan, new genus Type species: Clavulina communis d’Orbigny var. nodulosa Cushman (1922a: 85). Test free, elongate, early portional trochospiral with four or five chambers per whorl, progressively reducing to triserial, biserial, and uni- serial, the uniserial stage comprising a large proportion of the adult test; wall finely agglutinated, aperture terminal, cribrate, consisting of vari- ously aligned, elongate slits with bordering lips. Range: Miocene—Recent. Remarks: Multifidella, new genus, differs from Cribrogoesella Cush- man in the slender test with elongate uniserial stage and in having a multiple aperture consisting of slits with bordering lips. Originally de- scribed as Clavulina, the present type species was later transferred to Listerella Cushman, 1933 (not Listerella Jahn, 1906 = Schenckiella Thalmann, 1942) by Cushman (1936: 428), to Schenckiella by Cush- man and Todd (1945: 8) and to Martinottiella by Cushman (1947: 50). Schenckiella is regarded by the writers as a synonym of Martinottiella Cushman, 1933. The present genus appears to have arisen from Martin- ottiella by the development of a multiple aperture much as Cribrogoes- ella Cushman, 1935, developed from Goesella Cushman, 1933. The lectotype of Multifidella nodulosa Cushman, here designated (USNM Remarks on the Systematics of the Sarkodina 219 16312b), is from Albatross Station D2547, lat. 39° 54’ 30” N, long. 70° 20’ 00” W, at 390 fathoms. Suborder FusuLininA Wedekind, 1937, name corrected Suborder Fusulinacea Wedekind, 1937, Einfiihrung in die grundlagen der historischen geol., Band 2: 79 Primitively of microgranular calcite, advanced forms with two or more differentiated layers in the wall. Includes the superfamilies Parathuram- minacea Bykova, 1955; Endothyracea Brady, 1884; and Fusulinacea Moller, 1878. Suborder MitioLina Delage and Hérouard, 1896, name corrected Suborder Miliolidae Delage and Hérouard, 1896, Traité Zool. Concréte: 117 Wall porcellanous, imperforate at least in postembryonic stages. In- cludes superfamily Miliolacea Ehrenberg, 1839. Suborder RoTraLuna Delage and Hérouard, 1896, name corrected Suborder Rotalidae Delage and Hérouard, 1896, Traité Zool. Concréte: 143 Wall calcareous, perforate. Includes superfamilies Nodosariacea Ehrenberg, 1839; Buliminacea Jones, 1875; Asterigerinacea d’Orbigny, 1839; Rotaliacea Ehrenberg, 1839; Globigerinacea Carpenter, Parker and Jones, 1862; Orbitoidacea Schwager, 1876; Cassidulinacea d’Orbigny, 1839; Carterinacea Loeblich and Tappan, 1955; and Spirillinacea Reuss, 1862. Superfamily NoposariAcEA Ehrenberg, 1839 Family Nodosariidae Ehrenberg, 1839 Subfamily Nodosariinae Ehrenberg, 1839 Lankesterina Loeblich and Tappan, new genus Type species: Bolivina frondea Cushman (1922b: 126). Test free, small, symmetrically biserial throughout, with flattened sides and truncate margins; chambers low and broad as in the later stage of Dyofrondicularia, but without an early uniserial stage; wall calcareous, finely perforate; aperture terminal, radial. Range: Oligocene. Remarks: Originally described as a Bolivina, the type species of the present genus was later transferred to Polymorphina by Cushman (1929: 41) because of the radial aperture, which was illustrated by Cushman and Ozawa (1930: Pl. 30, Fig. 11). Lankesterina differs from Poly- morphina in being completely symmetrical throughout and in having truncate margins, similar to the other palmate genera of the Nodosariinae ( Dyofrondicularia, Frondicularia, etc.), but differs from these in being 220 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington biserial throughout. Polymorphina is somewhat asymmetrical particularly in its early development, and may show traces of a sigmoid development. The genus is named in honor of Sir Edwin Ray Lankester (1847-— 1929) in recognition of his outstanding contributions to the systematics of the Protozoa, and the foraminifera in particular. Astacolus Montfort, 1808 Astacolus barrowensis Tappan, new name Astacolus calliopsis Tappan, 1955, U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 236-B: 55, Pl. 17, Figs. 12-17 (not Astacolus calliopsis (Reuss), 1863, Barten- stein and Brand, 1951). This species was noted by Thalmann (1958: 761) to be a homonym and it is herewith renamed. It occurs in the lower Jurassic Kingak forma- tion (of Late Pliensbachian age) in South Barrow Test Well 3, south of Point Barrow, northern Alaska. The new specific name refers to the locality from which it was obtained. Family Glandulinidae Reuss, 1860 Subfamily Glandulininae Reuss, 1860 Entolingulina Loeblich and Tappan, new genus Type species: Lingulina aselliformis Buchner, 1942: 121. Test free, elongate, compressed, of two or more chambers in a recti- linear series, commonly with considerable overlap of earlier chambers; wall calcareous, finely perforate, hyaline; aperture ovate or an elongate slit, with a distinct entosolenian tube projecting into the final chamber. Remarks: Entolingulina, new genus, differs from Lingulina in having an entosolenian tube and from Glandulina in lacking the early biserial stage, in being compressed, and in the slit or ovate aperture rather than a radiate one. Many two-chambered species have been described which may belong to Entolingulina, but may also be twinned or freak speci- mens of Fissurina. This can be determined only by an examination of suites of these species and associated Fissurina if any. Among these two- chambered forms possibly referable to Entolingulina are Lingulina armata Sidebottom, 1907, L. bicarinata forma nasuta Buchner, 1942, L. carinata var. biloculi Wright, 1911, L. cornigera Buchner, 1942, L. cucullifera Buchner, 1942, L. falcata Heron-Allen and Earland, 1932, L. herdmanni Chaster, 1892, L. inarimensis Buchner, 1942, L. lagenoides Buchner, 1942, L. translucida Heron-Allen and Earland, 1932, and L. tubulata Buchner, 1942. Superfamily RoTALIAcEA Ehrenberg, 1839 Family Pellatispiridae Hanzawa, 1937 Pokornyella Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Siderina douvillei Abrard (1926: 31). Pokornyella, new name, is proposed for Siderina Abrard (1926: 31), Remarks on the Systematics of the Sarkodina 221 not Siderina Dana, 1848. It is named in honor of Dr. V. Pokorny, Charles University, Prague, Czechoslovakia, in recognition of his contributions to micropaleontology. Subclass RADIOLARIA J. Miiller, 1858 Although four recent monographs have been concerned with this group (Campbell in Moore, 1954; Deflandre in Grassé, 1953; Deflandre in Piveteau, 1952, and Streklov and Lipman in Rauser-Chernousova and Fursenko, 1959) a number of generic homonyms have not yet been renamed. For other homonyms, new names have been proposed in the past, but overlooked or regarded as synonyms of the invalid homonyms. These are here discussed, and the homonyms renamed under the family headings as used by Campbell in Moore, 1954. Some family group names are also changed from those used by Campbell, on the basis of priority. Only family group names applying to the corrected genera are here included. The publication of Haeckel, 1882, cited by Campbell in Moore (1954) was according to the cover for this number actually published and dis- tributed 25 November 1881, hence dates for the families cited below as Haeckel, 1881, refer to the publication listed by Campbell as 1882. Superfamily THALLASSOSPHAERACEA Haeckel, 1862, name corrected Family Thalassosphaeridae Haeckel, 1862 Thalassorhaphis Campbell, 1951 Campbell proposed the genus (1951: 527) as Thalassorhaphis, with type species Thalassoplancta brevispicula Haeckel, 1887. In a later paper Campbell (1953: 298) corrected this to Thalassorrhaphis, stating that it was originally incorrectly derived, and was corrected to agree with rules of Greek word composition. According to the rules, changes are not allowed on the basis of incorrect word formation, only when these can be shown to be a lapsus calami or typographical error. Family Lithacanthidae Popofsky, 1907 Genus Tetracina Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Tetracanthus simplex Popofsky, 1907. The name is proposed for Tetracanthus Popofsky, 1907, Zool. Anzeiger, vol. 31: 701; not Tetracanthus Hemprich and Ehrenberg, 1866, in Schneider, Monogr. Nemat.: 104. Verm. (Nemat.) See Campbell (1954: D46). Superfamily ETHMOSPHAERACEA Haeckel, 1862, name transferred Family Ethmosphaeridae Haeckel, 1862, name transferred [Ethmosphaerida Haeckel, 1862; Ethmosphaerinae Campbell, 1954; Lio- sphaerida Haeckel, 1881; Liosphaeridae Campbell, 1954; Cenosphaeri- dae Deflandre, 1952.] 222 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington According to the rules, no family can include a subfamily of prior date, hence this family name must be Ethmosphaeridae Haeckel, 1862; not Liosphaeridae Haeckel, 1881. Subfamily Ethmosphaerinae Haeckel, 1862 Cenosphaera Ehrenberg, 1854 Subgenus Chaunosphaera Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Cenosphaera primordialis Haeckel, 1887. Cenosphaera (Chaunosphaera) is here proposed for Cenosphaera (Porosphaera), as Porosphaera Haeckel, 1887, Rep. Voy. Challenger Exped. Zool., vol. 18(1): 67, is preoccupied by Porosphaera Steinmann, 1878, Palaeontogr., vol. 25, no. 3: 120, Spong. Porosphaera is recognized by Campbell (1954: D50) and Deflandre in Piveteau (1952: 770). Subfamily Plegmosphaerinae Haeckel, 1881 Dictyoplegma Haeckel, 1862 Type species: Dictyosoma spongiosum Miiller, 1858. Dictyoplegma Haeckel, 1862, Radiolaria, vol. 1: 452, 458, was pro- posed as a new name for Dictyosoma Miller, 1856, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1856: 485; not Dictyosoma Temminck and Schlegel, 1845, in Siebold, F. Japon. (Pisc.): 139, Pisces. The name Dictyosphagma Mivart, 1878, was also proposed as a new name for this genus, and is an objective synonym. Campbell (1954: D50) cites Spongodictyon Haeckel, 1862 (= Spongodictyum?) as an objective synonym of Dictyo- soma and Spongodictyon also was used by Deflandre in Grassé (1953: 342) and by Strelkov and Lipman in Rauser-Chernousova and Fursenko (1959: 433). This genus and its type subgenus thus should be referred to Dictyo- plegma Haeckel, 1862, and the subgenus Dictyosoma (Spongodictyoma) Haeckel, 1862, should be transferred to Dictyoplegma (Spongodictyoma). Family Triposphaeridae Vinassa de Regny, 1898 Vinassaia Cossmann, 1900 Vinassaia was proposed by Cossmann, 1900, Rev. Crit. Palaezool. vol. 4: 42, for Rustia Vinassa de Regny, 1898, Riv. Ital. Paleont., vol. 4: 53; not Rustia Stal, 1866, Hem. Afric., vol. 4: 8, Hem. Both Deflandre in Grassé (1953: 417) and Campbell in Moore (1954: D56) cite the genus under the homonymous name, without mention of Vinassaia, proposed as its replacement. Family Actinommidae Haeckel, 1862, name corrected and transferred [Actinommida Haeckel, 1862; Actinommatinae Campbell, 1954] This family was regarded as Astrosphaeridae Haeckel, 1882, by Camp- bell in Moore (1954: D60), but as a family cannot contain a subfamily of prior date, the earliest family group name is here used. Remarks on the Systematics of the Sarkodina 223 Subfamily Astrosphaerinae Haeckel, 1881 Anomalacantha Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Heteracantha dentata Mast, 1910. The new name is here proposed for Heteracantha Mast, 1910, Ergeb. Tiefsee-Exped., vol. 19, no. 4: 159-161; not Heteracantha Brullé, 1834, H. N. Ins., vol. 4, no. 2 (Col.): 383. Col. See Campbell in Moore (1954: D62). Anomalosoma Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Heterosoma heptacanthum Mast, 1910. Anomalosoma is proposed as a new name for Heterosoma Mast, 1910, Ergeb. Tiefsee-Exped., vol. 19, no. 4: 167; not Heterosoma Schaum, 1845, Ann. Soc. ent. France, ser. 2, vol. 2: 390, 426. Col. (Cetoniid. ); and not Heterosoma Bernhauer, 1903, Ent. Ztg. Stettin, vol. 64: 33. Col. (Staphylinid). See Deflandre in Grassé (1953: 403-404) and Campbell in Moore (1954: D62). Superfamily SponcuraceA Haeckel, 1862, name transferred [Spongurida Haeckel, 1862; Ellipsida Haeckel, 1887; Prunoidea Haeckel, 1887; Ellipsidiicae Campbell, 1954] The superfamily was referred to the Ellipsidiicae by Campbell in Moore (1954: 68) but as a superfamily cannot contain a family or sub- family of prior date, the earliest family group name is here used and elevated to superfamily rank. Family Cyphantellidae Loeblich and Tappan, substitute name The type genus of the family Cyphantidae Campbell, 1954, is a homonym. As Cyphantella Haeckel, 1887, replaces Cyphanta Haeckel, 1887, as the valid name for this taxon, the new family name Cyphantelli- dae is proposed, with Cyphantella Haeckel, 1887, as type genus. Cyphantella Haeckel, 1887 Type species: Cyphanta colpodes Haeckel, 1887. Both Deflandre in Grassé (1953: 421) and Campbell in Moore (1954: D74) refer to this genus as Cyphanta Haeckel, 1887 (Rep. Voy. Chal- lenger, Zool., vol. 18, pt. 1: 360), which is a homonym of Cyphanta Walker, 1865, List Specimens Lep. Ins. Brit. Mus., vol. 33: 855, Lep. Although Cyphantella Haeckel, 1887, was regarded as an objective syno- nym of Cyphanta by Campbell, it is the first valid name available for the genus. The type subgenus will therefore be referred to Cyphantella (Cyphan- tella), and Cyphanta (Cyphantissa) Haeckel, 1887, becomes Cyphantella (Cyphantissa ). 224 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Superfamily CoccopiscacEA Haeckel, 1862, name transferred [Coccodiscida Haeckel, 1862; Cenodiscida Haeckel, 1887; Cenodiscicae Campbell, 1954] Subsuperfamily Coccodiscilae Haeckel, 1862, name transferred The oldest validly proposed family group names within this super- family are Coccodiscida Haeckel, 1862, and Trematodiscida Haeckel, 1862. The last named is based on the genus Trematodiscus Haeckel, 1860, an objective synonym of Flustrella Ehrenberg, 1839. Therefore, the superfamily name must be based on the family Coccodiscidae Haeckel, and it is here transferred to superfamily status. The subsuperfamily Cenodiscilae Haeckel, 1887, of Campbell in Moore (1954: D76) thus becomes the Coccodiscilae Haeckel, 1862. The family names remain unchanged within the Coccodiscilae. Family Phacodiscidae Haeckel, 1881 Subfamily Heliosestrinae Haeckel, 1887 Triactoma Rist, 1885 Triactis Haeckel, 1881, Jena. Zeitsch., vol. 15: 457. Type species: Triactoma tithonianum Riist, 1885, subsequent designation by Camp- bell in Moore, 1954: D81; not Triactis Klunzinger, 1877, Koralthiere rothen Meeres, vol. 1: 85. Triactoma Rist, 1885, Palaeontographica, vol. 31 (N.F., vol. 11): 289. Type species: Triactoma tithonianum Rist, 1885, subsequent designa- tion by Campbell in Moore, 1954: D81. Triactiscus Haeckel, 1887, Rep. Voy. Challenger Exped., Zool., vol. 18, pt. 1: 421. Type species: Triactiscus tripyramis Haeckel, 1887, sub- sequent designation by Strelkov and Lipman in Rauser-Chernousova and Fursenko, 1959: 443. The nomenclatural status of this genus has been confused. Campbell in Moore (1954: D81) recognized this genus as Triactis Haeckel, 1882 (sic), and cited Triactoma titonianum (sic) Rist (correctly Triactoma tithonianum). Both Triactoma and Triactiscus were listed as objective synonyms, indicating that all three have the same type species. None of these three generic names was mentioned by Deflandre in Grassé (1953), but Strelkov and Lipman in Rauser-Chernousova and Fursenko (1959: 443) recognize Triactiscus with T. tripyramis Haeckel listed as type species. The generic name Triactis was proposed by Haeckel (1881: 457), without citation of species, hence any species could be later se- lected as type. However, the name was a homonym of Triactis Klun- zinger, 1877. Triactoma was used by Rist, apparently as a substitute name for Triactis Haeckel, 1881, not Klunzinger, 1877, although the earlier name was not mentioned. Riist stated (1885: 10) that he followed the classi- fication, families and genera of Haeckel (1881) and that the latter was so detailed that only two new generic names were required for the Remarks on the Systematics of the Sarkodina 225 Jurassic forms, Podocapsa and Salpingocapsa. In the description of these two new genera by Rust the new names were followed by the notation “n.g.” and a generic diagnosis. Triactoma was merely given as a heading (as were the other generic names of Haeckel) before the descriptions of the species included therein. Furthermore, Triactoma is not mentioned by Neave, 1940, in Nomenclator Zoologicus, or in the supplement (1950). Rist included and described three species in Triactoma—all new, Tri- actoma tithonianum, T. pachyacantha and T. ilsedense. The type species selected by Campbell in Moore was the first species described in Riist’s publication. In 1887 Haeckel used the generic name Triactiscus, as a substitute name for Triactis. Although he did not mention the change in spelling, he cited the earlier paper and page where Triactis was described. No mention was made of Riist’s paper, and it is possible that the Challenger report was already in press before Riist’s paper had appeared. Haeckel described three species under Triactiscus, T. tripyramis, n. sp., T. tricus- pis, n. sp., and T. tripodiscus Haeckel (including Haliomma triactis Ehrenberg, 1875, as a synonym, which has priority as a specific name over T. tripodiscus). As only three species were included by Haeckel, one of these must be cited as type. It cannot be an objective synonym of Triactoma, as stated by Campbell, as Triactoma tithonianum Riist was not in the original list of species included in Triactiscus. The citation of Triactiscus tripyramis Haeckel as type, by Strelkov and Lipman in Rauser-Chemousova and Fursenko (1959: 443) is therefore valid— this being the first of the three species cited by Haeckel. Although both Triactoma and Triactiscus were apparently intended as new names for the homonym Triactis Haeckel, 1881, not Klunzinger, 1877, they never- theless have different type species, as these were fixed by subsequent designation and must therefore in each case be one of the species included by the author of the genus. The correct name for this genus is therefore Triactoma Riist, 1885, as it has priority over Triactiscus Haeckel, 1887. Subsuperfamily Ommatodiscilae Stohr, 1880, name transferred [Trematodiscida Haeckel, 1862; Ommatodiscidae Stohr, 1880; Cyclo- discarea Haeckel, 1887; Euchitoniilae Campbell, 1954] The oldest validly proposed family group name within this subsuper- family is Trematodiscida Haeckel, 1862, based on Trematodiscus Haeckel, 1860, which is an objective synonym of Flustrella Ehrenberg, 1839. The oldest name based on a valid generic name is therefore the Ommatodis- cida Stohr, 1880, which should be used as a basis for the family group names referred by Campbell in Moore (1954) to the family Euchi- toniidae Haeckel, 1887 [= Ommatodiscidae] and the subsuperfamily Euchitoniilae [= Ommatodiscilae]. 226 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Family Ommatodiscidae Stohr, 1880 Subfamily Euchitoniinae Haeckel, 1887 Amphibrachella Haeckel, 1887 Type species: Amphibrachium diminutum Haeckel, 1887. The name Amphibrachella Haeckel, 1887, was regarded as an objective synonym of Amphibrachium Haeckel, 1881, by Campbell in Moore (1954: D86). Amphibrachium was also recognized by Deflandre in Grassé (1953: 349), and by Strelkov and Lipman in Rauser-Chernousova and Fursenko (1959: 446). However, Amphibrachium Haeckel, 1881, Jena Zeitsch., vol. 15: 460 is a homonym of Amphibrachium Schulze, 1880, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 29: 672, and the next valid name available is Amphibrachella. The subgenera of Amphibrachium, listed by Campbell in Moore (1954: D86) may thus be known as Amphibrach- ella (Amphibrachella), A. (Amphibrachidium), and A. (Amphibrachura), all of Haeckel, 1887. Subfamily Flustrellinae Campbell, 1954 Flustrella Ehrenberg, 1839 Subgenus Discospirella Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Discospira helicoides Haeckel, 1862. The new subgeneric name is proposed for Discospira Haeckel, 1862, which was regarded as a subgenus of Flustrella Ehrenberg, 1839, by Campbell in Moore (1954: D90). Discospira Haeckel, 1862, Die Radio- larien, vol. 1: 513, is a homonym of Discospira Mantell, 1850, Pict. Atlas: 142, Foraminifera, and of Discospira Semper, 1862, Arch. Ver. Freunde Naturgesch. Mecklenburg, vol. 15: 380, Moll. Subgenus Perispirella Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Porodiscus perispira Haeckel, 1887. Perispirella is proposed for Perispira Haeckel, 1881, regarded by Campbell in Moore (1954: D90) as a subgenus of Flustrella Ehrenberg, 1839. Perispira Haeckel, 1881, Jena Zeitschr., vol. 15: 459, is a homo- nym of Perispira Stein, 1859, Lotos, vol. 9, pt. 1: 60, Protozoa, Ciliata. Superfamily LirHe.iacea Haeckel, 1862, name transferred [Lithelida Haeckel, 1862; Litheliidae Campbell, 1954] The family group name based on Lithelius Haeckel, 1862, has priority over the Laracarida Haeckel, 1887, which was elevated to superfamily rank by Campbell in Moore (1954: D95). Family Pyloniidae Haeckel, 1881 Trizonium Haeckel, 1887 Type species: Echinosphaera datura Hertwig, 1879. Echinosphaera Hertwig, 1879, was recognized for this taxon by Camp- bell in Moore (1954: D96) and Trizonium Haeckel, 1887, and Trizonites Remarks on the Systematics of the Sarkodina 227 Haeckel, 1887, regarded as objective synonyms. However, Echinosphaera Hertwig, 1879, Denkschr. Ges. Jena, vol. 2: 181, is a homonym of Echino- sphaera Angelin, 1878, Iconog. Crin. Sil.: 28, Echin., and the next avail- able name is Trizonium which is here regarded as the valid name. Superfamily PLAGONIACEA Haeckel, 1881, name corrected [Plagonida Haeckel, 1881; Plectida Haeckel, 1881; Plectoidea Haeckel, 1887; Plagoniicae Campbell, 1954] Family Plectaniidae Haeckel, 1881 Subfamily Triplectinae Haeckel, 1881 Deflandrella Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Campylacantha cladophora Jorgensen, 1905. The new name is proposed for Campylacantha Jorgensen, 1905, in Nordgaard and Jérgensen, Bergens Mus. Hydrogr. Invest.: 129, not Campylacantha Scudder, 1897, Proc. Amer. Acad., vol. 32, no. 9: 198, 204, Orth. The genus was recorded as Campylacantha Jorgensen by Deflandre in Grassé (1953: 405, 406), by Campbell in Moore (1954: D104) and by Strelkov and Lipman in Rauser-Chernousova and Fursenko (1959: 400). Deflandrella is named in honor of Professor G. Deflandre, in recognition of his work on the Protozoa. Plectophorina Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Plectophora triomma Haeckel, 1887. The new name is proposed for Plectophora Haeckel, 1881, Jena Zeitschr., vol. 15: 424, not Plectophora Gray, 1834, Ill. Indian Zool., vol. 2 (pts. 15, 16), pl. 42, Aves. The genus is discussed by Campbell in Moore (1954: D104). Subfamily Tetraplectinae Haeckel, 1881 Talariseus Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Obeliscus pseudocuboides Popofsky, 1913. The new name is proposed for Obeliscus Popofsky, 1913, Deutsch. Sudpolar Exped., vol. 14, no. 2: 279, not Obeliscus Beck, 1837, Index Moll. Mus. Ch. Fred., vol. 1: 61, moll. and not Obeliscus Agassiz, 1845, Nom. Zool. (Moll.): 60, Moll. The genus was described as Obeliscus by Campbell in Moore (1954: D104). Superfamily ACANTHODESMIACEA Hertwig, 1879, name transferred [Acanthodesmida Hertwig, 1879; Acanthodesmidae Campbell, 1954] The family group name based on Acanthodesmia Miiller, 1858, has priority over the Stephida Haeckel, 1881, and Stephanida Haeckel, 1887, and the superfamily Stephaniicae of Campbell in Moore (1954: D105) must be changed to Acanthodesmiacea. 228 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Family Paratympanidae Haeckel, 1881 Subfamily Protympaniinae Haeckel, 1887 Toxarium Haeckel, 1887 Subgenus Toxidiella Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Toxidium cordatum Haeckel, 1887. The new subgeneric name is proposed for Toxarium (Toxidium) as described by Campbell in Moore (1954: D109). Toxidium Haeckel, 1887, Rep. Voy. Challenger Exped., vol. 18, pt. 2: 996 is preoccupied by Toxidium Leconte, 1860, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1860: 324, Col. Superfamily ARcHIPILIACEA Haeckel, 1881, name corrected [Archipilida Haeckel, 1881; Archipiliicae Campbell, 1954] Family Sethophatnidae Haeckel, 1881, name corrected [Sethophatnida Haeckel, 1881; Sethophaenida Haeckel, 1887, Setho- phatninae Campbell, 1954] The family group name Sethophormida Haeckel, 1881, is based on Sethophormis Haeckel, 1887, a synonym of Tetraphormis Haeckel, 1881, hence the oldest family group name based on a valid genus is Setho- phatnida Haeckel, 1881. The family Sethophatnidae includes the genera and subfamilies included by Haeckel, 1887, in the Anthocyrtida, by Frizzell and Middour (1951: 8) in the Sethophormidae and by Campbell in Moore (1954: D124—128) in the family Sethophormididae. Anthocyrtella Haeckel, 1887 Type species: Anthocyrtis mespilus Ehrenbreg, 1854. Campbell in Moore (1954: D125) and Strelkov and Lipman in Rauser- Chernousova and Fursenko (1959: 455) refer to this genus as Antho- cyrtis Ehrenberg, 1847. However, Anthocyrtis Ehrenberg, 1847, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1847: 54, is a homonym of Anthocyrtis Ehrenberg (January 1847), Bericht Verh. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 1846, tab. p. 385, pisces. Anthocertella Haeckel, 1887, Rep. Voy. Challenger Zool., vol. 18(2): 1269, was regarded as an objective synonym by Campbell but is the next valid name available. Anthocyrtissa Haeckel, 1887, and Anthocyrtura Haeckel, 1887, were placed as subgenera of Anthocyrtis by Campbell in Moore (1954: D126) and may now be considered as Antho- cyrtella (Anthocyrtissa) and Anthocyrtella (Anthocyrtura) respectively. Dictyoprora Haeckel, 1881 Type species: Sethamphora hexapleura Haeckel, 1887. This genus includes the forms previously placed in the genus Crypto- cephalus Haeckel, 1881, and the subgenera Cryptocephalus (Crypto- cephalus) Haeckel, 1881, and C. (Dictyoprora) Haeckel, 1881, of Camp- bell in Moore (1954: D127). The generic name Cryptocephalus Haeckel, 1881, Jena Zeitschr., vol. 15: 430, is a homonym of Cryptocephalus Remarks on the Systematics of the Sarkodina 229 Geoffroy, 1762, Hist. Insect. Paris, vol. 1: 231, Col., and of Crypto- cephalus van Beneden, 1849, Bull. Acad. Roy. Bruxelles, vol. 16, no. 1: 192, Verm. (Cest.). The objective synonym Sethamphora Haeckel, 1887, was recognized by Deflandre in Piveteau (1952: 310-311), by Deflandre in Grassé (1953: 426), and by Strelkov and Lipman in Rauser- Chernousova and Fursenko (1959: 455), but is preoccupied for the genus, s.l., by Dictyoprora Haeckel, 1881. The two subgenera thus become Dictyoprora (Dictyoprora) Haeckel, 1881, and Dictyoprora (Sethamphora) Haeckel, 1887. Family Lophophaenidae Haeckel, 1881 Subfamily Lophophaeninae Haeckel, 1881 Dictyocryphalus Haeckel, 1887 Type species: Dictyocephalus obtusus Ehrenberg, 1861. The generic name Dictyocryphalus Haeckel, 1887, was regarded by Campbell in Moore (1954: D128) as an objective synonym of Dictyo- cephalus Ehrenberg, 1861, and this genus was also referred to Dictyo- cephalus by Deflandre in Grassé (1953: 363), and to Dictiocephalus by Strelkov and Lipman in Rauser-Chernousova and Fursenko (1959: 456). Dictyocephalus Ehrenberg, 1861, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1860: 830, is a homonym of Dictyocephalus Leidy, 1857, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 8: 256, Amph. The next available valid name is Dictyocryphalus Haeckel, 1887. Family Theopiliidae Haeckel, 1881 Subfamily Theopiliinae Haeckel, 1881 Lipmanella Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Lithornithium dictyoceras Haeckel, 1860. The new name is proposed for Dictyoceras Haeckel, 1862, Die Radio- larien, vol. 1: 333, not Dictyoceras Eichwald, 1860, Lethaea Ross., vol. 1: 1263, moll. It was recorded as Dictyoceras Haeckel by Campbell in Moore (1954: D130), and by Strelkov and Lipman in Rauser-Chernousova and Fursenko (1959: 402). The generic name is in honor of Professor R. K. Lipman, in recognition of his work on the radiolaria. Subsuperfamily Stichoperilae Haeckel, 1881, name transferred Family Stichoperidae Haeckel, 1881, name transferred [Stichoperida Haeckel, 1881; Stichopilida Haeckel, 1881; Tetracyrtida Haeckel, 1881; Stichocyrtdia Haeckel, 1881; Podocampida Haeckel, 1887; Stichopiliidae Frizzell, 1951; Triacartilae Campbell, 1954; Tri- acartidae Campbell, 1954; Stichoperinae Campbell, 1954; Triacartinae Campbell, 1954] Triacartus Haeckel, 1881, is regarded by Campbell in Moore (1954: D136) as including Stichopilium Haeckel, 1881, as an objective synonym, and the type is cited as Stichopilium cortina Haeckel, 1887. However, 230 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Frizzell in Frizzell and Middour (1951: 31-32) regards the two as ob- jective synonyms but designated Stichopilium bicorne as type species of both. The family group names based on Stichopilium needed replacement and Campbell therefore proposed as new names the subfamily Triacarti- nae, family Triacartidae, and subsuperfamily Triacartilae. Only the first needed replacement, however, as the family name Triacartidae Campbell, 1954, is preoccupied by the family group name Stichoperida Haeckel, 1881 (= Stichoperinae Campbell, 1954). The subsuperfamily Triacartilae Campbell, 1954, is preoccupied by the Stichoperida Haeckel, 1881, Arto- phormida Haeckel, 1881 (= Artophormididae and Artophormidinae Campbell, 1954 = correctly Artophormidae), Stichophormida Haeckel, 1881, Stichophatnida Haeckel, 1881 (= Stichophatninae Campbell, 1954), Stichocorida Haeckel, 1881 (= Stichocoridae Frizzell, 1951; Stichocory- thidae Campbell, 1954), Lithocampida Haeckel, 1887, Stichocapsida Haeckel, 1881 (= Stichocapsinae Campbell, 1954), and Artocapsida Haeckel, 1881. It is here recognized as subsuperfamily Stichoperilae. Family Artophormidae Haeckel, 1881 [Artophormida Haeckel, 1881; Artophaenida Haeckel, 1881; Arto- phormididae Campbell, 1954] Anthocorys Haeckel, 1881 Subgenus Cyrtocorys Haeckel, 1887 Type species: Phormocampe mitra Haeckel, 1887. Cyrtocorys Haeckel, 1887, was originally an invalidly changed spelling of Cyrtocoris Haeckel, 1881, Jena Zeitschr., vol. 15: 438, and thus a jun- ior objective synonym. However, as Cyrtocoris Haeckel, 1881, is a homo- nym of Cyrtocoris White, 1842, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 3, no. 2: 89, Hem., the name Cyrtocorys may be used for this taxon. It was re- ferred to Anthocorys (Cyrtocorys) Haeckel, 1882, by Campbell in Moore (1954: D139), but the spelling as Cyrtocorys dates only from 1887. Family Aulosphaeridae Haeckel, 1862 Subfamily Campbellellinae Loeblich and Tappan, substitute name [Aulonida Haeckel, 1887; Auloniinae Campbell, 1954] As the type genus of the subfamily Auloniinae is a homonym, here renamed as Campbellella, the subfamily name must be replaced by that based on the valid generic name. Campbellella Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Aulonia hexagonia Haeckel, 1887. The new name is proposed for Aulonia Haeckel, 1887, Rep. Voy. Chal- lenger, Zool., vol. 18, no. 40: 1633, a homonym of Aulonia Koch, 1847, Die Arachniden, vol. 14, pt. 3: 97. It was described as Aulonia by Campbell in Moore (1954: D150). The generic name is in honor of Professor A. S. Campbell, in recognition of his work on the Radiolaria. Remarks on the Systematics of the Sarkodina 2a Superfamily CHALLENGERIACEA Murray, 1876, name corrected [Challengerida Murray, 1876; Challengeriicae Campbell, 1954] Family Lirellidae Loeblich and Tappan, substitute name As the family Cadiidae Borgert, 1910, is based on Cadium Bailey, 1856, a homonym of Cadium Link, 1807, the family name must be changed to one based on a valid genus. Lirella Ehrenberg, 1872 Cadium Bailey, 1856, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 22, p. 3. Type species: Cadium marinum Bailey, 1856. Fixed by original designation (mono- typy); not Cadium Link, 1807, Beschr. Nat. Samml. Univ. Rostock, vol. 3, p. 113, Moll. Difflugia (Lirella) Ehrenberg, 1872, Abh. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin for 1871, p. 248. Type species: (here designated) Lirella baileyi Ehren- berg, 1872, new name for Cadium marinum Bailey, 1856 = Difflugia (Lirella) marina (Bailey) Ehrenberg, 1872, not Difflugia marina Bailey, 1856. PEucadium Ehrenberg, 1872, Abh. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin for 1871, p. 248. Type species: (here designated) Difflugia ( Lirella) seriata Ehrenberg, Mees, Beroetta Cleve, 1899, K. Svenska Vetens. Akad. Handl., vol. 22, no. 3, p. 27. Type species: Beroetta melo Cleve, 1899, fixed by original designation (monotypy ). Cadiumella Strand, 1928, Arch. Naturgesch., vol. 92, A8 for 1926, p. 31, new name for Cadium Bailey, 1856, not Cadium Link, 1807. Type species: Cadium marinum Bailey, 1856, objective. Cadimella Stand, Campbell in Moore, 1954, Treatise on Invert. Paleon- tology, Pt. D, Protista 3, p. D152. Misspelling of Cadiumella and Strand, placed in synonomy of Cadium Bailey. Cadium was described by Bailey in 1856, but was a homonym of Cadium Link, 1807, a mollusk, and therefore renamed by Strand in 1928. The homonymy and subsequent renaming has been overlooked by the recent Treatises (Deflandre in Grassé, 1953: 377, and Campbell in Moore, 1954: D152) and the genus recognized as Cadium. Campbell even included Cadiumella Strand (although generic name and author were both misspelled) and Beroetta Cleve, 1899, in the synonomy of Cadium. Although Cadiumella was proposed as a substitute name for the homo- nym Cadium, it is preoccupied by Beroetta Cleve, which has long been regarded as congeneric (Borgert, 1910, Ergebnisse Plankton-Exped., Humboldt Stiftung, Kiel and Leipzig, vol. 10: 384-414). Furthermore, in 1872 Ehrenberg discussed Cadium marinum Bailey in connection with numerous other protozoans, many of which he regarded as belonging to Difflugia although now placed in many different genera, families and orders. He described a number of subgenera of Difflugia, one of which 232 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Difflugia (Lirella) included three species in the original list. One of these was Lirella baileyi, new name for Cadium marinum Bailey, 1856, because Ehrenberg considered this a homonymous species, as he placed Difflugia marina Bailey (possibly = Paraquadrula) and Cadium marinum Bailey in the same “genus.” This congeneric status has not since been accepted by any later workers, because Difflugia marina Bailey belongs to the Rhizopodea (Arcellacea) whereas Cadium marinum Bailey is a Radiolarian. Thus there is no true homonymy and species Lirella baileyi, here designated as type species of Lirella Ehrenberg, is an objective syno- nym of Cadium marinum. The genus therefore should be referred to Lirella, and the type species Lirella baileyi Ehrenberg = Cadium mari- num Bailey. Eucadium was also proposed by Ehrenberg, with two species originally included, of which Difflugia (Lirella) seriata Ehrenberg is here designated as type. Subclass ACANTHARIA Haeckel, 1862 Superfamily AsTROLONCHACEA Haeckel, 1881, name corrected Family Astrolonchidae Haeckel, 1881 Subfamily Astrolonchinae Haeckel, 1881 Dipelicophora Loeblich and Tappan, new name Type species: Dicranophora buetschlii Schewiakoff, 1926. New name proposed for Dicranophora Schewiakoff, 1926, Fauna e Flora Golfo di Napoli, vol. 37: 163; not Dicranophora Macquart, 1834, Roret’s Suite 4 Buffon, Diptéres, vol. 1: 255 (Diptera). For discussion see Deflandre in Grassé (1953: 304) and Campbell in Moore (1954: D34). Superfamily Dorataspacea Haeckel, 1862, name corrected Family Dorataspidae Haeckel, 1862, name corrected [Dorataspida Haeckel, 1862; Dorataspididae Campbell, 1954] Orophaspis Haeckel, 1881 Orophaspis Haeckel, 1881, Jena. Zeitschr., vol. 15: 468. Stegaspis Haeckel, 1881, Jena. Zeitschr. vol. 15: 468; objective; not Stegaspis Germar, 1833—Hem. Type species: Orophaspis diporaspis Haeckel, 1887. Campbell (1954: D37) recognizes Stegaspis Haeckel, with Orophaspis regarded as an objective synonym. Orophaspis is the valid name, as it has priority and, because Stegaspis Haeckel is a homonym. LITERATURE CITED Abrard, R. 1926. Un foraminifére nouveau du Campanien de la Charente-Inférieure. Compte Rendu Somm. Soc. Géol. France, fasc., 4: 31-32. Archer, W. 1877a. In Proceedings, Dublin Microscopical Club, session, July 13, 1876. Quart. Jour. Micro. Sci., n. ser., 17: 102-104. Remarks on the Systematics of the Sarkodina 235 1877b. Résumé of recent contributions to our knowledge of “fresh water Rhizopoda,” Part IV. Quart. Jour. Micro. Sci., n. ser., 17: 330-353, Pl. 21. Bargoni, E. 1894. Di un foraminifero parassita nelle Salpe e consid- erazioni sui corpuscoli amilacei dei protozoi superiori. Rome, R. Univ., Biol. Lab., Ricerche, vol. 4 (1894-95), fasc. 1-2: 43-64, Pls. 3, 4. Campbell, A. S. 1951. New genera and subgenera of Radiolaria. Jour. Paleontology, 25( 4): 527-530. 1953. Errata. Jour. Paleontology, 27(2): 298. and R. C. Moore. 1954. Protista 3 (chiefly Radiolarians and Tintinnines). In R. C. Moore, Treatise on Invertebrate Pa- leontology, Pt. D: i-xii, DI-D195, Figs. 1-92. Carpenter, W. B. 1861. On the systematic arrangement of the Rhizo- poda. Nat. Hist. Review, 1: 456—472. ——_—_——.,, W. K. Parker, and T. R. Jones. 1862. Introduction to the study of the Foraminifera. Ray Soc. London: 1-319, Pls. 1-22. Certes, A. 1891. Protozoaires. Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn 1882-1883, vol. 6, Zool., pt. 3: L1—L43, Pls. 1-6. Claparéde, E. and J. Lachmann. 1859. Etude sur les Infusoires et les Rhizopodes, 1 e™ vol., 2 ™e livr., Mém. l’Inst. Genevois, 6: 261-482. Cushman, J. A. 1910. A monograph of the Foraminifera of the north Pacific Ocean, Pt. 1, Astrorhizidae and Lituolidae. U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 71, pt. 1: 1-134, Figs. 1-203. . 1922a. Foraminifera of the Atlantic Ocean. Pt. 3. Textu- lariidae. U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 104, pt. 3: 1-143, Pls. 1-26. 1922b. The Foraminifera of the Mint Spring calcareous marl member of the Marianna limestone. U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 129-F: 123-152, Pls. 29-35. . 1929. Notes on the Foraminifera of the Byram marl. Cush- man Lab. Foram. Research, Contr., 5(2): 40-48, Pls. 7, 8. 1936. Geology and paleontology of the Georges Bank can- yons. Pt. 4. Cretaceous and late Tertiary Foraminifera. Geol. Soc. Amer., Bull., 47(3): 413-440. 1947. A supplement to the monograph of the foraminiferal family Valvulinidae. Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Spec. Publ. 8A: 1-69, Pls. 1-8. and Y. Ozawa. 1930. A monograph of the foraminiferal family Polymorphinidae, Recent and fossil. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 77: 1-195, Pls. 1-40. and R. Todd. 1945. Miocene Foraminifera from Buff Bay, Jamaica. Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Spec. Publ. 15: 1-73, Pls. 1-12. Delage, Y. and E. Hérouard. 1896. Traité de Zoologie Concréte. Tome 1. La cellule et les Protozoaires. 1-584. Paris. 234 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Frizzell, D. L. and E. S. Middour. 1951. Paleocene Radiolaria from southeastern Missouri. Bull. Univ. Missouri, School Mines and Metallurgy, Tech. Ser., 77: 1-41. | Goés, A. 1896. Reports on the dredging operations off the west coast of Central America to the Galapagos, to the west coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf of California, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, carried on by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer “Albatross” during 1891, Lieut. Commander Z. L. Tanner, U.S.N., Commanding. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 29(1): 1-103, Pls. 1-10. Grassé, P.-P. 1953. Traité de Zoologie. Protozoaires Tome 1, fasc. 2: 1-1160. Haeckel, E. 1881. Prodomis systematis Radiolarium. Entwurf eines Radiolarien—Systems auf Grund von Studien der Challenger —Radiolarien. Jena. Zeitschr. Naturw., 15: 418-472. Hoglund, H. 1947. Foraminifera in the Gullmar Fjord and the Skag- erak. Zool. Bidrag Fran Uppsala, 26: 1-328, Pls. 1-31. Jahn, T. L., E. C. Bovee, and E. Small. 1960. Mechanisms of move- ment: The basis for a new major dichotomy of the Sarcodina. Jour. Protozoology, 7, supplement: p. 8. and R. A. Rinaldi. 1959. Protoplasmic movement in the foraminiferan, Allogromia laticollaris; and a theory of its mechanism. Biol. Bull., 117: 100-118. Jung, W. 1942a. Siidchilenische Thekamdben (Aus dem siidchilen- ischen Kiistengebiet Beitrag 10). Arch. Protist., 95: 253-356. 1942b. Illustrierte Thekamoében-Bestimmungstabellen: I. Die Systematik der Nebelinen. Arch. Protist., 95: 357-390. Lankester, E. R. 1885. Protozoa. In The Encyclopaedia Britannica, 9th Ed., 19: 830-866. Loeblich, A. R. Jr. and H. Tappan. 1961. Suprageneric classification of the Rhizopodea. Jour. Paleontology, 35(2): 245-330. Moore, R. C. 1954. Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, Pt. D: i—xii, DI-D195, Figs. 1-92. van Oye, P. 1949. Rhizopodes de Java. Bijdragen Tot de Dierkunde, 28: 327-352, PI. 28. Piveteau, J. 1952. Traité de Paléontologie, 1: 1-782. Rauser-Chernousova, D. M. and A. V. Fursenko. 1959. Osnovy Pa- leontologii. Obshchaya Chast Prosteishie. Akad. Nauk SSSR. 1-368, 894 figs., Pls. 1-13. Rust, D. 1885. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der fossilen Radiolarien aus Gesteinen des Jura. Palaeontographica, 31 (N.F., vol. 11): 269-322, Pls. 26—45. Thalmann, H. E. 1958. Bibliography and index to new genera, species and varieties of Foraminifera for the year 1955. Jour. Paleontology, 32(4): 737-762. 5 = 7 f a Vol. 74, pp. 235-240 11 August 1961 PROCEEDINGS MUS. COMP. Z00L OF THE LGRARY BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON) 41/6 1 8 1961 PARIS (rivAAD NEW VENEZUELAN LEAFHOPPERS OF THE, UNIVERSITY SUBFAMILIES XESTOCEPHALINAE AND NEOCOELIDIINAE (HOMOPTERA: CICADELLIDAE ) By JAMEs P. KRAMER Entomology Research Division, Agriculture Research Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. This paper adds three new species to the genus Portanus reviewed by Linnavuori (1959. Ann. Zool. Soc. “Vanamo’ 20(1): 45-51), and a new genus and species to the Neocoelidiinae re- viewed by DeLong (1953. Lloydia 16(2): 93-131). All of the material treated in this paper will be deposited in the col- lection of the United States National Museum. The new species described herein were collected by my friend and colleague, J. Maldonado Capriles of the University of Puerto Rico, College of Agriculture, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico. The collection, although small, contained some most inter- esting forms from several localities in Amazonas Territory, Venezuela, an area where the cicadellid fauna is almost unknown. XESTOCEPHALINAE Portanus linnavuorii, new species Length: Male 5.2 mm. Coloration: Color and markings indistinguishable from P. boliviensis (Baker ) treated by Linnavuori (pp. 50-51). Male genitalia: Connective elongated and Y-shaped; style slender with both apical lobes well developed (Fig. 13). Aedeagus (Fig. 14) similar to that of boliviensis (Linnavuori, Fig. 20B) but differing from it as follows: The aedeagal apex is entire, not trifid, and the finely toothed dorsal projection is large. Like boliviensis, the dorsal portion of the aedeagus is membranous. Holotype: Male, Venezuela, Territory Amazonas, Upper Cunucunuma, 26—Proc. Biou. Soc. WaAsu., Vou. 74, 1961 (235) 236 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Tapara, 20 April 1950, J. Maldonado Capriles. USNM type no. 64881. Female unknown. Comparative note: This species is very close to boliviensis, but it is larger and differs in the characters of the aedeagus. | Portanus facetus, new species Length: Male 5.7 mm. Coloration: Venter and legs stramineous. Face stramineous with a brown stripe along each lateral margin of clypeus extending on to cly- pellus and fading out. Crown bright orange with exceedingly minute red dots. Two subtriangular dark brown spots partially surround the marginal red ocelli. These spots meet at midline of crown and extend caudad as a single stripe or two very narrow stripes meeting the dark coronal suture. Angle formed by margin of eye and posterior margin of crown, dark brown. Pronotal ground color brown, but with numerous small colorless oval or elongate-oval spots. Scutellum bright orange with anterior angles broadly dark brown, also with mesal broad dark brown stripe which fades before apex. Ground color of forewings brown hyaline with veins darker, especially in anterior costal area. Apex of forewings at times smoky brown. Claval commissure narrowly bright orange with obvious spot of same color before claval apex. Area of clavus next to the narrow bright orange commissure, dark brown. This dark brown area could be interpreted as a stripe running from each anterior angle of the scutellum on to the forewings and along the claval commissure being interrupted by a bright orange spot before attaining the claval apex. Male genitalia: Pygofer with ventral margin greatly thickened (Fig. 8). Connective Y-shaped, clearly articulated to aedeagus, with forked distal flap (Fig. 7). Mesal lobe of style curved laterad, lateral lobe broad and blunt (Fig. 7). Aedeagus elongated with pair of long apical proc- esses directed ventrally (Fig. 5). Gonopore opens ventrally near apex (Fig. 6). Holotype: Male, Venezuela, Territory Amazonas, Upper Cunucunuma, Tapara, 20 April 1950, J. Maldonado Capriles. USNM type no. 64880. Paratype male, some data except Juiian, 28 April 1950. Female unknown. Comparative note: This species and elegans are the only members of the genus with bright orange markings. It is easily distinguished from elegans on the basis of markings. In facetus the pronotum lacks orange spots, the dark brown markings between the eyes consist of a pair of irregular triangles, and the clypeus lacks reticulated markings. The many differences in the male genitalia will separate the species as well. Portanus elegans, new species Length: Male 5.5—-5.7 mm. Coloration: Venter, legs, and face as in facetus except for additional weakly defined brown stripes on face extending on each side from an- tennal base along lorum to apex of each gena, and brown reticulated markings on upper half of clypeus. Crown bright orange with broad, MALDONADO! 5 FACETUS 7 ELEGANS ° J ) 11 Na “ 14 LINNAVUORI| Fics. 1-14. Figs. 1-4, Deltocoelidia maldonadoi. 1.—ventral view of genital capsule. 2.—apical portion of style ventrally. 3.—lateral view of aedeagus. 4.—ventral view of aedeagus. Figs. 5-8, Portanus facetus. 5.—lateral view of aedeagus. 6.—ventro-apical portion of aedeagus. 7.—dorsal view of connective and style. 8.—lateral view of pygofer. Figs. 9-12, P. elegans. 9.—lateral view of aedeagus. 10.—ventro-apical portion of aedeagus. 11.—dorsal view of style. 12.—lateral view of pygofer. Figs. 13-14, P. linnavuorii. 13.—ventral view of connective and style. 14.—lateral view of aedeagus. Note: Drawings made at vari- ous magnifications from holotypes. 238 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington dark brown, interrupted, transverse band between anterior margins of eyes, band touches marginal red ocelli but does not touch eyes. At the middle, the band projects caudally as a sharp marking meeting the coronal suture. Band broken medianly by narrow longitudinal orange area. Additional pair of narrow brown stripes originating from posterior mar- gin of crown on either side of coronal suture. These stripes diverge an- teriorly and reach almost to the transverse band. Pronotum as in facetus except for pair of elongate bright orange spots. Scutellum pale with a few brown markings and an orange spot at middle of each lateral margin. Forewings brown hyaline with veins mainly dark brown, and an irregular brown marking across base of anteapical cells. Clavi marked as in facetus except orange area slightly wider. Male genitalia: Pygofer with long slender ventral process curved dorsally (Fig. 12). Connective as in facetus. Style similar to facetus but less robust and with comparative differences (Fig. 11). Aedeagus resembles that of facetus but shorter, and lacks long apical processes (Fig. 9). Gonopore opens ventrally (Fig. 10). Holotype: Male, Venezuela, Territory Amazonas, Culebra N. Duida, 1-4 July 1950, J. Maldonado Capriles. USNM type no. 64879. Two paratype males: One, same data except Upper Cunucunuma, Julian, 28 April 1950; another, same data except Upper Cunucunuma, Tapara, 20 April 1950. Female unknown. Comparative note: The only species with which elegans might be con- fused is facetus. It is easily distinguished from facetus by the orange spots on the pronotum, the dark brown band on the crown between the anterior margins of the eyes, and the brown reticulated markings on the upper half of the clypeus. The many differences in the male genitalia are distinctive also. NEOCOELIDIINAE Deltocoelidia, new genus Type species: Deltocoelidia maldonadoi new species In DeLong’s key to genera (pp. 94-95), this new genus would trace to Stenocoelidia. Like Stenocoelidia, Deltocoelidia lacks a carina between the face and crown; unlike Stenocoelidia, the pygofer lacks a ventral tooth, the aedeagus has paired lateral processes, and the valve and male plates are solidly fused and appear as a single plate on the venter of the genital capsule. The clypellus is slightly tumid, and the venation of the forewings is undiscernible except in the clavus and at the apex. Deltocoelidia maldonadoi, new species Length: Male 6 mm, female 6.5 mm. Coloration: Venter, legs, and face stramineous. Crown, pronotum, and scutellum with ground color stramineous; wide cherry-red, median, longi- tudinal stripe running from apex of crown to base of pronotum. Stripe constricted at the middle of crown and widest at pronotal base, may extend on to scutellum where it fades out. Forewings stramineous hyaline New Venezuelan Leafhoppers 239 marked as follows: clavus with moderately broad, red stripe running along scutellum and commissural margin, two dark brown spots flank stripe in clavus, third brown spot occurs just outside of claval apex with fourth spot directly behind it. These four spots in each wing are ap- proximately linear in arrangement. Male genitalia: Pygofer without processes or hooks. Valve and plates fused, appearing as single ventral covering for genital capsule (Fig. 1). Connective Y-shaped, largely membranous, and articulated with aedea- gus. Styles long and slender with apical lobes well developed (Fig. 2). Aedeagus slender and recurved apically, a pair of moderately heavy lateral processes arising on distal portion of the shaft (Figs. 3-4). Female genitalia: Pregenital sternite of female broadly and shallowly concave. Holotype: Male, Venezuela, Territory Amazonas, Upper Cunucunuma, Juiian, 28 April 1950, J. Maldonado Capriles. USNM type no. 64882. Two female paratypes same data except Mount Marahuaca, northern slopes, Benitez Camp. 1—25 May 1950. Comparative note: The male genitalia are unique and readily distin- guish the species. The color pattern in the type is faded so that the red claval stripe is just discernible. 240 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington abt + t Vol. 74, pp. 241-244 11 August 1961 Tiss ea 709 PROCEEDINGS : pen OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON | 1 tat THE STATUS OF HAGENOWELLA CUSHMAN, 1 33 811 riser AND A NEW GENUS HAGENOWINA By AuFrep R. LOEsBLIicu, JR. AND HELEN TAPPAN California Research Corporation, La Habra, California; University of California at Los Angeles, California The genus Hagenowella was originally described by Cush- man (1933, p. 21) as having a trochoid spire, with vertical radial internal partitions projecting from the outer wall and partially subdividing the chambers. The genus was mono- typic, and the type species designated as Valvulina gibbosa dOrbigny, 1840. Marie (1941, p. 41) noted that this descrip- tion had been based on misidentified material as it was not conspecific with the V. gibbosa of d’Orbigny. The original specimens of Valvulina gibbosa dOrbigny, from the Craie Blanche of Saint-Germain, France (designated as type species of Hagenowella by Cushman) were restudied in Paris by Marie. He stated that the type slide contained two specimens, a composite of these being the basis for dOrbigny’s type figures. The small globular specimen, which was drawn by dOrbigny for the general form of the test was stated by Marie to be doubtful, but possibly an Ataxo- gyroidina [= Ataxophragmium|] or a Globigerina elevata dOr- bigny, 1840 [a species Marie transferred to the genus Hageno- wella]. The other larger specimen Marie stated to be an Arenobulimina with abnormal final chamber, apparently the basis for the representation of the aperture, although modi- fied, in d’Orbigny’s figures. Marie stated that the French specimens did not have an apertural tooth and did not have internal partitions, as did the specimens figured and de- scribed by Cushman. Marie then stated that Valvulina gibbosa should be rejected as type species and proposed that Globig- erina elevata d'Orbigny, 1840 be made the type of Hageno- 27—Proc. Brot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 74, 1961 (241) 242 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington wella. Unfortunately, the type species cannot be changed by later workers, hence the type must remain Valvulina gibbosa. On the basis of the original specimens of the type species, Hagenowella Cushman, 1933 becomes a synonym of Areno- bulimina Cushman, 1927. The specimens figured by Cushman as Hagenowella gib- bosa (1933, Pl. 1, Figs. 1-3) were not identified as to exact locality, but specimens were stated (Cushman, 1933, p. 21) to have been obtained from “the Senonian of the Island of Riigen, in the Craie Blanche of the Paris Basin, and from the Chalk of England.” In a later publication (Cushman, 1937, Pl. 21, Figs. 1, 2), the same illustrations were used, and then stated to be from the Cretaceous of France. An examina- tion of the types in the Cushman Collection by the writers showed this last statement to be in error, as the figured specimens (Cushman Coll. 21213) are labelled from Upper Cretaceous (Senonian), Island of Rigen, Germany. These internally partitioned forms thus are not conspecific with Valvulina gibbosa. The French species with simple interior is correctly referred to Arenobulimina, and the German one should be referred to Valvulina quadribullata von Hagenow (a species described from Riigen and erroneously regarded by Cushman as a synonym of V. gibbosa d’Orbigny ). As Hagenowella is a junior synonym of Arenobulimina, the species with internal partitions requires a new generic name. Family Ataxophragmiidae Schwager, 1877 Subfamily Ataxophragmiinae Schwager, 1877 Hagenowina Loeblich and Tappan, new genus Hagenowella Cushman, 1933, Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 5, v. 26, p. 21 (part, including Hagenowella gibbosa (d’Orbigny) of Cushman, not Valvu- lina gibbosa d’Orbigny ). Type species: Valvulina quadribullata von Hagenow, 1842. Test trochospiral, with three or more chambers per whorl; interior of chambers subdivided by partial radial partitions projecting inward from the outer wall as in Ataxophragmoides; aperture an interiomarginal slit or loop with an indistinct tooth. Range: Upper Cretaceous (U. Senonian or Maestrichtian ). Remarks: The present genus includes forms included by Cushman in Hagenowella, but does not include Valvulina gibbosa d’Orbigny, the type species of Hagenowella, which has been shown to have simple, non- subdivided chambers. The specimens referred to Hagenowella gibbosa The Status of Hagenowella $243) by Cushman (1933, Pl. 1, Figs. 1-3; 1937, Pl. 21, Figs. 1, 2) are in the 51) U. S. National Museum (Cushman Coll. No. 21213) and are from’ the--—--— Upper Cretaceous (Upper Senonian), Island of Rigen, Germany. They should correctly be referred to Valvulina quadribullata von Hagenow = Hagenowina quadribullata (von Hagenow ). SUMMARY Hagenowella Cushman, 1933, was based on specimens misidentified as Valvulina gibbosa d’Orbigny, 1840. As Valvulina gibbosa has simple, nondivided chambers, Hagenowella is a junior synonym of Arenobulimina. Valvulina quadribullata von Hagenow includes the specimens with verti- cal internal partitions identified as Valvulina gibbosa by Cushman and is here made the type species for the new genus Hagenowina. LITERATURE CITED Cushman, J. A. 1933. Two new genera, Pernerina and Hagenowella, and their relationships to genera of the Valvulinidae: Amer. Jour. Sci., ser. 5, 26: 19-26, Pls. 1-2. 1937. A monograph of the foraminiferal family Valvulini- dae: Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Spec. Publ. No. 8: 1-210, Pls. 1-24. Hagenow, F. von. 1842. Monographie der Riigen’schen Kreide-Ver- steinerungen; Abt. I1J—Mollusken: Neues Jahrb. Min. Geogn. Geol. Petref.-Kunde, pp. 528-575, Pl. 9. Marie, P. 1941. Les foraminiféres de la Craie a Belemnitella mucro- nata du Bassin de Paris: Mus. Natl. d’Hist. Nat., Mém., n. | sér., 12(1): 1-296, Pls. 1-37. d’Orbigny, A. 1840. Mémoire sur les foraminiféres de la Craie Blanche du Bassin de Paris: Soc. Géol. France, Mém., 4(1): 1-51, Pls. 1-4. 944 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington a /* / e) — IVA\ -W ¥ RETINA TON HORN ree eeeeRO mm ot coe Sah ah 8 pe 7 9 1 Hie Mahe Fare 76 a8, oo a eee | SES oP Ba Biaedke fia ed Ne qt wre «af 2 Qe bss 5 Vol. 74, pp. 245-248 8 December 1961 jf jporiy Bae She 25h & ' IDEG 18 196 PROCEEDINGS feta. OF THE | RAR BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON | asta hl dni lg Aa A NEW SUBSPECIES OF WARBLER FROM CERRO DE LA NEBLINA, VENEZUELA, AND NOTES By WiLLuiAM H. PHELPs AND WiLL1AM H. PHELBs, JR. Further research in our collection shows that our expedi- tion of 1954 to the newly discovered Cerro de la Neblina in the extreme southwestern part of Venezuela, near where Brazil, Colombia and Venezuela meet, collected the follow- ing new subspecies of Parulidae. The extension of range to Venezuela of the rare genus Coturnicops (Rallidae) is noted and a second record for South America of Vermivora leucobronchialis, hybrid, is listed. We wish to thank the Curator of Birds in the American Mu- seum of Natural History for access to that collection. Specimens listed are in the Phelps Collection, Caracas, un- less otherwise indicated. Names of colors are capitalized when direct comparison has been made with Ridgway’s “Color Standards and Color Nomenclature,” 1912. Wing meas- urements are of the chord. Coturnicops notata duncani (Chubb ) Ortygops notata duncani Chubb, Bds. Brit. Guiana, 1, p. 74, Pl. 3, Fig. 2, 1916. (Abary River, British Guiana; type in British Museum. ) One female, “Mérida,” collected by Gabaldén 24 June 1916. Speci- men in the American Museum of Natural History. This specimen constitutes an extension of range of the genus from British Guiana to Venezuela. The locality “Mérida” of Gabaldén would not necessarily indicate a Subtropical Zone locality. This well-marked subspecies was hitherto known only by the type in the British Museum. Not only is duncani an excessively rare bird but Hellmayr and Conover (Bds. Americas, Pt. 1, No. 1, p. 389, 1942) give the range of the nominate race notata as Uruguay and Argentina and say “The Masked Rail is one of the rarest neotropical birds.” This Venezuelan specimen has not been compared with the type of duncani but it is similar to the colored plate of Chubb in the original 28—Proc. Brou. Soc. WasH., Vou. 74, 1961 (245 ) 246 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington description and quite different from notata in the American Museum of Natural History from Hamburgo Velho, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. Vermivora chrysoptera * Vermivora pinus = Vermiwvora leucobronchialis (Brewster). Hybrid. Hellmayr (Bds. Americas, etc., 8, p. 336, 1935) records a specimen from Valle, Mérida, that presumably is the only record from South America up to date. We have a specimen collected at Rio Chiquito, western Tachira, 20 February 1956, in a forest at 1,800 meters altitude. Myioborus brunniceps maguirei, new subspecies Type: From Cerro de la Neblina, Territorio Amazonas, Venezuela; 1,850 meters. No. 60274, Phelps Collection, Caracas. Adult male col- lected 20 January 1954 by Ramon Urbano. (Type on deposit at American Museum of Natural History. ) Diagnosis: Nearest to M. brunniceps castaneocapillus (Cabanis) of Mount Roraima and the other mountains of the Gran Sabana, Bolivar, from which it differs in having the gray of forehead less extensive, the breast more lemon yellow, without the orange tint; and the white eye- ring more prominent. Differs from M. b. duidae Chapman, of mounts Duida, Pari, and Huachamacari, by yellow instead of orange underparts. Range: Known from Cerro de la Neblina, near the extreme south- western part of Territorio Amazonas in low forest and bushes at altitudes between 1,800 and 1,850 meters. Description of type: Crown, Sanford’s Brown; forehead, lores and sides of head grayish black; orbital ring white; back and uropygium nearest to Citrine. Chin white; throat, breast, sides and abdomen Lemon Chrome; under tail-coverts white. Wings, Fuscous; bend of wing, under wing-coverts and axillaries mixed brownish and whitish. Tail, Fuscous, outermost rectrices white with Fuscous basally on inner webs; second ones with less white; third ones only apically with white; and the fourth ones only with white tips. Bill (in life) “brownish-black”; feet “brown,” under surface of toes yellowish; iris “brown.” Wing, 64 mm; tail, 64; exposed culmen, 10; culmen from base, 13; tarsus, 20. Remarks: Sexes alike in color, female with shorter wing. Size similar to castaneocapillus. Range of measurements: five adult males (inc. type )—wing, 64-66 (64.6) mm; tail, 63-67 (64.7); culmen from base, 13-14 (13.8); three adult females—wing, 60-63 (61); culmen from base, 14-14 (14). Measurements of castaneocapillus: five adult males— wing, 63-66 (64.2); tail, 58-62 (60.4); culmen from base, 13.5-14 (13.9); five adult females—wing, 60-62 (61.2); tail, 57-60 (59); culmen from base, 13-14 (13.8). It gives us great pleasure to dedicate this new bird to Dr. Bassett Maguire, explorer extraordinary, Curator in the New York Botanical Garden, who, in his exploration of Cerro de la Neblina, facilitated our A New Subspecies of Warbler | aaa access to the upper reaches of the mountain where this bird~has~its habitat.. Specimens examined: M. b. castaneocapillus—VENEZUELA: Bolivar, in the Gran Sabana region, mounts: Roraima, 13 ¢, 11 9, 5 (?); Cuquenan, 9 ¢, 6 9, 5 (?); Ptari-tepui, 6 ¢, 3 2, 6 (?); Soropan- tepui, 1 92, 3 (?); Chimanta-tepui, 5 ¢, 72, 7 (?); Uaipan-tepui, 4 6,5 9, 7 (?); Aprada-tepui, 8 ¢, 4 92, 3 (?); Acopan-tepui, 32) 4 (2) Uei-tepui, Gl 64°94 (2): Arabopo; 1 (2). M. b. duidae—VENEZUELA: Terr. Amazonas, mounts: Duida, 2 ¢, 1 Q; Raruvll Si Ome an Cr a nawachamacan 1 54 O.01 GP). Mob. maguirei— VENEZUELA: Terr. Amazonas, Cerro de la Neblina, 5 ¢ (inc. type), 3 9, 2 (?). 248 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 74, pp. 249-250 8 December 1961. “rave PROCEEDINGS | OF THE i BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON | nei a THE COLLARED LEMMING (DICROSTONYX) FROM..|| THE PENNSYLVANIA PLEISTOCENE By Joun E. Guiipay Anp J. KENNETH Dovutr Carnegie Museum Excavations at sinkhole no. 4, 1.5 miles northeast of New Paris, Bedford County, Pennsylvania (lat. 40° 7’ N, long. 78° 37’ W, alt. 1,500 feet) by Carnegie Museum/National Speleo- logical Society field parties have added many new species to the poorly known late Pleistocene fauna of the state. These include Pedioecetes phasianellus, Citellus tridecemlineatus, Synaptomys borealis, Phenacomys cf. ungava, Microtus xan- thognathus, and the extinct Eptesicus grandis, Tamiasciurus tenuidens and Mylohyus pennsylvanicus. A Carbon 14 date, from flakes of charcoal in the associated matrix, of 11,300 + 1000 Before Present was obtained by Yale University, sample no. Y-727. The fauna post-dates the maximum extension of the Wisconsin glaciation. Matrix from the 20-foot level excavated 21 October 1960 was washed and screened to recover bones and teeth of the smaller forms on 16 June 1961. A fragmentary maxilla bearing M? and M? and a right and left mandible with com- plete dentition (Carnegie Museum Section of Vertebrate Fossils Catalog Number 6258) were recovered from the same washing screen. They are probably parts of a single indi- vidual. We have identified them as Dicrostonyx hudsonius (Pallas). Dental distinctions as discussed by Miller (N. A. Fauna, 1896, no. 12, p. 39) and Hall & Kelson (Mamm. of N. A., 1959, pp. 765, 767), and direct comparison with speci- mens of D. hudsonius (Pallas) from Ungava and D. groen- landicus (Traill) from the Mackenzie River delta, N. W. T. in the collections of Carnegie Museum, make it apparent that the Pennsylvania specimens are indistinguishable from mod- 29—Proc. Bion. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 74, 1961 (249) ick Mone Ea; é en 250 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington ern D. hudsonius in all characters of the dentition. They differ from D. groendlandicus in just those points that distinguish the latter from D. hudsonius. Cursory inspection of two man- dibles of D. torquatus (Pallas) from the Pleistocene of Poland lead us to believe that D. torquatus and D. groenlandicus may be more closely related than either is to D. hudsonius. The discovery of what was ostensibly a form endemic to the tundra of northern Quebec and Labrador, 1,200 miles to the south during the late Pleistocene presents an interesting problem in speciation and Pleistocene zoogeography which we hope to pursue further in the near future. The excavation of sink- hole no. 4 is incomplete at the present writing. We have reason to believe that more Dicrostonyx material will be re- covered as excavation proceeds deeper. This is the first record of an unequivocal tundra rodent from the Pleistocene of the Appalachian Mountain region. Dicro- stonyx is known from the Pleistocene of Europe but has not heretofore been recovered from the North American Pleisto- cene to our knowledge. We wish to thank W. Galen Barton, Ralph C. Bossart, Mr. and Mrs. Harold Hamilton, John A. Leppla, Allen D. Mc- Crady, and those members of the Pittsburgh Grotto, National Speleological Society, whose untiring work at the site made this discovery possible. We are also indebted to the A. W. Mellon Educational and Charitable Trust for financial assist- ance. REFERENCES Guilday, John E. and Martin S. Bender. 1958. A recent fissure de- posit in Bedford County, Pennsylvania. Annals of Carnegie Museum, Vol. 35, Art. 9. 20 Nov. 1958, pp. 127-138. 1960. Late Pleistocene records of the yellow cheeked vole, Microtus xanthognathus (Leach). Annals of Carnegie Mu- seum, Vol. 35, Art. 14. 10 June 1960, pp. 315-330. HD) ia ay af iy : e i ZS Hey ¥ f 7 oye hoe as > hn Ven Te ae } ap is Vol. 74, pp. 251-266 8 December 1961 « PROCEEDINGS | NEC 18 19 OF THE | HARVARD BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON UMIVERSITY AUSTROTYLA, A NEW MILLIPED GENUS (CHORDEUMIDEA: CONOTYLIDAE: CONOTYLINAE) By NEL B. CausEy Fayetteville, Arkansas, and Gulf Coast Research Laboratory, Ocean Springs, Mississippi Introduction: The genus Austrotyla is proposed for four species formerly included in the genus Conotyla: coloradensis, humerosa, montivaga, and specus. Sixteen species have been assigned by various authors (Loomis, 1943; Chamberlin and Hoffman, 1958) to the genus Conotyla. The sternal regions of the gonopods of these species have rarely been described, and consequently forms with widely divergent generic characters have been brought to- gether. As now conceived, Conotyla, with its junior synonym Proconotyla Verhoeff, 1932, is restricted to forms in which the sternum of the anterior gonopods is bandlike; the anterior gonopod is small, simple, inconspicuous, composed of one fused piece, free from its homologue in the coxal region, and it either clutches or entwines about some part of the posterior gonopod; the coxal endite of the posterior gonopod is larger and stouter than the anterior gonopod and sometimes com- plex on the caudal surface. The characters that quickly dis- tinguish Austrotyla from Conotyla are the slightly smaller body and the anterior gonopods, which are larger and more conspicuous than the largely membranous coxites of the pos- terior gonopods. The ranges of these two genera overlap par- tially in the Middle Western States; species of Austrotyla tend to have a wider and more southern and western distribution than species of Conotyla. In each genus there are both epigean and troglobitic species. The form of the sternum of the anterior gonopods of two very incompletely described conotylinid genera, Cookella 30—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasH., Vou. 74, 1961 (251) 252 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Chamberlin, 1941, and Zygotela Chamberlin, 1951, is not known. With but one exception, the alleged presence of a “small, broadly triangular promentum,” the somatic characters of the type species of Cookella, Cleidogona leibergi Cook and Collins, 1895, closely resemble those of Austrotyla. I have not seen the female syntypes, and Chamberlin did not state that he had seen them when he proposed the genus Cookella, with the chief diagnostic character the presence of a promentum. I know of no conotylid with a promentum. The definitive characters of Zygotela are unknown, since the type species is based on a larval male. Acknowledgments: I am grateful to Herbert W. Levi, who loaned the holotype of Conotyla montivaga and the large Colorado collection of conotylids made by him and Mrs. Levi; to H. F. Loomis, who called my attention to some of the dis- crepancies in the description of Conotyla coloradensis; and to each of the following, who also collected specimens that were studied in the preparation of this paper: T. C. Barr, Jr., Rich- ard E. Graham, Oscar Hawksley, C. C. Hoff, and M. W. Sanderson. This work was completed with the support of a National Science Foundation Research Grant, G-14486. Austrotyla, new genus Type species: Conotyla specus Loomis. Distribution: Caves and epigean sites from the upper Mississippi Valley westward to Arizona and northeastern California (Fig. 1). Diagnosis: Medium size, pigmented (unless troglobitic) conotylinids of 30 body segments in which L-shaped sternites form conspicuous lobes on the ectal margin of the anterior gonopods. Anterior gonopods stouter and more conspicuous than the coxal endites of the posterior gonopods. Nearest Taiutyla Chamberlin, 1952, in which the sternites of the anterior gonopods are oval and widely separated but are not ectal to the gonopods. Description: Body 9 to 21 mm long, 0.9 to 1.7 mm wide, of even width from about segment 4 to segments 20 or 23. Typical body color of preserved specimens: medium to dark brown above and light tan below; metatergites darker than protergites, which often are gray; indis- tinct tan maculae on the shoulders and the prozonites; a thin middorsal, longitudinal tan suture extends from the middle of the collum through the penult segment; dorsum never with distinct longitudinal brown bands as in Conotyla; base of legs light tan; distal half of legs and antennae brown. A New Milliped Genus 253 Fic. 1. Map showing the distribution of the species and subspecies of Austrotyla in the United States. Symbols: square, A. coloradensis; dot, A. humerosa; open triangle, A. specus specus; solid triangle, A. specus montivaga; <, females and larvae of undetermined species. No promentum; the small triangular space between the anterior mar- gin of the mentum and the base of the lingual laminae is covered by a membrane that when wet resembles a sclerite. Ocelli dark brown or black; in specus and coloradensis there are from 20 to 25 dark brown or black, rarely contiguous ocelli on a brown background arranged in 4 or 5 straight or curved rows in a triangular or subtriangular area with slightly convex sides; one ocellus is out of line on the ectocaudal angle; in the humerosa group there are from 7 to 10 brown ocelli, mostly con- tiguous and arranged in two very irregular horizontal rows on a de- pigmented background. Antennae very slender and long to slightly clavate and shorter, article 3 longest, and article 4 slightly bent at the base. Body surface shining; surface of metatergites minutely reticulated and margins minutely beaded; protergites more coarsely reticulated and crossed by one distinct and one indistinct transverse ridge; metapleurites minutely and obliquely striated; a single large submarginal stria crosses the metapleurites obliquely from the ventral margin to the posterior margin. The width of the collum is slightly more than twice its length, except in humerosa where the ratio is 8/5; the anterior margin is semicircular and the posterior margin is either straight or very slightly concave; a weak stria is parallel with the anterior margin. Paranota are on segments 2 through 25 or 26; viewed from above, the ectocephalic margin of typical paranota is rounded and the caudal margin is nearly straight (Fig. 9). The paranota are either well below the dorsal body surface (specus, 254 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington coloradensis ) or even with it (humerosa). The segmental setae are acute and set on conspicuous nodules, which on typical segments are arranged as shown in Figure 9; length of longest setae approximately one-third the body width. Shape of caudal segment and arrangement of setae as in Conotyla. Leg pairs 1 and 2, composed of 6 segments, are about two-thirds the length of the following legs; the ventral surface of the tarsal segments bears stiff, dense setae. The other legs are composed of 7 segments. In the male, leg pairs 3 through 7 are slightly shorter and thicker than the postgonopodal legs, and segment 4 of 2 or more of them bears conical or cylindrical lobes on the mesial surface; the size of the lobes is either constant or variable for a species but the arrangement is constant; the tarsal surface of leg pairs 3 through 7 or 11 is pulvillar; leg pair 10 has coxal glands that are seldom everted, and in one species, specus, there is an anteriorly directed, nipplelike coxal lobe; leg pair 11 has no coxal glands; segment 3 of leg pair 10 bears a lobe in humerosa. The anterior gonopods curve back over the coxae of the tenth or eleventh legs and are contiguous in the midline, covering the coxal endites of the posterior gonopods. The gonopod is an elongated unseg- mented piece smooth on the ventral surface and more or less complex on either the dorsal surface or the mesial margin. It is larger, more heavily sclerotized, and more conspicuous than the coxal endite of the posterior gonopod. At the base, it is separated by a distinct suture from its homologue. The two L-shaped sternites are attached to the ecto- cephalic angles of the gonopods; the vertical branches of the sternites, which appear as conspicuous lateral lobes that quickly distinguish this genus from any other, are attached either at one point on the ectal mar- gin of the gonopod (coloradensis) or all along the basal half of the ectal margin (other species). The spiracle is lateral and difficult to see. The space anterior to the anterior gonopods is filled by a band of trans- versely striated surface chitin. The sternum of the posterior gonopods is a weak transverse band; the sternal apodemes are about as long as the coxal endites. The joints between the sternum, coxa, and prefemur are sometimes difficult to see, and it is doubtful whether all of them are movable in any species. The coxostermal joint reaches either to or almost to the midline; a small pore opens on the mesioventral surface of the coxa. The coxal endite arises mainly from the caudal, mesial, and cephalic margins; it is somewhat cuplike and open cephalad or ventrad; it is either entirely membranous or it is partly membranous and partly sclerotized; the shape of the mar- gin varies a little within a species. The second segment, the prefemur, is either markedly clavate (humerosa) or only slightly clavate distad (other species). The ovate third segment, the femur, is 2 to 4 times as long as it is thick; it has no terminal spine, but there is usually an irregular brown spot on the apex. The prefemur is either markedly shorter than or slightly longer than the femur. Classification: Austrotyla is diphyletic. The somatic characters of A New Milliped Genus 255 the humerosa group are possibly different enough from the specus- montivaga group to warrant the establishment of a separate subgenus. The sternal region of the anterior gonopods is certainly too similar in the two groups to permit generic rank for each. In addition to the marked specific differences in the anterior gono- pods, there are specific differences in the shape of each segment of the posterior gonopods, the size of the body, the size and position of the paranota, the length and thickness of the antennae, the eyes, and the lobation of the legs. Number of species: Three, of which one is represented by two sub- species; a key is given in the next paragraph. It is possible that Scoterpes wyandotte Bollman, 1888, will go in Austrotyla also. I have not seen this species, which is still known from only one female specimen (Craw- ford Co., Indiana, U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 440). The convex posterior margin of the collum and the short body are characters of Austrotyla rather than of Conotyla, the genus to which Cook and Collins (1895) assigned it. The report of wyandotte from Michigan by Johnson (1954, The millipeds of Michigan, Michigan Acad. of Sci., Arts, and Letters, 39: 241-252) needs confirmation. Kry TO THE GENUS AUSTROTYLA BASED ON THE MALE 1. Troglobitic; depigmented; length 17 to 21 mm; 7 to 10 ocelli in an irregular horizontal patch; paranota elevated to the level of the dorsum; lobes on segment 4 of leg pairs 5, 6, and 7. Anterior gonopod: apex attenuated, ending in a hook; with from 4 to many stiff, slender processes on the mesial margin. Posterior gonopod: prefemur clavate distad; length of pre- }) femur,vand)temur almost equal! 222500 2s humerosa group Mostly epigean and pigmented; length 9 to 17 mm; 19 to 25 ocelli in a triangular patch; paranota placed well below the level of the dorsum; lobes on segment 4 of leg pairs 3 and 4. Anterior gonopod: apex either narrow or broad, rounded; dor- sal surface with sclerotized or setose lobes. Posterior gonopod: prefemur very slightly clavate distad; femur markedly longer tivaad: Orekenatiny Semele, | Rene Mee ila) SM Ae ah 2 2. Without a lobe on segment 1 of leg pair 10. Anterior gonopod: sternite coalesced to only one point of the ectal margin of the gonopod. Posterior gonopod: coxal endite quadrate from a caudal view; ratio of length to thickness of femur 4/1 _ coloradensis With an anteriorly directed lobe on segment 1 of leg pair 10. Anterior gonopod: sternite coalesced to the proximal half of the ectal margin of the gonopod. Posterior gonopod: coxal endite triangular from a caudal view; ratio of length to thick- HESS Ota ECT lata tt ala WM ae alice a wld Ns waned ode Rut ee) 8 3. Troglobitic; white to pale brown; length 13 to 15 mm; ratio of the length of articles 3 and 4 of the antennae approximately 7380 he Lc EN a 9a ee SAE EOE 8 specus specus 256 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Epigean; medium to dark brown; length 9 to 13 mm; ratio of the length of articles 3 and 4 of the antennae approximately ASD): Src Ai BA Wek gOS iN aiear lk thes Ui eiklaMM ie ORNL IN specus montivaga Austrotyla coloradensis (Chamberlin, 1910), new combination Figs. 2-4 Conotyla coloradensis Chamberlin, 1910, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 3(4): 237, Pl. 32, Figs. 8, 9; Pl. 33, Figs. 1-3. Cockerell, 1911, Univ. Colorado Studies, 8: 249. Loomis, 1943, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 42(7): 382. Chamberlin and Hoffman, 1958, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 212: 98. Female holotype (present location unknown) originally stated to be from Colorado was later reported (Cockerell, 1911) as having been col- lected at Salina, Boulder County, Colorado. A male, collected 4 miles north of Allen’s Park, Boulder County, 20 July 1959, by H. W. Levi, has been designated as the neotype (Museum of Comparative Zoology ) and described here. Range: The southern Rocky Mountains of Colorado, including the following counties: Boulder, Chaffee, Eagle, Gilpin (Cockerell, 1927), Gunnison, Hinsdale, and Pitkin. Diagnosis: Nearest A. specus montivaga, from which it is easily dis- tinguished by its larger size, the absence of coxal lobes on leg pair 10, and the anterior gonopods, which have the sternites attached at only the middle of the ectal margin instead of all along the basal half of that margin. Description of the male neotype: Body length about 15 mm, width 1.3 mm. Color and pattern typical of the genus. Ocelli 23; except for the single one on the ectocaudal angle, closely arranged in a triangle which has all sides slightly convex; in curved rows of 1, 7, 6, 5, 3, 1. Antennae slender, approximately 2.3 mm long, ratio of segments 1 through 7 as follows: 9:28:54:34:42:20:13. CGnathochilarium 0.5 mm wide. Segmental setae acute, the longest ones about 0.5 mm long. Lobation of legs inconspicuous. Distomesial surface of segment 4 of leg pairs 3 and 4 with a small cylindrical lobe, the smallest in the genus. Ventral surface of tarsal segment of leg pairs 3 through 7 pulvillar. In ventral view, the anterior gonopods are slightly contiguous along their mesial margin; they curve caudad at the base but straighten out distad; they reach back to the coxae of leg pair 10. From a caudal view, the coxal endites of the posterior gonopods appear as two membranous, quadrate, convex, closely contiguous pieces that cover the complex basal region of the dorsal surface of the anterior gonopods. A transversely striated band of chitin crosses the ventral surface at the base of the anterior gonopods. The 2 L-shaped sternites together form an irregular, U-shaped support at the sides and across the dorsal surface at the base of the anterior gonopods. The end of the vertical arm of the sternite, carrying the tracheal pouch, is firmly coalesced A New Milliped Genus 257 Fics. 2-4. Austrotyla coloradensis (Elk Mts., Gunnison Co., Colo- rado). Fig. 2.—Segments 2 to 4 of third leg of male. Fig. 3.—Anterior gonopods, ventral view. Fig. 4.—Left posterior gonopod, anterior view. Abbreviations: c, coxa; ce, coxal endite; f, femur; pf, prefemur; s, sternite; st, sternum; ts, tracheal pouch. to the middle of the ectal margin of the gonopod; the opening between the lateral sternal arm, the tracheal pouch, and the ectal margin of the gonopod easily distinguished this species from the others in which the gonopod and the vertical arm of the sternite are coalesced longitudinally. The horizontal arm of the sternite is coalesced to its homologue in the middorsal line. The anterior gonopods (Fig. 3) are smooth on the ventral surface and narrowly rounded at the apex; on the middle of their dorsal surface is a conspicuous, rounded, heavily chitinized lobe and at the base is a transverse shaggy region. I have not seen the spiracles. 258 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington The coxosternal joint of the posterior gonopods reaches to the mid- line of the sternum and is easily seen. From a caudal view, the coxa is about the length of the prefemur; from a cephalic view, the prefemur is longer. The membranous coxite is in the form of a large subquadrate shallow cup that opens cephalad; thin membranes of nearly equal length form the mesial, ventral, and ectal sides of the cup; the mesial margin is irregularly serrated and the ventral margin has one shallow emargina- tion. The prefemur is very slightly clavate distad. The femur is the slenderest in the genus; the ratio of its length to its width is approxi- mately 4/1. The ratio of the length of the prefemur and femur is ap- proximately 2/5. Figures 2 to 4 were drawn from a male from the Elk Mountains, below Queen Basin, Copper Creek Valley, Gunnison County, Colorado. It differs slightly from the neotype in the shape of the margin of the coxal endite. Variations: The length varies between 14 and 17 mm. The number of ocelli varies between 23 and 19; the usual number is 22 or 23; when the number is reduced, the loss is in the shorter rows. The shape, po- sition, and size of the lobes of the legs of the male have not been ob- served to vary significantly. The margins of the coxite of the posterior gonopod show some minute individual variations. Remarks: The description of Conotyla coloradensis Chamberlin, 1910, was based on a female, now lost. Only one other Colorado conotylid has been reported (see the paragraph on Austrotyla spp.). My decision to identify this species as the problematical Chamberlin species was made with the full awareness that there are several discrepancies be- tween it and the original description. I made the determination after learning: (1) that this is the most common conotylid in Colorado, and, therefore, the chances are great that it is the one that was described, and (2) that the original description contains errors. The discrepancies between the description of the holotype and my specimens are listed and discussed below: 1) Length of antennae. The only measurement of the holotype is of the antennae, which were stated to be “very long,’ 4.2 mm. The drawing of an antenna (Chamberlin, op. cit., Pl. 33, Fig. 2) does not suggest unusual length, however; the proportions are essentially what I have found, allowing for slight errors in copying and variations in specimens. In my specimens the antennae are between 2.2 and 2.4 mm long, about five times the width of the gnathochilarium. The drawings of the gnathochilarium and an antenna of the holotype were stated to have been enlarged 39.5 and 87 times, respectively (Chamberlin, op. cit., p. 260 and Pl. 33, Figs. 1 and 2). If one reduces these drawings accordingly, then the gnathochilarium of the holotype is about 1 mm wide and the antennae about 1.2 mm long. Since such short antennae are not found on any conotylid with a gnathochilarium of that width, an error in the statement of the degree of enlargement is indicated. If it is assumed (1) that the scales of enlargement of these A New Milliped Genus 259 two drawings really refer to enlargement before publication and (2) that the figures were inadvertently interchanged, then the relative sizes of the gnathochilarium and the antennae of the holotype are approxi- mately what I have reported. The body length of the holotype was not recorded. Loomis (1943), who stated that the length is over 22 mm, reached this figure by de- duction (personal letter to Nell B. Causey, 25 Nov. 1960), basing it on Chamberlin’s statement that the antennae of the holotype were 4.2 mm long. 2) Gnathochilarium. The gnathochilarium of the holotype was rep- resented (Chamberlin, op. cit., Pl. 33, Fig. 1) as having a minute pro- mentum. The minute triangular space anterior to the mentum does not contain a sclerite. 3) Eyes. One eye of the holotype was drawn (Chamberlin, op. cit., Pl. 32, Fig. 9). The eyes of my specimens differ in that there is an additional ocellus on the ectocaudal angle. It is smaller than the ocelli in the caudal row and easily overlooked. 4) Position of segmental setae. The position of the internal segmental setae of the holotype was described as follows: “Innermost bristle about one-third the distance from median to the edge of the carina of the cor- responding side. ...” (op. cit., p. 237). In my specimens the internal setae of typical body segments are approximately two-thirds the distance from the median to the lateral edge of the body. Distribution: The Herbert W. Levis made 28 collections of A. colo- radensis, including 32 mature males and 21 mature females, in 5 Colo- rado counties between 1952 and 1960. Adults and larvae of both sexes were collected in each of the months of June, July, and August. The collection sites are at altitudes between 3,300 feet and 13,000 feet. Of the 22 collections with habitat data, 3 were made in meadows, 3 in talus, 2 in mixed forests, and 14 in coniferous forests. The specimens that were examined are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology; they are listed below: BouLpDER County: 4 miles N of Allen’s Park, 1 ¢ (neotype). Cuar- FEE County: Monarch Pass, 3 ¢, 2 9. EacLtEe County: Gore Mts., 1 ¢. Gunnason County: Gothic, 5 ¢, 1 9; N slope of Ohio Peak, 2 4; Castle Pass, 3 6,2 9; Copper Creek Valley, 7 6,5 9; 5 miles E of Wuanita Hot Springs, 1 ¢, 1 9; Fossil Ridge, 3 ¢, 1 9; Cumber- land Pass, 1 ¢; Schofield Pass, 1 ¢, 2 9; Tincup, 1 9; Washington Gulch, 1 @. Gunnison-Pitkin County line: Conundrum Pass, 2 ¢, 2 9. HInspALE County: Slumgullion Pass, 3 ¢, 2 @. Prrxin County: Buckskin Pass, 1 9. With the exception of 2 specimens and the usual run of larvae (from all of the counties listed above and San Miguel County) unidentifiable as to species, all of the chordeumids collected at 30 sites in 7 Colorado counties by the Levis and C. C. Hoff are C. coloradensis. One of the exceptions is a female austrotylid from Conejos County. The other is a larva of uncertain generic position from Pitkin County. The Levis’ 260 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington collections from the following Colorado counties contain no chordeu- mids: El Paso, Montrose, Rio Grande, and Sauguache. Austrotyla humerosa (Loomis), new combination Conotyla humerosa Loomis, 1943, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 92(7): 384-385, Figs. 5a-d. Chamberlin and Hoffman, 1958, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 212: 99. Male holotype (U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 1443) collected in Sunnyside Mine, 3 miles southwest of Seneca, Plumas County, California, 22 Jan. 1923, by H. S. Barber. Range: Known only from the type locality. Diagnosis: Distinguished by the very high paranota, the reduced num- ber of ocelli, the absence of body pigment, and the attenuated anterior gonopods with 4 or 5 unequal processes on the mesial margin. The anterior view of the left anterior gonopod that was drawn by Loomis (op. cit., Fig. 5b) clearly shows the vertical lobe of the ster- nite ectal to the anterior gonopod and establishes the generic position of this species. From a ventral view, the anterior gonopods, broad at the base and narrowed distad, simulate the appearance of the anterior gono- pods of trichopetalinids. A correction of the original description must be made: there is no promentum. Ecological status: The species is surely a troglobiont that has moved from cave passageways, of which there are many in this limestone area, into the connecting shafts of Sunnyside Mine. Material examined: Larval male paratype (Museum of Comparative Zoology ). The humerosa Group The humerosa group of this genus will be treated in a later paper. They occur in limestone and lava caves of northeastern California and are the only troglobitic conotylinids that have been collected west of the Rocky Mountains. They are much more highly modified by their cave life than the eastern conotylinids, Austrotyla specus specus, Cono- tyla bollmani, and Conotyla vaga, all of which have very close epigean relatives and are probably relatively recent cavernicoles. Austrotyla specus (Loomis), new combination Austrotyla specus, the most widely distributed species of the genus, is easily distinguished from the other species by the anteriorly directed coxal lobes of the tenth legs of the male. The form of both pairs of gonopods indicates that it is more closely related to coloradensis than to humerosa. Specimens of both sexes and later larval stages are readily distinguished from Conotyla pectinata, with which it is sympatric in the Middle West, by the longer segmental setae and the smaller body. I recognized two subspecies of specus. Their relationship to two other A New Milliped Genus 261 closely related forms in northern New Mexico cannot be determined until more material is available. The nominate subspecies is probably an obligate cavernicole in eastern Missouri and western Illinois; s. monti- vaga is epigean, with a disjunct distribution that presents the greatest problem in this genus; I have identified it from several sites along the upper Mississippi River and Loomis identified it from three sites in the Southwest. The two subspecies have identical gonopods. The lobation of the legs shows a little variation in the size of the lobes, none in posi- tion; a conical or slender cylindrical lobe is on the mesial surface of segment 4 of leg pairs 3 and 4. The differences between s. specus and s. montivaga are the unspec- tacular kinds of modifications produced in millipeds by cave life. In s. specus there is reduction of body pigment, a slight enlargement of the body, and a slight elongation of the antennae and legs. That s. specus is a relatively recent troglobite is indicated by the presence of almost as many ocelli as in s. montivaga. Austrotyla specus specus (Loomis), new combination Figs. 5-10 Conotyla specus Loomis, 1939, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 86(4): 184, Fig. lla-c; 1943, ibid., 92(7): 382. Hubricht, 1950, Nat. Speleo- logical Soc. Bull., 12: 17. Chamberlin and Hoffman, 1958, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 212: 99. Nomenclatorial summary: The name specus was first applied (Loomis, 1939) to a form collected in two eastern Missouri caves. Later (Loomis, 1943; Hoffman in Hubricht, 1950) it was applied to collections from other caves in eastern Missouri and adjacent southwestern Illinois and to an epigean collection (Causey, 1952) from northern Illinois. The epigean form is recognized here as s. montivaga. The populations in the caves in the vicinity of the confluence of the Missouri and Missis- sippi rivers, s. specus, are unevenly modified by cave life. Of the speci- mens that I have seen, those from Meramec Caverns, Jefferson County, Missouri, show the greatest modification, and those from Eckert’s Cave, Monroe County, Illinois, show the least; the latter, since they are smaller and more deeply pigmented, might be regarded as intergrades between s. specus and s. montivaga; the antennae are of the s. specus type. It is possible that some of the differences in color and size of the specimens in these cave collections are artifacts produced by the variations in strength and composition of the preservatives. Male holotype (Museum of Comparative Zoology) collected in Rice’s Cave, 3 miles northeast of Goldman, Jefferson County, Missouri, 16 October 1938, by Leslie Hubricht. Range: Reported from caves in Franklin, Jefferson, and St. Louis counties, Missouri, and St. Clair and Monroe counties, Illinois. These records include possible intergrades with s. montivaga in southwestern Illinois. 262 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 5-10. Austrotyla specus specus (Meramec Caverns, Jefferson Co., Missouri). Fig. 5.—Right anterior gonopod, mesial view. Fig. 6.— Anterior gonopods, ventral view. Fig. 7.—Posterior gonopods, anterior view. Fig. 8.—Segments 1 and 2 of third leg of male. Fig. 9.—Out- line of segment 10, dorsal view. Fig. 10.—Outline of segment 10, pos- terior view. Figs. 8-10 are drawn to the same scale. Diagnosis: Differs from s. montivaga in the cave habitat, the reduc- tion of body pigment, the larger body, and the difference in the length of the articles of the antennae, of which the ratio of articles 3 and 4 is approximately 4/3. Description of a male from Meramec Caverns: Body length about 14 mm, width 1.3 mm, legs 1.7 mm long. In alcohol flesh colored; in life probably colorless. Ocelli arranged in a subtriangular area with the A New Milliped Genus 263 ocelli almost touching, the two caudal rows straight except for the single ocellus on the ectocaudal angle, and the other rows uneven; 21 ocelli in rows of 1, 7, 6, 5, 2; the outer halves of the ocelli in the shortest and longest rows are depigmented, giving the eyes a subtriangular ap- pearance. Length of antennae 2.3 mm; the ratio of segments | through 7 as follows: 8:24:48:33:29:24:12. Segmental setae acute, conspicuous, and up to 0.5 mm long. Middle of mesial surface of segment 4 of leg pairs 3 and 4 with a slender, conical lobe; the lobes are slightly unequal, with the one on leg pair 4 larger. Ventral surface of tarsal segment of leg pairs 3 through 7 pulvillar. Coxal segment of leg pair 10 (Fig. 8) with the gland everted; on the distal margin of the coxa is an anteriorly directed lobe, slightly constricted at the base, that is contiguous with the mesial surface of the prefemur of the posterior gonopods. From a ventral view, the anterior gonopods (Fig. 6) are as broad and rounded at the apex as at the base; there is a small concavity on the middle of the ectal margin at the apex of the sternites which are fused to the ectal margin. Dorsad, the sternites are connected by two narrow arcs that are contiguous in the mid-dorsal line at the base of the gono- pods. The apodemes are about the length of the gonopods. The figure of the ventral surface of the anterior gonopods (Fig. 6) shows the right one as it appears after maceration, with the thicker elements on the dorsal surface showing through. The details of the dorsal surface (Fig. 5) are most easily seen from a mesial view. Proceeding from the apex to the base are the following elements: two contiguous flat- tened lobes, one rounded and the other angular, a rounded lobe covered with short setae, a larger membranous lobe, and a longer narrow lobe that is covered distad with long setae. From a caudal view of the posterior gonopods, the coxal endites have the appearance of two convex, membranous, triangular pieces that are almost contiguous along their shorter margin. The coxae reach almost to the midline of the sternum, and the sutures between them and the sternum and the prefemurs are easily seen. The coxa, as measured along the ectal surface, is about one-fifth the length of the prefemur. A minute pore is on the mesioventral surface of the coxa adjacent to the mesial lobe of the coxal endite. The coxal endite consists of two lobes; the larger one is membranous, triangular, arises from the mesiocaudal margin of the coxa, the apex reaches to the middle of the length of the pre- femur, and its even margins are turned cephalad; the smaller mesial lobe is stiffer and columnar, and distad it is expanded, striated, and contiguous with its homologue. The prefemur is slightly clavate distad. The femur is a little thicker than in coloradensis; the ratio of its width to its length is approximately 2/5. The ratio of the length of the pre- femur to the length of the femur is also about 2/5. Variations: Body length 12 to 15 mm. In alcohol colorless to pale brown. Ocelli 20 to 24. Length of antennae 1.8 to 2.3 mm. Specimens examined: ILLINOIS: Monror County: Eckert’s Cave, near Burksville, 1 ¢, 24 January 1947. MISSOURI: FRANKLIN County: 264 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Copper Hollow Sink Cave, 1 ¢, 1 @, 8 February 1958. Meramec Caverns, 1 ¢, 2 2, 20 December 1957. Fisher Cave, 1 9, 8 February 1958. Mushroom Cave, 1 6, 8 February 1958. Austrotyla specus montivaga (Loomis), new status, new combination Conotyla montivaga Loomis, 1943, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 92(7): 383-384, Fig. 4a-d. Chamberlin and Hoffman, 1958, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 212: 99. Conotyla specus Causey, 1952, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 65: 113. Male holotype (Museum of Comparative Zoology) collected at 7,500 feet elevation in the Santa Rita Mts., Pima County or Santa Cruz County, Arizona, 29 October 1927, by H. F. Loomis. Range: Southern New Mexico, southern Arizona (Loomis, 1943), northern Illinois, and southern Wisconsin. Diagnosis: Distinguished from s. specus by the epigean habitat, the smaller, more deeply pigmented body, and differences in the length of the articles of the antennae, of which the ratio of articles 3 and 4 is approximately 2/1. Description (paraphrased from Loomis’ description based on an un- specified number of specimens): Body length 9 to 13 mm; pigmenta- tion weak; ocelli 21, in 4 or 5 series arranged in a subtriangular group, 3, 5, 6, 7 or 1, 3, 5, 6, 6; antennae rather short and stout; paranota not becoming apparent until the fourth or fifth segment and completely lacking from the last half dozen segments; males with a long slender lobe on the middle of the ventral surface of segment 4 of leg pairs 3 and 4; ventral surface of tarsal segment of leg pairs 3 to 7 granular; anterior surface of coxal segment of leg pair 10 with a knoblike lobe that projects under the gonopods; “both anterior and posterior gonopods show the close relationship to specus although they exhibit obvious differences.” I have made the following observations from the male holotype: body length about 9 mm, body thickness 1 mm; no promentum; length of antennae approximately 1.8 mm, the ratio of segments 1 through 7 as follows: 9:22:47:20:32:18:9; the ocelli were not recounted; small cylindrical lobes, approximately twice as long as they are thick, are on the middle of the mesial surface of leg pairs 3 and 4; the ventral surface of leg pairs 3 through 11 is pulvillar; the length of the longest segmental setae, most of which have been rubbed off, is 0.35 mm; the details of both pairs of gonopods, including the complex dorsal surface of the anterior pair, are as in s. specus (Figs. 5-7). Variation: The length of the specimens that I have seen is between 9 and 10 mm. There are 23 or 24 ocelli in rows of 1, 7, 6, 5, 4(3), 1. The antennae are from 1.3 to 1.8 mm long. The lobes on segment 4 of leg pairs 3 and 4 are thick and conical in the Illinois specimens and slender and cylindrical in the Wisconsin specimens; no marked differ- ences were observed between the size of the lobes on leg pairs 3 and 4 in any one male. The segmental setae are from 0.3 to 0.5 mm long. The shape of the margins of the lobes on the dorsal surface of the anterior A New Milliped Genus 265 gonopods varies minutely from s. specus; the variation is possibly of an individual or a clinal nature. Specimens examined: ARIZONA: Santa Rita Mts., male holotype. ILLINOIS: Carrotit County: Smith Park, Mt. Carroll, 2 ¢, 1 2, 6 December 1945; Pallisades State Park, 1 ¢, 6 December 1945. WIS- CONSIN: Sauk County: Devil’s Lake State Park, in pine litter on east bluff, 2 ¢, 13 October 1955. VERNON County: (tentative determina- tions) 1 mile east of Coon Valley, in oak litter, larvae, 2 September 1954; 5 miles north of Viola, in mixed hardwood litter, larvae, 2 Sep- tember 1954. Austrotyla spp. Specimens undetermined as to species, all collected by C. C. Hoff, have been examined from the following sites: COLORADO: Conerjos County: Cumbres Pass, 10,000 feet alt., 1 9, 3 September 1952. NEW MEXICO: Sanpovat County: 12 miles E of Cuba, 8,800 feet alt., in deep, moist Gambel oak litter in yellow pine zone, 1 @, larvae, 26 August 1953. Sanra FE County: Baldy Mt., 11,400 feet alt., larvae, 11 August 1953. Taos County: Mt. Wheeler trail, S of Red River Village, 10,300 feet alt., larvae, 8 September 1953. LITERATURE CITED Bollman, Charles H. 1888. Catalogue of the myriapods of Indiana. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 11: 403-410. [Reprinted in Bollman, 1893, The Myriapoda of North America. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 46, pp. 104—111.] Causey, Nell B. 1952. Four new chordeumoid millipeds from the United States. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 65: 111-118; : Figs. 1-9. Chamberlin, Ralph V. 1910. Diplopoda from the western states. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 3(4): 233-262; Pls. 1-13. and Richard L. Hoffman. 1958. Checklist of the millipeds of North America. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 212, pp. 1-236. Cockerell, T. D. A. 1911. The fauna of Boulder County, Colorado. University of Colorado Studies, 8: 227-256. 1927. Zoology of Colorado. Boulder, 262 pp. [Diplopoda, p. 235.] Cook, O. F. and G. N. Collins. 1895. The Craspedosomatidae of North America. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 9: 1-100, Pls. 1-12, Figs. 1-219. Hubricht, Leslie. 1950. The invertebrate fauna of Ozark caves. Nat. Speleological Soc. Bull. 12, pp. 15-16. Loomis, H. F. 1939. The millipedes collected in Appalachian caves by Mr. Kenneth Dearolf. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 86(4): 165-193, Figs. 1-14. | 1943. New cave and epigean millipeds of the United States, with notes on some established species. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 92(7): 373-410, Figs. 1-18, Pl. 1. 966 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Vol. 74, pp. 267-274 8 December 196} Mie “PAID # ou gis PROCEEDINGS | OF THE | BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON SIPHOGENERITA, NEW GENUS, AND A REVISION — OF CALIFORNIA CRETACEOUS “SIPHOGENERINOIDES” (FORAMINIFERIDA ) By Max A. FuRRER California Research Corporation, La Habra, California Topotype material of all California species and subspecies of Siphogenerinoides was recently obtained by our laboratory. A. R. Loeblich, Jr., called the attention of the writer to certain discrepancies between the type species, Siphogenerinoides plummeri Cushman and the California species. A subsequent study of topotypes of S. plummeri and a survey of the litera- ture concerning Siphogenerinoides demonstrated the presence of these inconsistencies. In view of the importance of this genus to California biostratigraphy it was decided to restudy the internal morphology of the test, particularly the arrange- ment of the early chambers and the siphon in order to clarify the somewhat doubtful systematic position of the California species of Siphogenerinoides. The writer gratefully acknowledges the help received from several persons. A. R. Loeblich, Jr., California Research Corporation, La Habra, California, provided some of the material and also suggested the present study. William Lewis, Standard Oil Company of California, Oildale, California, supplied type material from two localities in California. Helen Tappan Loeblich, University of California at Los Angeles, drew the text figure and two figures on the plate and critically read the manuscript. Other illustrations were prepared by Lawrence Isham, scientific illustrator, Washington, D. C. The genus Siphogenerinoides was introduced by Cushman in 1927. As type species he selected Siphogenerina plummeri which he had first briefly mentioned in a paper on the genera Siphogenerina and Pavonina (1926a: 18). Comparing it to the Recent Siphogenerina australiensis 31—Proc. Bron. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 74, 1961 (267 ) 268 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Cushman wrote: “There is a very slender species with numerous uni- serial chambers and 10 to 12 costae, which occurs in the Navarro, Upper Cretaceous clays, one-half mile south of Kemp, Texas. This may be known as Siphogenerina plummeri Cushman, new species, and will be figured later.” Siphogenerina plummeri was described and figured later in the same year (Cushman, 1926b: 15) and a specimen was designated as holo- type from the Upper Navarro, exposed along Walker Creek in Milam County, Texas. No mention was made as to the presence or absence of an internal tube. Without reference to any generation, the early stage was described as being biserial. One year later Cushman published his outline of a reclassification of the foraminifera wherein he proposed the genus Siphogenerinoides with Siphogenerina plummeri as type species (Cushman, 1927: 63). At this time he positively stated the absence of siphons between the chambers and again mentioned the biserial initial stage. The first adequate description of Siphogenerinoides plummeri was given by Plummer (1931: 183). Excepting some modifications concern- ing the internal tube, nothing can be added to her observations. Of great interest are Plummer’s conclusions as to the generic affiliations: “The genotype of Siphogenerinoides is here placed in the family Buli- minidae Cushman, of which the internal tube is a fundamental char- acter. Whereas Siphogenerina, characterized by its triserial initial stage, has probably evolved from Bulimina through Uvigerinella with its col- lared aperture and Uvigerina with its aperture bounded by a neck and phialine lip, Siphogenerinoides has probably arisen through bolivine stock. The frequent twisting of the earliest biserial chambers of the microspheric test is possibly an inheritance from Virgulina and Bolivina. The basic characters that differentiate Siphogenerinoides from Sipho- generina are, therefore, the biserial arrangement of numerous early chambers of the microspheric form.” Galloway’s manual (1933: 379) listed Siphogenerinoides as a synonym of Siphogenerina. In his monographic treatment of Siphogenerinoides, Stone (1946) reached the conclusion that the two genera are to be separated because of the differences in their apertural features. He considerably emended Cushman’s original definition of Siphogenerinoides and included the statement that the early chambers of the microspheric form of S. plum- meri were triserial exhibiting an irregular configuration. The last edition of Cushman’s Foraminifera, Their Classification and Economic Use (1948: 260), again mentions biserial initial chambers for Siphogenerinoides. In a careful analysis of the internal structure of Siphogenerinoides plummeri Montanaro Gallitelli (1957: 148) confirmed the biserial ar- rangement of the early stage. She maintains that, “a relationship of Siphogenerinoides with triserial genera must be excluded.” Recently, I was able to examine a large number of topotypes of A New Genus of California Cretaceous 269 initial chambers and the internal tube Troelsen’s acid treatment (1954) was successfully utilized. With the chamber walls eroded in this man- ner all specimens examined showed an unquestionably biserial Bolivina- like arrangement just as described by Plummer and Montanaro Gallitelli. To date, two species and one variety of Siphogenerinoides have been reported from California, namely Siphogenerinoides clarki Cushman and Campbell, 1936 (see attached plate, Figs. 5, 6, 10a,b,c), Siphogeneri- noides clarki Cushman and Campbell var. costifera Cushman and Goud- koff, 1944 (= Figs. 8a,b,c,g, herein) and Siphogenerinoides whitei Church, 1941 (see Figs. 4a,b,c, 6, herein). Examining the original descriptions one notes that in all three cases the early chambers of the microspheric generation are clearly stated to be triserial. For the present study large samples of topotype material were available and therefore hundreds of microspheric tests were treated with hydrochloric acid. Without excep- tion, the neanic stages of the three species were found to be triserial. The internal siphon, however, appears to be formed in the same way as in Siphogenerinoides plummeri (Figs. 1a,b, 2, 3a,b, herein). As observed by Montanaro Gallitelli (1957) the internal “tube” is not a complete cylinder, but a spoutlike hemicylinder connecting the foramen on the upper and lower side of a chamber. But this spout does not ex- tend through the openings as it seems to pierce the septal wall in a separate small circular hole in such a manner that the concave side of the spout faces the foramen (see text, Fig A). There is not a single continuous, twisted spout present throughout the whole length of the test because the spouts grow visibly out of each septal wall or rather out of the lip or weltlike structure sur- rounding the aperture. The position of attach- ment of the spout connecting two chambers is diametrically opposite because the position of successive openings is axially oriented at the rate of 120°—180°. From this closer examination of the internal structure of the Californian species of “Sipho- generinoides” thus emerge two relationships: 1. With the genus Siphogenerinoides, because 7 ee of the columellar process and apertural features, Fic. A. Portion of and also the general test morphology. the columellar process 2. With Siphogenerina, because of similarity and apertural rim in of test and the triserial neanic stage in the Siphogenerita whitei. microspheric generation. ist Siphogenerinoides plummeri. In order to obtain a better view of the MINER 270 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Lic: Fics. 1-3. Siphogenerinoides plummeri (Cushman) topotypes (USNM P5453) from the Upper Cretaceous, Navarro group, in the bank of Walker Creek, 6 miles N 15° E of Cameron, 1 mile upstream from the intersection of Walker Creek and the Cameron-Clarkson road, Milam County, Texas. Collected by H. J. Plummer. Figs. la, 2—-sideviews; 1b—top view (all 73). Fig. 3a—sectioned topotype (USNM P5455), showing internal tube (73). Fig. 3b—enlarged upper part of the same specimen (143). A New Genus of California Cretaceous Za Since no biserial microspheric specimens have been found among the Californian species and on the other hand no triserial microspheric gen- eration of Siphogenerinoides plummeri is known, dimorphism is to be tuled out. It appears then that in spite of their similarities to Sipho- generina and Siphogenerinoides the California species cannot be placed in either genus but must be allocated to a new genus for which the name Siphogenerita is proposed. Because of its triserial early chamber arrange- ment the new genus is here included in the family Uvigerinidae. Order FoRAMINIFERIDA Zborzewski, 1834 Superfamily BuLimiNnacea Jones, 1875 Family Uvigerinidae Cushman, 1913 Genus Siphogenerita Furrer, new genus Type species: Siphogenerinoides clarki Cushman and Campbell, 1936. Test free, elongate, length up to 2.3 mm. Circular to subcircular in transverse section, megalospheric forms well rounded at both ends, microspheric forms rather distinctly tapering. Early stage in micro- spheric generation triserial, passing into a relatively short biserial stage, then uniserial. Megalospheric forms with large proloculum followed by biserial and uniserial stages. Chambers somewhat inflated, sutures dis- tinct, depressed. Wall calcareous perforate, finely porous, frequently orna- mented with longitudinal costae or striations. Columellar process consist- ing of spoutlike hemicylinders changing the position of their convex side at a rate of 120°-180° in each successive chamber. Spouts do not pass Fics. 4-7. Siphogenerita whitei (Church) from top of cored interval 325-335 feet, Marca No. 3, near the center of Sec. 6, T. 15 S, R. 12 E, Mount Diablo Baseline and Meridian, Panoche Quadrangle, Fresno County, California. Fig. 4a—sideview of megalospheric test; 4b—aper- tural view; Fig. 6—side view of microspheric test; all «20.5. Fig. 4c— view of early chamber arrangement in microspheric test, x41. Figs. 5, 7—dissected tests showing alternating position of the semicylindrical spouts and the foramen in successive chambers (48). Fics. 8-9. Siphogenerita clarki (Cushman and Campbell) var. costi- fera (Cushman and Goudkoff) from a core at interval 6971-80 feet in Jergins Oil Cheney Ranch No. 1 Well, in Sec. 29, T. 14 S, R. 13 E, Fresno County, California. Fig. 8a—sideview of megalospheric test; Fig. 8b—apertural view; Fig. 9—sideview of microspheric test; all <20.5. Fig. 8c—view of microspheric early chamber arrangement (x41). Fics. 10-11. Siphogenerita clarki (Cushman and Campbell) from Marsh Creek at the bend just below mouth of Briones Creek, S %, SW %, NW 4%, Sec. 35, T. 1 N, R. 2 E, Mount Diablo Baseline and Meridian, Byron Quadrangle, Contra Costa County, California. Fig. 10— sideview of microspheric test; Fig. l1la—sideview of megalospheric test; Fig. 1lb—apertural view; all x20.5. Fig. 1lc—view of microspheric early chamber arrangement, X41. 272 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington through foramen but grow out of the welt- or liplike structure surround- ing the aperture, thus not forming an uninterrupted, continuous siphon. The concave side of the spout always faces the apertural opening. Aper- ture terminal, elliptical, or reniform with short neck and distinct lip. Terminal feature of columellar process is a small circular opening out- side aperture and adjacent to its concave side. Occurrence: Upper Cretaceous, Coniacian—Maestrichtian. Remarks: Siphogenerita, new genus, differs from Siphogenerinoides in having a triserial initial chamber arrangement. The spoutlike hemi- cylinders forming a discontinuous siphon which does not pass through the foramen distinguish the new genus from Siphogenerina. From a study of the literature and without having examined actual material it seems evident that most western hemisphere species of Siphogenerinoides must be placed with Siphogenerita. This applies in particular to the species from Peru erected by Stone (1946), Cushman’s Venezuelan species (1929) and the forms described by Petters (1954) and Redmond (1955) from Colombia. Siphogenerinoides cretacea Cushman subsp. idkyensis Colom, 1948, first reported from the Upper Cretaceous of the Spanish Sahara undoubtedly belongs to Siphogenerita. In a recent paper (Chenouard, de Klasz and Meijer, 1960: 71) two new species, Siphogenerinoides clavata and Siphogenerinoides dentata were described from the Upper Cretaceous of West Africa. Diagnosis and illustrations clearly demonstrate them to be Siphogenerita. Siphogenerinoides oveyi Nakkady and S. oveyi var. compressa Nak- kady (1950) both found in the Upper Cretaceous of Egypt are appar- ently true Siphogenerinoides. This survey of the literature indicates that a number of synonyms occur among species of Siphogenerinoides and Siphogenerita respectively, but without an examination of the material no changes will be suggested at present. We are facing here a somewhat similar situation to that which existed prior to 1945 for Siphogenerina which then included forms with biserial as well as triserial neanic chambers in microspheric tests. Mathews (1945: 588) separated these, leaving those with biserial neanic cham- bers as Siphogenerina and erecting for those with triserial early stage the new genus Rectuvigerina (which was divided into two subgenera Rectuvigerina s. s. and Transversigerina, on the basis of shape of the sutures). There is, however, a certain difference between the splitting of Siphogenerina and Siphogenerinoides because dimorphism undoubtedly occurs in the former. Bandy (1952: 17) reported both tri- and biserial tests among specimens of Siphogenerina costata from its type area in the south Pacific Ocean (Tahiti). LITERATURE CITED Bandy, O. L. 1952. The genotype of Siphogenerina Cushman. Cush- man Found. Foram. Research, Contr., 3(1): 17-18. Chenouard, L., I. de Klasz, and M. Meijer. 1960. Deux nouvelles especes du genre Siphogenerinoides (foraminifére) du Cré- A New Genus of California Cretaceous DATS tacé Supérieur de l’Afrique Occidentale. Revue de Micro- paléontologie, 3(2): 71-76, 1 pl. Church, C. C. 1941. Descriptions of foraminifera. California, Dept. Nat. Resources, Div. Mines, Bull. No. 118 (1943), pt. 2. Colom, G. 1948. Foraminiferos del Cretaceo Superior del Sahara espafiol, recogidos por el profesor M. Alfa. R. Soc. Espanola Hist. Nat., Bol., 45(9, 10). (1947). Cushman, J. A. 1926a. Foraminifera of the genera Siphogenerina and Pavonina. U.S. Nat. Mus., Proc. 67(25): 1-24, Pls. 1-6. 1926b. Siphogenerina plummeri, a species from the Upper Cretaceous of Texas. Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Contr., HCL )s 15, 1k Ik . 1927. An outline of the reclassification of the foraminifera. Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Contr., 3(4): 1-105. 1929. Some species of Siphogenerinoides from the Cre- taceous of Venezuela. Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Contr., 5(3): 55-59, Pl. 9. 1948. Foraminifera, their classification and economic use; 1-605, Pls. 1-55. and A. S. Campbell. 1936. A new Siphogenerinoides from California. Cushman Lab. Foram. Research, Contr., 12(4): 91-92. and P. P. Goudkoff. 1944. Some foraminifera from the Upper Cretaceous of California. Cushman Lab. Foram. Re- search, Contr., 20(3): 3-64, Pls. 9, 10. Ellis, B. F. and A. P. Messina. 1940. Catalogue of Foraminifera. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York. Galloway, J. J. 1933. A Manual of Foraminifera. 1-483, Pls. 1-42. Mathews, R. D. 1945. Rectuvigerina, a new genus of foraminifera from a restudy of Siphogenerina. Jour. Paleont., 19(6): 588-606, Pls. 81-83. Montanaro Gallitelli, E. 1957. A revision of the foraminiferal family Heterohelicidae. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 215: 133-154, Pls. 31-34. Nakkady, S. E. 1950. A new foraminiferal fauna from the Esna shales and Upper Cretaceous chalk of Egypt. Jour. Paleont., 24(6): 675-692, Pls. 89, 90. Petters, V. 1954. Tertiary and Upper Cretaceous foraminifera from Colombia, S. A. Cushman Found. Foram. Research, Contr., HL )s SAN, Ia Plummer, H. J. 1931. Some Cretaceous foraminifera in Texas. Univ. Texas Bull. 3101: 109-203, Pls. 8-15. Redmond, C. D. 1955. A new Siphogenerinoides from the Coniacian of Colombia. Micropaleontology, 1(3): 247-249. Stone, B. 1946. Siphogenerinoides Cushman (Order Foraminifera, Family Buliminidae). Jour. Paleont., 20(5): 463-478, Figs. Il, @, als, Wks ee 274 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Troelsen, J. C. 1954. Foram Surgery. Micropaleontologist, 8(4): 40— Al. > -NA - \W/ Vol. 74, pp. 275-280 8 Decent OBD 3: aa > 70 | j i i PROCEEDINGS ie OF THE it BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF Herren hte ALLOMETRY AND SPECIATION IN | =o ECACANTHOTHRIPS BAGNALL By T. N. ANANTHAKRISHNAN Department of Zoology, Loyola College, Madras, India Hood (1935) suspected that synonymous names existed within the genus Ecacanthothrips, in view of the extreme variability of the forecoxae he found in the males of E. pries- neri Hood. To quote Hood, “similar variability is to be ex- pected among its congeners and as this character has been used as a prime one in the definition of species, there can be little doubt that synonymous names exist in the genus. Several species such as inermis, bagnalli, crassiceps, inarmatus and coniger appear to be thoroughly distinct, but the remain- der of the genus centering about sanguineus, requires careful study of a large series of specimens.” A study of different populations of Ecacanthothrips has confirmed several facts concerning the speciation of this genus. Several species are on record, mostly described from uniques or a few isolated specimens such as E. bryanti Bagnall, E. coxalis Bagnall, E. steinskyi Schmutz, E. fletcheri Ramakrishna, E. ramakrishnai Ananthakrishnan, E. erythrinus Ananthakrishnan, E. flavipes and E. priesneri Hood—all in the opinion of the author, only synonyms of E. sanguineus Bagnall. These species were erected because of insufficient knowledge of the enormous variations exhibited by E. sanguineus, so extensive as to be almost unbelievable. The individuals in a population fall into a finely graded series, so that the two opposite ends of the series, the gynaecoid and the oedymerous forms are strikingly different. This being the case, such characters adopted in the speciation by the protologists of the species, such as the color of the body, head length/width index, head length/tube length index, the structure of the forefemora and 32—Proc. Biot. Soc. WAsH., VoL. 74, 1961 (27>) 276 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington tibia, the coxal prolongation in the males, the number and position of the foretibia tubercles and even the number of cones in the third antennal joint and the accessory setae of the forewings, have been found to be very inconsistent in view of the enormous range of variation exhibited by the individuals in a population from the same host. The accompanying range of measurements and the figures provide ample data for confirming the invalidity of the species mentioned above and careful scrutiny will reveal that all these species fall within the range of variation exhibited by them. It is my pleasant duty to thank the authorities of the British Museum of Natural History, London, for extending me all the facilities for studying their collection of Thysanoptera and also to Dr. H. Priesner of Linz (Austria) for having given me the privilege of examining his collection during my stay in Linz. My thanks are also due to K. S. Ananthasubramanian of this department for having helped me in the collection of several of the forms discussed below. The present observations are based on the following material: (1) 19 males and 12 females and numerous larvae from neem bark, Palghat, Kerala, S. India. (2) 16 males and 12 females and numerous larvae in the decaying bark of Moringa moringa, Madras, along with several individuals of staphylinid beetles and the caterpillars of the moringa pest (Eupterotes mollifera). An interesting feature is that the females of Ecacanthothrips laid their eggs within the moulted skin of the caterpillar and eclosion and the coming out of the first instar larva were observed in the labora- tory. (3) 20 males and 15 females from within dried twigs of Sesbania. This seems to be an abode of this thrips; several clusters of 10-42 eggs were found within the crevices. (4) 12 males and 10 females from the sheaths of the coconut palm, Madras. (5) 8 males and 10 females from the sheaths of a palm, Madras. That allometry exists in Ecacanthothrips was established by Hood even from the four males he had of E. priesneri, but he was unaware of the existence of the very many intergrading forms. As such, he described E. priesneri as a new species and also provided a tentative key for such species as flavipes, bryanti, steinskyi, sanguineus, coxalis, and priesneri, based on the color schemes of the forelegs and antennal joints 3-5, along with the proportionate lengths of joints 3-5. The present study has es- tablished beyond doubt that these are no longer tenable, being mere variations found within a population and while the majority of the individuals possess antennal joints 3, 4, and 5 brownish, some individuals Allometry and Speciation in Ecacanthothrips DET have the basal half of 3, 4, and 5 yellow, the rest brown. Again, the proportionate lengths of the antennal joints 3—5 in steinskyi and priesneri have been mentioned as being 123, 132, 126 uw and 140, 147, 144 wu. respectively, but measurements of all the males within a population | have proved the range in each case to be, 98-168, 126-172, and 112— = 168 wu. From the point of view of body coloration, every grade from dark, Fic. 1. Ecacanthothrips sanguineus Bagnall. 1.—Head, prothorax, and forelegs (on one side) of a maximum oedymerous male. 2-5.— The same, depicting the gradation in the reduction in the size of the forelegs. 5.—Gynaecoid male, with the side view of the apex of the pseudovirga. (All the setae on the forelegs are not shown. ) 278 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington blackish brown without any trace of red pigmentation, through light brown with red pigmentation to almost entirely reddish individuals are met with. The number of cheek setae on raised prominences are con- stant for all the members in a population, three pairs being normally present. However, in all oedymerous forms and in those which show the tendency to be so, two or three pairs of smaller, accessory setae are present in between the three primary ones. A significant feature is that the gynaecoid males, in general, appear so feebly developed as to lose all the typical male Ecacanthothrips char- acters, except for the genitalia. Practically all other morphological characters of the average male, not to speak of the oedymerous forms, are strongly suggestive of female traits: for example, a strong pronotum, strong forefemur and teeth, and particularly the absence of a coxal 3 Fic. 2. Ecacanthothrips sanguineus Bagnall. 1—Head and prothorax of female (one half). 2, 3.—Forelegs of female. 4.—Head of female (one half). 5.—Head of male (one half). a.—Pelta. a—f.—Coxal pro- longation. g.—Apex of pseudovirga. Allometry and Speciation in Ecacanthothrips 279 prolongation. This is again confirmed by the fact that the gynaecoid males develop tibial tubercles beyond the middle region of the fore- tibia, a feature totally lacking in the normal and oedymerous males, but present only in the females. In the typical males, the proximal region of the foretibia is clearly concave and possesses one prominent tubercle while all the distal tubercles are not developed, or at most the inner margin of the foretibia is rugged. In the maximum oedymerous males, the outer margin of the forefemora at base tends to be clearly concave and is provided with a cluster of fine hairs. This concavity becomes progressively reduced along with the size and num- ber of the fringing hairs as we proceed along the series, down to the gynaecoid individuals. Thus, in the gynaecoid males, the outer margin of the forefemora is normal, possessing a few weak setae and the proximal forefemoral tooth is very much reduced and the apical tooth hardly visible—features again suggestive of female traits. As such, speciation based on the forefemora possessing basally an excavated outer margin, provided with long, fringing hairs, becomes no longer tenable. TABLE 1.—Range of measurements in p unless otherwise specified. Males Females Total body length 2.240-4.228 mm 2.940—4.060 mm Head, length 350-518 350-462 Head, width across eyes 210-280 224-280 width across cheeks 226-266 252-308 Postocular, length 112-172 112-154 Cheek spines, length: 1 14-28 14+ 2 14-42 14-28 3 14-56 14-28 Antennal joints, length: 3 98-168 126-154 4 126-172 140-168 5 112-168 140-168 Antennal joints, width: 3 56-91 70-84 4 42-70 56 5 35-42 42-70 Prothoracic width at posterior margin (inclusive of coxae) 392-1022 420-700 Width of forefemora 126-378 126—280 Basal forefemoral tooth, length 28-140 14-56 Apical tooth, length 7-98 — Number of accessory setae of forewings 12-25 15-19 Tube, length 168-280 172-266 (A very detailed account of the measurements of every individual in a population will be published elsewhere. ) 280 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Some males were also observed in the same population, with a body size range in between the gynaecoid and the oedymerous forms, but yet with poorly developed forefemora and coxae. The range of variation shown by the number of accessory setae of the forewings and the number of sense cones on the third antennal joint ranging from 12-25 in either case, further confirm the invalidity of all the species. LITERATURE CITED Ananthakrishnan, T. N. 1952. A new species of thrips—Ecacantho- thrips ramakrishnai sp. nov. (Thysanoptera tubulifera) from South India. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., 35(1) sec. B: 38-41. 1957. Studies on Indian Thysanoptera IV. Zool. Anz., 159(5-6): 92-102. Bagnall, Richard S. 1908. Synonymical notes; with description of a new genus of Thysanoptera. Ann. Soc. Belgique, 52: 348— 352. . 1910. On some new and little-known exotic Thysanoptera. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumberland, Durham, and New- castle-upon-Tyne, n.s. 3: 524-540, Pl. 14. 1915. Brief descriptions of new Thysanoptera. V. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 15(8): 315-324, 2 figs. Hood, J. Douglas. 1935. A note on heterogony in the Thysanoptera, with descriptions of two new species from Tanganyika. Stylops, 4(9): 193-201, 3 figs. Priesner, H. 1930. Indomalayische Thysanoptera II. Treubia, 11(3): 357-371, 10 figs. Ramakrishna, T. V. 1934. Notes on Indian Thysanoptera with de- scriptions of new species. Rec. Indian Mus., 36(4): 491- 498, Pl. 9. Schmutz, Karl. 1913. Zur Kenntnis der Thysanopterenfauna von Ceylon. Sitz. K. Akad. Wiss., Wien, 122(7): 991-1090, 5 pls. t i k PD we INDEX | Volume 74 [. eMC? aE fiat Pal WG b oH (new names in bold face; see p. vii for list of authors) ie ee A asintions, Mononyx.) 22 Sues nos re asio, MOSOMIA Peete en Eis NInieS) (CONCOLOL joes les 123 asper, eee AOE Ne 37 Abronia deppi 2 52 Astacolus barrowensis 220 Acanthodesmia -_____-_-_----------------------- 227 calliopsis Sa Dect REM sl SANE ey A eee 920 Acris crepitans _-.-.- 158.) sAster pellitus ee 9 acuta, Dussumiera —__-___-_-.--------------- 129 DELUVIANUS) (eo lee 9 acutifrons, Strigiphilus -__._-___..-_.... 189 Ataxogyroidina 241 acutus, Corydoras -__....-----_---.------- 109° Ataxophragmium ______.._-------- 241 aeneus, Corydoras -_-._._-------------- 108 Ataxophragmoides _.... 242 ie helena 19 atlantica, Protodorvillea _...--____- 178 alaticollis, Nerthra -____---.------------------ 61 attenuata, Pinus) 2323 2, Allogromia laticollaris __----__-----_- 234 Aulonia hexagonia 230 Allogromiina _____________________________. 217 auricularis, Basileuterus _______________. 6 loa Osa 129 — aurispinosa, Tadarida 161 SE 129 —australiensis, Papilliodorvillea ___. 182 DENG) ce 130 Siphogenerina _....--- 267 alosa,, Clipes (eS 129) Austrotylag oe 251 alosae, Mazocraes -_--.----------------------- 129 Coloridensisiae on are 2953 amakensis, Microtus _______.---------_--__- 86 PIUIINVeTS aerators entice hs 953 Ameiva undulata dextra _____--_--------_- 50 SPECS oes mene PCr 260 americana, Morone -----.----------------. 152 specus montivaga _______.___________ 253 Amphibrachella __--------------------------- 226 specus specus -___------------.-.._____. 253 Amphibrachium | ______------------------------ 22GK Mavivoca i iy latins nanan int 157 Gimminmu tun) 226 Amphibrachura. -_-..._----_-------_-- 226 B amylaceae, Salpicola -__----------.------ 217 anactinotum, Diplostephium _________ 15 bagnalli, Ecacanthothrips _____________- 275 anadontostomae, Neomazocraes -__-_- 139) baileyi) Lirela eae 231 angolana, Dorvillea _______._----.---_- 182 banghami, Pseudanthocotyloides ___ 130 angulatus, Gelastocoris _____-..-----... 5”), Wwangsi,, Claucomys) =a 121 angustifolia, Populus ________________. 123 barberi, Grylloblatta —_____________. 73 angustirostris, Peromyscus -___---_----- 203) ‘Bargoniellat if ee ee 216 Anisoceras rubra -___----_--------------------- 181 Barisia gadovi gadovi ______________________ 52 Anodontostoma chacunda ______---_---- 139 barrowensis, Astacolus ________________. 220 Anolis Gunn ae a Ne 39 Basileuterus auricularis ____________ 6 AC OVA ee ee ene ere ak eee 40 tristriatus auricularis ____________ 6 Hogastery ts: yi alae wei 40 tristriatus perijanus _____________. 6 megapholidotus __________--_______- AQ) Basiliscusvittatus pa 2 41 microlepidotus -__........----.-.------—- 40 bathypelagica, Sheila —_.__________. 170 mebuloides en 3) ibaudini, Hylan 158 mebulosus: 2648S ee 40 Smaiilisca) sees aus Meee) ee 195 omiltemanus ________-__.---------------- 4l bergi, Gelastocoris ______._..-..--_.._-___- 58 subocularig) 200 20 se 41° ' Beroetta: melo. 220 We Ae 231 Anomalacantha —________._.__--.--------__ 223 bicarina, Lingulina __._....._--_- 220 Anomalosoma ________-__--------------------_- 223 bicarinatus, Urosaurus ____.___________ 48 anonymorphus, Urosaurus -...---------- 49 bicorne, Stichopilium -_----__-_-_--___-__ 230 WAnthocorys) Sioa 230 bifratrilecta, ee vilsBInees EME Ss Seat 69 Amthocotyle. | 22 Cer ee 149 _—sbiloculi, Lingulina _________-_________. 220 Anthocotylidae’ 224 149 biminiensis, Lysiosquilla ________._... 35 Anthocyrtella 2-2. 29:8) Bipedidiae 2.21 Mune Verne Ny 38 Anthocyrtis mespilus _________-____---____. 228 Bipes canaliculatus _____.._...-___ 38 PAmIthOCYTUSSA. jae cd eee 228 blacki, Nereimyra ______--.-_---..-_--______ 176 Anthocyrtura 220 se 228 Parasyllideéa «snes oe x 176 antioquense, Diplostephium ______-____- 12 bolivianus, Gelastocoris _____..__..__._. 58 apinieGinara eee Ue Meee ee 2 boliviensis, Portanus —_______________ 235 ADOC OTA eee NE ae eras 215 1 8Yo) hh ia ros Wie emote ie msc e UN Melfomena st MemULe ss pus 268 arborea, MELyia | oc i es 158 PRON Gea ye ea NR Hei | 219 “Atreherel la ieee os a 217 bollmani, Conotyla —.....-.-.__-.__ 260 ALCnICOLON WELyla oo 157 ~bordai, Phyllodactylus ______.____. 38 Arenobulimina _____________---__--____----_-__- Q41 borealis, Synaptomiys) (28. 249 amata, Linguling 220 brachypoda, Mabuya (2 22 ewie 49 Amica peruviana 9) NbramiseKulaniay 22. 2 De 133 Arvicola operarius —__...-_......- 78 brevispicula, Thalassoplancta ______.- 221 aselliformis, Lingulina ________..________ 220 = brevispinosa, Cimara _________.__--._.____- ® asiatica, Nerthra: cc ows ea 93 brevoortia, Clupecotyle __._..__.________. 146 282 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Kouibinntety)| 22s Sie os 133 apint: ee ee 2 Brevoortia ‘funter 2.22 ee 147 brévispinosa (22202 ee patronus) 22 ee eee 133 commatula) 2220) ee eee 111 UyraMUG)) eles ee eee nae eae 146 diabola: 2 eee 95 bridarollii, Montandonius ___.__________ 61 @ubia: 0 4 ee 111 bridgeri, Nclatavas, 21 Rae 194 OSS1G 1 2325 SS 1 BIS Ga Spi ee ee ae ee 168 glabra. 20.2) we ee 97 bruneli, Parahesione ___.______-_________- 176 montanesa _______._.--_----__---_--_ 97 bryanti, Ecacanthothrips ____________ 275 OSbOrnt sas ows re eee _ 99 Bubo virginianus —___.___.._.-..---._.---_.. 187 ponderosae) | 6 eee 2 bubonis, Strigiphilus _____.___-___________ 187 pseudotaxifoliae ______________________ 111 buetschlii, Dicranophora —______________. 232 pseudotsugae —_____________----._--.- 111 bufo, Gelastocoris —_.._.-_.-.._.-.-----._-_ 62 Schwarzil’ ? ee ee 100 Bufo:.coccifer:.) Sea ae 200 splendens. (2... eee 113 compactilis() 32.0.5 ee 159 Solitaria: 2 220:..2.-::-_... We 99 NGETEUS)), (22.0.2, Ne 202 taxifoliae \-s.2000450)) Ae 113 i Loy Gh ee ene MarR. ese) es a 200 tsugaer i a _ 114 regularis) 2 eee 202 Varabund ay sae eee 114 Vallicepsw22 2220 eas 195 wahsugae «2.2.5. Wal a 115 valliceps macrocristatus -..._..-- 198 cinerea, Hyla WWW 158 valliceps valliceps ______________. 199 cinereus, Carapus ______._____.._.___ 211 valliceps wilsoni ____.._._.-_______- 195 Citellus tridecemlineatus ___.__....____- 949 IBUlinia: 4.23 ne ee 268 cladophora, Campylacantha -________. 22,7 bullatus; ‘Senecio! #2233. as 23. claparedii, Ophryotrocha _______________ 181 clarki, Pseudacris ____-______-___-___ 158 Cc Siphogenerinoides ___________-_______ 269 Siphogenerita _______.--_-__.-________. 271 Gadimella: et se Vind ests EI 231 ~ Clarki var. costifera, Cadium marinum 2 231 Siphogenerinoides __________ 269 Cadiuméella’ (2 ee ara 93] clavata, Siphogenerinoides __________. 272 caecus, Stauronereis_ -_._.._------------- 181 Pevulins sass =a enolase 218 caeruleopunctatus, Scelo crus sel’ 48 ommunis var. nodulosa -.... 218 californiensis, Lysiosquilla _____________ 33 Cleidogona leibergi> 252 calligaster, Sceloporus ______---_________- 45 Clupea alosa 129 calliopsis, Astacolus ____..._.............- 220 harengus —.____-__________ 129 Campbellella 230 pilehardus —__________ = 129 Campbellellinae _- 230 sprattus --_-----------------------------—- 129 campodeiformis, Grylloblatta ________. 2 2 146 Campylacantha _____._--_.--------- 227, brevoortia ______----_-_- 146 cladophora ________. DRY lintoni — 146 canagurta, Scomber . EENT38 megaconfibula ________________ 149 canaliculatus, Bipes 38 Clupecotylinae _______-_--___-___-_-____ 128 Garapus (20 207 Cnemidophorus deppei deppei --__. 51 GINGTEUS. ee 211 deppel infernalis)—— 52 dublus) 0. on cae nes 210 EES ae 31 Trendahli us se eee eee 911 guttatus immutabilis -_._____._ 51 carinata var. nasuta, Lingulina _____ 220 sacki sacki —____________. 52 carolinensis, Gastrophryne Pere One| 157 coccifer, Bufo 200 ‘Microhyla mie RG ARR SED 160 cochlear, Grubea ________. eee 149 caspia, Caspialosa $i soseas ch 0 oe 129 Coleonyx elegans nemoralis ___-_-_-- 38 Caspialosa ‘caspia) 2203. Ue 129 colias, Scomber —---__-__________. 133 Ressleri otc nee cee 199 ~~ coloradensis, Austrotyla 253 kessleri volgensis _______..______. 129 coy) ee 251 Gastar) ka ak Gee ee 175 Colpodes 223 castaneocapillus, Myioborus ________- 246 columbica, Hinterhubera ------------- 8 caudata, Plectanocotyle phe SoA eg 152 commatula, Cinara —--__________ 111 Celmisia pellita 22.150 J 9 communis, Clavulina —_---- 218 @enosphaera |) ee 922 compactilis, Bufo wanna nana nnn nana enna nanan nn 159 primordialis 999° (concolor, Abies) 22> 123 cepedianum, Dorosoma -_.-_-__-_---------- 132 concolor, (Con doras) 105 Navocraes | a Le 143. coniger, Ecacanthothrips ____----- 275 cérasina, Dorvillea’ cone a 182 Conophis vittatus viduus —______- _ 49 Certesella: 0 2 ee Eee 215 Conotyla 232 chacunda, Anodontostoma -------------- 139 bollmani __------------------------------ 351 championi, Hypopachus -_______.-----.---- 195 coloradensis __-_------------------------ 3] Chaptalia , 2. te 7 humerosa = _------------------------------- 2 ANCAMNA. 260 Be as 94 montivaga eee nn nn ana 251 METIGeNSIS: oo.) eee 27 pectinata --------------------------------—- 200 paramensis) 6.200) 2 sle a 25 SS) NSIS eS oe0 runcinata var. graminifolia _.. 25 IEEE aa aa apa a 5 Chaunosphaera _____ 9292, Contopus richardsonii saturatus ___ chilensis, Lysiosquilla —__.________ 29 perdi saturatus chirurgica, Grylloblatta __.._.._____ 69 Cookella aids ane chrysoptera, Vermivora __.- 246 cordatum, Toxidium ---.--_- chujoi, Galloisiana _-_________________ 73 cornigera, Lingulina —_________- Giylloblatta 20 eee 70 ~=cortina, Stichopilium -__-------_--_--_--- ciliata, Prionognathus -.-_-...---------- 181) Corderds (2 eee Ciara ee el ee See 95 UC UA ELIS (is NN oe IS Le a AEMEUISN Pies wee ee SRT Sls 108 TVG Sra UiS) a eae 249 CONCOLOR ina Ee 105 torquatus)- 2 22ers 250 Cou ee eee iT esa ee 109 #£Dictiocephalus _______------------------------- 229 POWLE Te ee aE see 109 ODEUSUS! jose o hs ue ele 229 MabrosuS 25 Poems ee TQS: / WWictyoceras 3220s Le eas 229 DEUS epi ene ee Cte ee 109 = dictyoceras, Lithornithium -______------_- 229 polystictus) \2 2.020 109 Dictyocryphalus _______-____----_------_---_- 229 septentrionalis ________________________. 109 #£=Dictyoplegma ______-__-------------_--------- 222 {CS oA RU Cl ae 109. Dictyoprora. 22.2... .-- 228 venezuelanus _____-_...-.----.._._.- 109 Dictyosoma spongiosum ________________- 222, costata, Siphogenerina _________________ O72) ) pDictyosphagmay see 222 Coturnicops notata duncani _____.____. 245 + diffluens, Petalopus —__.___.___________. 216 coultert, (Pinus 2.) Goma hil tay este ee ee ce Sa 231 coxalis, Ecacanthothrips __________-.__- 275 (Lirella) _____. eae eee Sel ER 231 crassa, Papilliodorvillea _________.___.__. 182 (Lirella) marina ________--...-__- 231 crassiceps, Ecacanthothrips ___________ 275 (Lirella) seriata —_-__--.--.--_____. 231 crepitans, Acris ___......-.-..----------__ 158 TMATINg Secu saw aie: 231 cretacea, Siphogenerinoides ________...- O72. | Diffusing, 2 eae ea 217 Cribrogoesella ____.__--..------------_----- 218 £Diffusuliniae _ =. 217 Grithionina) no wes eel ae a 217 ~+digueti, Lysiosquilla _____________________. 29 Mera Sipe sea a eee FIM 218 diminutum, Amphibrachium _________ 226 AMAIA wea eee eo 917 Dipelicophora ______.-.-.-_--------_-_---___-_- 232 US ULIN DG bo eee cae ge Ue ee nek 918 + Diplostephiumy 2200 eed ee Zl TOL OS a soreness eens Win We 918 anactinotum ___________-_________--_- 15 Trotun@atay 220 eee 917 antioquense _________.-_--_----___--____- 12 PCICNE EES eee ee tas eed seh ee a Si 218 denticulatum ___.--1---.-----_-_.-_. 14 Crucifers bby lay vee 158 Saxatile, 220cn eli wlan el 14 Cryptecephalus) 22 Yo 228 tabanenser (262 ke 14 Ctenosaura pectinata _........_ 42 diporaspis, Orophaspis ___.__.._..... 232 Ctenosaurus joe 37 Discocotyle dorosomatis __.__..._____- 139 cucullifera, Lingulina _§- 220 Discospira helicoides -__.-_.--__-__--___- 226 cuculus;sEriela 0 152 Discospirella ___..........- 226 cuencanus, Senecio _____........_..___- 19 Ditrema flavum ______--------------_-__--_- 217 ybium) guttatus, 0 8 1330 WDocophorusje soe 2 eset Ao vise 187 Cyclocotyle 152 Doronicum peruvianum ________...._ 9 Cylindrostethus 65 Dorosoma cepedianum __._.......- 132 HIGDEFI) rin au ke 65 PRIS) Pee is as ay ana 139 hungertordiyei we 66 dorosomatis, Discocotyle 139 linearis) Pees aaa Oe 66 Mazocraeoides _______----------------- 139 Palin arishy peewee aoe. elle tune 66 Neomazocraes ______-------------------- 139 REE ULUS yee oe eee eed 66). (Dorvilleaes 220 whe bs 180 SEY STUS iy ao erste A as 65 angolanial. euise. 2 ee paren sL, 182 Gy phantay is 525 eatin einen ae 223 Cerasin ay. 2 2...) aeRO Te 182 Cyphantella ye 223 Dob ek agp oa ea 2g 182 Cyphantellidae __.... 223 matsushimaensis ____._____________ 182 @yphanniss ayy esta eee ee Oe ae, 223 maouiloceras, t= as 182 CVrtocorisy a ee eae ey 230 pseudorubrovittata _________-__._____ 182 Cyrtocorysy ee 930 TOMEI seen nese RN Lest 182 TUbTrovittata’y/ oe eee ek 182 D Siroilishyde Cmte rennin SG 182 Sociabilisy 25.62 com ees ea 182 Dactylocotyle 222 Vabta tay pee see ee ae ce oe 182 pa) eerily: dau pee oben lett ine doryphyllus, Senecio __._.___________- 18 Elrciinaa eee Sry i aki eas eoicied aN 1930) Gouvillei. Siderina) =. 220 DD RitrOn apy oe eo. ccr eRe WNT, ae 918 drummondi, Echiodon -_-----.....------- 207 datura, Echinosphaera ________ 996. dubia; Cmara 111 Dawsonomys __...---_--- mij94, (dubius; Carapus7 210 Sifts Fh Ge a ae _ 193 duidae, Myioborus __________..._.. 246 decemspinosa, Lysiosquilla 29 duncani, Coturnicops ----.------------- 245 Deflandrella | 227 Orty 21S pees a 245 deleampi, Phyllodactylus Se). qdunnijy) Anolis eo 39 Deltocoelidia ss i938 DWussumiera acuta, 129 maldonadoi _______-__---____.-___-_____. 237 Dussumieria sp. ------------------- 133 dentata, Heteracantha —-__----___-----.- 923 Dyofrondicularia —_________ 219 dentata, Siphogenerinoides -_________.. 272 dentatum, Ecchiodon _____-_---_------____. 207 E denticulatum, Diplostephium _________- 14 deppei, Cnemidophorus -____-------------- Si eB eacanthothripseg. sae eee ts os kil 275 deppr PAbronias 202 8 2 52 Loe reart Ul bigyokaseeaaee a Ce ene aneen emer 275 depressus, Sciuravus -_____-_---------------- 194 | beste ata 010) Seek See tae coed aU Anus ery BSP 275 Gextras.. Ameiva: jie) co. eee Da 50 CODIGED: oss as are» Bek 275 diabola; \Cinara!io 95 BOXQUIS oe hs NE BS id obs 275 Diclidophoray es eee Pere enh tk 133 CEASSICEDS oie ok Ma land 275 Tho do) a), ae ae St Re Ne Le EE 147 EVythriais yy 275 BDicranophoraye 308 ween eee 232 PIA VAP ES eee so sec Nt a 275 HCG ES CH Dr yy ee ey Te a 232 fletehernys: {53 lo0 5 ule en 275 Dicrostony x) Aw 249 DTVATIVV A CUS ee eae 275 groenlandicus -.___-___.-..-.-.------__ 249 TARO TIS HE 2S Ee eA a ea 275 284 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington priesnert: 2) 2 oo 275 furcatus, Stauronereis ____...............- 181 ramalcishanal 9-5 a ee ae pes, Eepopayseus oi oh as 203 SAN GUINCUS 2 ee uscus, Gelastocoris -_--------------.-.....- stemnsky ay 3.0305 275 Mehinosphacra 72-905 ese ae 226 G E icc aid ntatum wile enamel 307 chiodon dentatum -_______________--_--_____. ° ° drummondi) (22.2) eee, 207 gadoys, 2n0 iS nanan ze exsilium ----------------------- 207 gadoviae Sceloporus ______-__._-_ 48 edwardsi, Kurodaia __-_____---_-_-..--___- Ui) relays Be BoE 7 a ea 140 Protodorvillea ___________-_.-_.___ BO: Paap ede eese acti 607 Ge Pa ca clevaneiPoreancs 936 Galloisiana —________________. 75 elevata, Globigerina ____________________. 241 Coast STUNG otk ci) eo ge elliptica, Plectanocotyle _..________.__. 130 nipponensis Sn nan aa al 74 ellipticus, Plectanophorus _______.._.._. 152 notabilis 1 i7/ leaan 7A ellisae, Corydoras 109 yuasal Usa aaa a SD OCeES Microtus _-_------------ ane gardineri, Papilliodorvillea __.._. 182 ne. 4 oP: aki Soi Le 310 Staurocephalus _________________ 181 i Boa =a UT 210 cae Protodorvillea ___________ ie Rue TTTIaa I RAAT SERS astrolepidia 200 ne eee endoecus, Microtus —____..___________ 80 Gastrophryne carolinensis ___________. 157 pacman, Picea ___--------------------- ane olivacea ntolingulina ___...._.--------- MME ae Eptesicus grandis _._.-_.__-_._-_.___.___- 949 Cer eerste Mitiitior meer ericoides, Hinterhubera -_--.-.--.-_______- 8 Beret lise Oe ORR Erionotus punctatus subcinereus ___- 5 Baliiange Ce in erigeroides, Liabum -_.__--__-_--_______- 9 IReCMAG? OKO ceil a UTI gS Crom ee Wa ic NE 7 Hajer 2s hybrdas)| 2 a) eae 9 marie! ee Saas a Se rae ee nebulosus __________.---------- Pel Hege) oes In Daa mr 2 paraguayensis Sea e eae ae quadrimaculatus __ peruvianus 9 SrA TAA Cts sauna cota oa id. eee aus var. lineatus _____. 11 georgei, Mazocraeoides Aaa cari SSS anager a Cor nongte Hocephalus liocephalus ioe AGING SUN AE aa geryonicola, Eteonopsis ______-___- Erpocotyle i...) ew ee 152 erucacformis, Staurocephalus 182 githosa, Hagenowella (343 erythrinus, Ecacanthothrips Beets 275 Walenta cence ole oi on 941 esmarkii, Gadus SsunagauEENninnEann 140 gigas. Cnemidophorus ____________- 51 Mazocraeoides See ea 140 gilmorei, Microtus ______.-_-_-_.-_-__--_-_.__- 78 so aoe a calacee M49 glabra, Cinara 0 Hee Saar igecsahy Ogre Talo ei ER IRE REST TEE GTC aAnciling@: i232 ee eee eee Eteonopel: geryonicola ____________. aot Cea Selo wn 2 a ; ae Se i oe sabrinus bangsi __..--.... ques Gentiew wana mene nena 50 sabrinus lucifugus ______________ 119 Gneajmeneneey 162 lop a anes -murimauralie 120 Be cinta” eae ani ta GATTI ee ERS STIR obigerina elevata -______--_-__-_------__--__ Bsogone REE Saga RE: 178: Glossocotyle: (2 a ee 129 exsilium, HK.chiodon -----------__-_________ 207 Coesellg hl ole aati ee ea 218 Gonialosa manmina ____.__.-.-_---------- 129 F Bont: Mazocuars VN LAR a ae azocraeoides ______..-_--_--_.------ facetus, Portanus -____.._...._..__._-- 236 ~~ gracilis, Protodorvillea ____....._.__.___. 179 falcata, Linguling 2 220 grammicus, Sceloporus _____._..-..-..-.-.- 46 favillosus, qeonecio As SAE Meenas He grandis, Eprricus il aed eR a femoralis, i Ee ae gratiosa, Hylay 2) ee ee foe eee madanle clr Aa PAan 161 ‘grayi, Lysiosquilla) 2) eee 29 ferruginea, Tadarida ___.____--------------- 161 greenwalti, Lafresnaya lafresnayi _ fieberi, Cylindrostethus —_--.__-------- 65 gregalis, Mus (Stenocranius) ________- 78 fintae; “Alosa: 2st es Ae ee ee re Bree oe matorborus Maine SN LS ae Ophicotyle) 22. 4 ee groenlandicus, Dicrostonyx -_____--__-- PASS CUTTS he eee 220 = grossus, Mononyx ______._____-_-_____- 93 flevines, prcacanthotbHps ee Lac Be zie Grubea sae a ret avium, Ditrema: 2) = cochlear "(25-2 2 eee ae ae fletcheri, Ecacanthothrips ______________. 275 pneumatophori —_._...._.-..._.. 149 Phastrellay 208 8 oe pie A anal 224 (Grubeinae 2a ae ee 149 folidentatus, Senecio -____._------------------ 22). ‘Grylloblatta yn ee ae 67 Foraminifera. :.22.000 ee 268 Ibarbertt)) i220. Ueno ae es 73 fowler: ‘Corydoras, 22 ee 109 bifratulectay = _/)| 169 frenatus, Hemidactylus ________-._-__-... 37 campodeiformis campodeiformis 72 frondeas /bolivinia ye ee 219 chirurgica) 200) 202 aes 69 Prondicularia 22003). 22) ee 219 CHWOl 5 ee ee 70 FUMIgAtis,! MPICUSy 22.52) ee 4 TO CENE (6. 255050 oe a eae a es 68 Venihormis 22 ae 4 scullent «2.2218 id ie A Ral 72 finckil, Senecio) 2.2). ee 22 Washoe 223 ee 68 funereus, Bufo 22202) 202 gunteri, Brevoortia ---._--.-----.------.---.- 147 gumardi, Plectanocotyle --------------- 152 gurnardus, Urigla, 22. 152 guttatus, Cybium -_---_------------------- 133 H habrosus, Corydoras -_---------------------- 105 Hagenowella -_______----------------------------- Q41 Gibbosan ee ee 242 Havenowina (2.2) 241 quadribullata ______--_----_------------ 243 Haliomma triactis __..--.---..--------------- 225 hancocki, Encheliophis -___-__-------------- 210 harengi, Mazocraes ___----------------------- 129 harengus, Clupea --____----------------------- 129 hargisi, Mazocraeoides -____._-_------------ 139 harrietae, Senecio __-___.----------------_--- 19 Hartmania moorei -__-------------------------- 173 helicoides, Discospira -____----_---_-----_- 226 Heloderma horridum -_____.--_--------------- 53 Hemidactylus frenatus -___-_---------__. 37 heptacanthum, Heterosoma -__________. 223 herdmanni, Lingulina ______-__-----_----_ 220 Hesperomys leucopus sonoriensis _.. 101 sonoriensis var. nebrascensis __. 101 Heteracantha dentata -______..__________ 223 heterophylla, Tsuga ___-----_-------_---_---_- 114 heterocotyle, Mazocraes ______--.-__---.. 129 Hetersoma heptacanthum _______________ 223 hexagonia, Aulonia ____._._.._.___._.____. 230 hexapleura, Sethamphora _______-_______- 228 Hinterhubera, 2220 7 columbicay os 2 ae 8 EFICOIGES |) 8 nevadensis ___________-_.--__________--_ 7 himundo,)briglan) es es 152 horridum, Heloderma -______--__----_--__. 53 horridus, Sceloporus ____--------.---.-___- 45 hudsonius, Dicrostonyx ___------------_ QA9Q humerosa, Austrotyla _________.__.______. 253 Conotylas see gj Ayes 253 humesi, Parasyllidea ______._._._______ 173 hungerfordi, Cylindrostethus -____.._.__ 66 hybridus, Erigeron _______.______-._____ 9 18 i EU RRO HUE TS EIN) Se oe ae one ee 157 MMAED OLEAN, es een nye un) ee x Ea 158 ALenICOlLON 4 jee ery 157 AVAV OCA) aise eee REED 157 aun es ee eee 158 Cinerea iy). MC es SE eae 158 CHVUICHEOT 9 2200. Poe 158 FemMoralisi) ows Lee Ere 158 TACOS AN jee ae Sh 158 Fanitormis) slo) Nine woe ea! 158 Soe em a ipo 8 hl. A SE a: 158 Squirella:|() to... Be 157 VETSICOLON, janis ne EN 8 157 Hypopachus championi _________.__. 195 I Ibarra BULOy tee ee ee 200 idkyensis, Siphogenerinoides _________ 272 Iguanidae Sa ae ele Mapa oe hid Be M 39 ilsedense, Triactoma _____-_-----------____ 225 immutabilis, Cnemidophorus _________ 51 inarimenses, Lingulina _________________ 220 inarmatus, ‘Ecacanthothrips ee aA 275 incana, Chaptalia —____._....__________. 24. incertus, Stauronereis _._...-.._--.------___ 181 indica, Kubnia lo. 133 INertnr any oes ee a en 93 indicus, Mononyx -------------------------- 93 Indomazocraes jagannath _______________. 138 inermis, Ecacanthothrips -__---_-.---.-__- 275 infernalis, Cnemidophorus ____________ 52 innuitus, Microtus -_______-_------------__. 84 integrum, Kinosternon -_---------------- 53 J jagannath, Indomazocraes -__------------ 138 Pseudanthocotyle seal ob i dha AN 138 japonicus, Scomber Stauronereis _____ Trichiurus ____- jordani, Encheliophis | un giak See sundanensis -___-_------------------------ K kadiacensis, Microtus ______.____-___-_. 78 kamtschaticus, Microtus _________________- 79 kanagunta, Scomber __________-__-_----__- 133 kanagurata, Rastrelliger __________________ 138 kefersteini, Protodorvillea ______.__.____ 179 Staurocephalus __.._____________. 178 keleri, Kurodaia ____-_.-.__.-.-_----_--_______ 189 kessleri, Caspialosa ______-_---------------_- 129 Kinosternon integrum ________-____..-__._. 53 kiyosawai, Galloisiana _________________ 75 Knightomys ____._.-_--.__--___-_--_-_--_-_--__- 193 SOTO Te rea a Creel 0 193 Tea gr hap et a he Bet 129 [Sof Nug) Ue wee Pep ietukc otc a MEUM van ae 133 DYEVOOLELAy ull aie er ys al ae 133 bya 3 b( ch: Geena ANNIE Auer AUR Rea Aes eens Re 133 macracanthay ee ee 133 Dn AY) (0) we a ota aoal Ne Yon AON CAT 135 WMTOT Ngee vee aL Ae eee e NEEM 133 Orlentalig:y)) 250000 Weel ton an 129 OULOLVEIS seek eS 0 A 133 S CORD eda 133 singaporensis ____.....-_.._._______- 133 Sprostonae), 222 ee 133 Lda bbb chat (OpeuMee enemies AoE NEAL os 133 uhniina ees) ee ee 128 Kurodaia edwardsi Bd eae i NORAD 189 UE) Ci or Uy PRE ERO Ns EU ET UE 189 TA ee at ai al ee 189 pectinata: 22.200 ak kee el 191 L Labrax mucronatus ___________-___-_____- 152 Lachnus pseudotsugae _________________. 111 splendens 2.2.2 2s e Vs 113 taxifoliae 228 Oey ea 112 Lafresnaya lafresnayi greenwalti ___ 3 lafresnayi lafresnayi ______________. 3 lafresnayi liriope _____--______._______- 3 lafresnayi orestes ________.._--_.--.-__- 4 lafresnayi rectirostris _____________. 4 lafresnayi saiil _______-_.____-___-_______ 3 lagenoides, Lingulina _____________________ 220 lanei, Phyllodcactylus ______.__.____- 38 Lankesterina ______________._-__-_-___.-__- 219 laticaudata, Tadarida -__________.--..______. 162 laticollaris, Allogromia ________.______. 234 latirostris, Peromyscus _._____.__.___.. 203 latus;) (Corydoras) 228 J 109 lehmannii, Erigeron ______-___._________. 9 leibergi, Cleidogona -____________________- 252 lens, Crithionina) e230 UAT et! 218 leucobronchialis, Vermivora ___________. 245 levipes, Peromyscus _________-__--_.-_.._- 203 Liabum erigeroides ____________-___---_-_-__ linearis, Cylindrostethus _______.._______. 66 LiTMeaG aie eae A a 9 lineatay Unig ta 22 Mn al aed i 152 lineatus, Erigeron -_..-...__....---------- 11 Lingulina armata -_____.___-.-_._.._--..__.. 220 aselliformis,: 2:o.222 es 220 blearinatad 8. Te hee aes 220 joy bho a; bb a aeeaeee eee og eee bees 220 carinata var. nasuta -_____-_______. 220 286 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington CORNIGET A Se oe a Nee 220 tennesseensis __..-_------- 139 euculliferay esc) ae 220 Mazocraeoidinae _______._---------- 128 Faloatay 2 erie NB Ee a 22:0." Mazocraes!20ee i eee 128 herdmannt 2. 22 eee 220 alosaey 2) 22th Be ee ee 129 inarimensis |.) a Vee 220 cepedianum _________.-----_-----------_- 143 lasenoides) 2 eet 220 gonialosae 24.320 See 129 transluciday =e. ee 220 harengay 05.0.0) a ae 129 tub ulate ies eee 220 heterocotyle <0. ee 129 linnavuorii, Portanus ______________- 235 orientalis: (20.0000 Sena 129 lintoni, Clupecotyle -____-....-..--_-__-___. 146 pilchard1 (00 20 eee 129 Diclidophora -_-:_----------------------- 147 tripathsn, (2001s Be Ae eee 129 liocephalus, Gerrhonotus __________- 53 Vilelai | (200 son a 129 liogaster, Anolis (e325. ee 40 # mediocris, Pomolobus _______---_____._ 139 Rapmanell a) 20.) sen ee, 229 megaconfibula, Clupecotyle _________ 149 Kirella baileyi 22 Oe a 231 megaconfibula, Neoclupecotyle _____ 148 Lirellidse:) 4022182 ie bee 231 megalocotyle, Mazocraeoides -__-_..__- 145 liriope, Lafresmaya —---_---2-----1--___-_-_- 3 Pseudomazocraeoides ______________ 144 Fersterellaia oa a ei 218 megapholidotus, Anolis _______________. 40 Firth eles 5.22 ic Ce en tah 226 ' melo, Beroetta, 9 uae eee 231 Lithornithium dictyoceras -____-------_- 229 menziesii, Pseudotsuga ____________. 114 littoralis, Ophryotrocha ___________. 181 meridana, Paragynoxys _____.__.-______- 17 (Paxractis) | /evis Weve is ew iieda 181 meridensis, Chaptalia ________________ 27 longispenicillatus, Senecio ____________. 19 mertensiae, Tsuga _________________-_____- 116 lorenzii, Plectanocotyle ___-_---_-..-.___. 152 mespilus, Anthocyrtis ______._..._..2_--_. 228 loxensis, Erigeron --_.-.._.____-..-._- 9 mexicana, Tadarida ________.____._ 164 lucernia’ Prices et ei 152 $Microhyla carolinensis ______________ 160 lucifugus, Glaucomys ________._-----..__. 119 + microlepidotus, Anolis _-_._____. 40 luteola, Parahesione __________..--__.____- 176). \Micropodarke) 20 2oyee) En nae 175 luteus, Peromyscus ___-_-----------_----_-__- 102 Microtus amakensis ___._--.------------_--__ 87 Lygosoma assata taylori _________________ 50 iNUitus 22 2 Cee eee 84 ysiosquillay ) yi ee ae 29 innuitus punukensis —_-___________ 85 biminiensis | 2.222) sie 35 kadiacensis)) 2 eee 78 californiensis _______._____-_.________ 33 macfarlani _____._-------------_-- 81 Chilensisy)\2e00) ks ae 29 OCCONOMUS 2 4 ee Mi, decemspinosa _______-----_-----------_- 29 oeconomus amakensis _____________. 86 GIS eta eo at 2b daa a ace 29 oeconomus elymocetes __________- 88 SAVE) ei ee 29 oeconomus endoecus __------------- 80 Derpasta 2.0) uae ee a 32 oeconomus gilmorei _________--- 78 oeconomus innuitus _______-_-__-_-__- 84 M oeconomus kadiacensis -_---------- 80 oeconomus kamtschaticus _____--- 79 Mabuya brachypoda NOR hs pb A LES e eS 49 oeconomus macfarlani aotenseetss 79 macfarlani, Microtus -_--_.-.-_-.--_-------- 79 oeconomus Operarlus ---------------- 78 macracantha, Kuhnia 133 oeconomus popofensis ________-_-_- 88 macrocristatus, Bufo ____..__._..__..____- 198 oeconomus punukensis -_____. 77 WMapalia 2 uss se ere, 175 oeconomus sitkensis ______-_- 78 magna, Kurodaia_............... 189 oeconomus tshuktschorum _____ 79 magnus Phyllodactylus_ 39 oeconomus unalascensis ______- 85 maguirei, Myioborus 246 oeconomus yakutatensis _______- 81 major, Gelastocoris COPA ier TaD) operarius endoecus ------------------ 81 Kubiniajpea lw n 1 Coe main 135 ratticeps === 78 Octocotyle: jsut oe a 135 sitkensis ____________________--_- 8? maldonadoi, Deltocelidia ________________ 237 unalascensis __-----------,-------------- 88 Mallophaga) .00C) is oe ea 187 unalascensis popofensis -_-------- oes mamilla, Crithionina 217 yen thoenecs ea mandapamae, Protodorvillea _________- 179 _ yaxkutatensis ---------------------------- qapanina iC ouialosa ane ae 129 minor, Dactylocotyle ------------------ 133 mansosotoi, Montandonius ____________- 61 _ Kuhnia ______----------------------- ise Waring. | Dieelae igs eee en 231 minuta, Ophryotrocha ______------- 8 marinum, Cadium ______.____-__.-_-------_- 231 mitra, Phormocampe -_------------------ 230 Winetiole, UNebela, Lo ee os molliteral Muplerctes! 22 276 cease aees Gelastocoris ____....._..._____ 61 molossa, Tadarida Jpeerce 2 LOZ 7 SH Paap Pek en a 218 moniloceras, Dorvillea = 182 matsushimaensis, Dorvillea __.___--.._- 182 Mononyx asiaticus -_- ee Mazocraeinae ___.........__----______-----_- 127 grossus _____- 93 Mazocracoides' 7050S aaa 139 indicus __- o4 Gorsomatis; 22.26 eal 139 projectus --.---- esmarkad ...0 2) Searels 140 turgidulus Tana 94 BOBTESI. ccuil Sake DR all 139 monrosi, Gelastocoris - 57 gonialosae.,-teileth ea Wal 139 Montandonius_ --- 57 Ware isi see a 139 buderoly BT bt megalocotyle. 2. | ees 145 willinert OL ar 61 Nemiatalosdcy a assem uae aen 139 nee iG Bes ae 97 olentangiensis ____________________-__- 139, MONtANCsA nae as aaaaaaaaa 5 opistlionema,.. Lae 139 montivaga, Austrotyla 253 prashadi 92-0. = eee 139 Conotyle —______________________- 251 simile ve ee ee 139 moorei, Hartmania ____--------------------- 173 SAIS; 2. waepualines Soler of eel 143. Moringa moringa 323) 276 * Index Morone americana ____________._--_-________- 152 mucronatus, Labrax -_____-_---._._--.-.-___. 152 Miultifidella, 25 28 918 moawlosay esa soa 218 murinauralis, Glaucomys ______________- 120 Mus oeconomus ______--_----_--____---_-_--_-_- 78 (Stenocranius) gregalis ________ 78 muticus, Trichiurus ______.__._______ 153 Myioborus brunniceps castaneocapillus _________________. 246 brunniceps duidae ______________. 246 brunniceps maguirei ______________ 246 Mylohyus pennsylvanicus _______________ 249 mystax, Thrissocles ___._____-_-_--_-_____. 138 N nasus, Nematalosa _________._--_________ 139 BUCY eyed ec re ka es ia eee 216 martiali 2 ee ee 215 SE BST tg SA dee ap ON 215 nebrascensis, Hesperomys _____-_--------- 101 Peromyscus (220 0 an 101 nebuloides, Anolis _______________--__-______- 37 nebulosus, Anolis _______--__----------____- 40 Gelastocoris 0 57 neglectus, Strauronereis ________________ 181 nelsoni, Peromyscus -____------------------- 205 nematalosae, Brevoortia ________________- 139 Nematalosa nasus ____-__..-_-_-___---__-__ 139 nemoralis, Coleonyx ___.___-__-------.____- 38 Neoclupecotyle megaconfibula ____ 148 Neomazocraeinae ________..________-_______- 128 Neomazocraes anadontostomae ______- 139 dorosomatis 222 es 139 IN@reliniy ra ie ee CRG ee ee Eee Nereis rudolphi rthr USTED CAR Ua a de a indicay {2S eee A ee tuberculata CUrgiduila, Veh Nea en nevadensis, Hinterhubera -_______._._.___- 7 nigrita, Pseudacris: (22 158 nipponensis, Galloisiana __________________ 74 SINGLNT Ya UU Ss eae Ud es 187 nitidus, Sciuravus ________._.___-_._____. 194 nodulosa, Clavulina _________.-_._______. 218 Multifidella 0 2 218 notabilis, Galloisiana ___________________ 74 nymphalis, Tellina ___________-_________. 173 O Obeliscus pseudocuboides -______-________ 227 obtusus, Dictyocryphalus ____________ 229 ochoterenae, Eumeces _______.__-_-__-_--__. 50 ochoterenai, Sceloporus _____-______-___- 47 Octobothrium _____________-_-__-_--_-_------__ 129 ESTATE sei ease Re 140 SCOMDTIY eG ae lene ee 150 Octocotyler ss! ee oe hens ete 129 TAI OL) ets SR Ny Nee ha 135 SCrombpry 222 i eens 133 THU CA tale ie ec 135 Octoplectanocotyla trichiuri __________- 153 Octoplectanocotylinae Octoplectanum, 2 ee truncCa tum) |G eee ee ee ee Octostomrany et eee ees SCOTT BTN ee Sa ee AN calle oculatus, Strigiphilus oeconomus, Microtus Mus oglinum, Opisthonema olentangiensis, Mazocracoides oligoporus, Sceloporus -__---------------- 37 olivacea, Gastrophryne _________________- 159 omiltemanus, Anolis ______.__-___________- 41 Sceloporus pale el alate weet 46 operarius, Arvicola ______.__.__________ 78 INET tS ee aos 78 Pphicotyle ESE ct aa VEIN Sue 129 Pinata eee eta aaa Pa a 130 Opbryotrocha 30 82) 180 Clapared il) 2 soe 181 Peryonicola 181 Littoralis (ccs weil is) a ala 181 MMU ta ee wees ea 181 pulerdhisg: 2.3 eure ile es eal es 181 opisthonema, Mazocraeoides -___.._.__ 139 Opisthonema oglinum _____..._..____ 139 orestes, Lafresnaya ______________-.________ 4 orientalis, Kuhnia _____._.._.------_-_--___ 129 Mazocraes)) sae i 129 NER UAVATAUIS fe 133 Orophaspis diporaspis ____.-_--___________ 232 Ortygops notata duncani ___._..__.______ 945 Oryctoderma (2). 200 ai a a 217 osborntCinara 2 oes eee 99 otolithis,: Kubhnia: (2 ee 133 oveyi, Siphogenerinoides _.________________ 272 Oveyli var. compressa ________________ 972 P pachyacantha, Triactoma -__..__.___.___. 995 palmaris, Cylindrostethus _______.__..___- 66 Papilliodorvillea ____________________________ 180 australiensis 00200 182 ] PASS ait sa A ERE 182 Pardinery yO Ns Re as 182 TUR a fever ei ak IN 182 Paractius) littoralis) 20000) as 181 paraguayensis, Gelastocoris ___________- 58 Parag ynoxy si) iste es meridana _____. undatifolia Parahesione 22s ea Ee DFU EE: ) ole ae Luteo iets Bs Ay Dua aie Paramazocraes thrissocles ___.__-____.__. 138 paramensis, Chaptalia ____..__._________ 25 Paramazocraes) 0200. a eee 132 OAS ae) aie aaah ea 138 Parasyllidea: 252000 ea ee 173 lacks) eee 20a ka ae Ba) 176 UM esi) ON 173 Paraquadrula (00 Mie 2 Wee Sa 232 patens, Senecio, Us ea 19 patronus, Brevoortia __________-__________ 133 pavlovskyi, Pseudanthocotyle ________. 138 Pav onina: <3 wee ana oie ee ees 276 pectinata, Kurodaia ______._._-.---__-__-____ 191 Conotyle ja A 260 Gtenosauray 4 eo ise 42 pectioides, Senecio _______.________________. 20 Pedioecetes phasianellus _____...__.___- 249 pellitas /Gelmisiay =) hor 9 pellitum, Erigeron _______--_------_-_-____-.. 9 pellitus; “Asterjs 2. E ear ee 9 ITE CTO pee ea ee 9 Penardiellgn: whee ee ee pennsylvanicus, Mylohyus perijanus, Basileuterus ____________________ AB ORAS yo Unreal ea tice Ai as NI EE perispira, Porodiscus _______-___-_.-_-_._. ‘Perispirellay oe lo Oe a Peromyscus angustirostris boylii levipes! 2.50 8s) ee FULTS ee ee ie, Ta GOS ris ig on ae er maniculatus luteus _________..____ 288 nelson¥ 26. ee ea a 204 perpasta, Lysiosquilla __.________________ 32 peruviana, “Amica 2. 442 es ei 9 peruvianum, Doronicum -_----_-__-------- 9 peruvianus, Aster)... 80s e ee 9 peruvianus, Erigeron ___________________ 9 Petalopella) 24) 228 ees 216 Petalopus’ diffluens 2 eee 216 Phaeonerpes reichenbachi _____._____- 4 phasa, Selipinna, 2. 138 phasae, Paramazocraes _______.___-_._-_._- 138 phasianellus, Pedioecetes ______________. 249 Phormocampe smitra,.2 > ae 230 Phenacomys cf. ungava ___________________ 249 Phrynosomia ‘asio. 2222 ae 43 TAURUS 5, 2 Se 43 Phyllocotyle*):s36. 2: Jeena, 151 Phyllodactylus.)..2:0.2- ee eae 55 ORG ad chao tin aih ae eee 38 Geleam pi 4s ae EE, 38 £1 0 2) I Dea ON RBE LE RD ee ele) Ole TE PAPE 38 MASMUS |e See eee 39 Phyllohartmania __________-_--_--_-_--__-__- 169 taylor ee eee ee 170 Phyllosheila 53 ee sala 168 Wirtleyi) daar ease orl eee 168 Picea engelmanni —. 123 Picus) fumigatus eee 4 pilchardi, Mazocraes _______._---_---___-_. 129 pilchardus; "Glupeat 2 ee 129 pint; Trigla) 2c 152 PANUS) ‘SPW 2 oe sR eal ede 114 attenuata: 2s ea 2 Coulterd «4 4 95 pinus; “Vermivora) 22:20 eee 246 pisum,, (Crithionina, 2-2 eee 218 Platycotyle? 322 151 Plectanocotyle 2-00... 7 SAW ies 151 Catidata), qi 2k eee 152 @llip tion: 2 sas ao a ape 130 PUIMATI: (A ee pee eee 152 LOYOR Zi «27g A ee 152 Plectanophora i202 ee ees 151 Plectanophorus)) 2-220 nk ae 151 elliptious:, 226s co .0 SU 152 Plectophora triomma -__------------------- D237 Plectophorina ______-.__------------------_--__ 227 Pleurocotyle 232s ee 149 scombri -____. _._ 150 Pleurocotylinae ____ _. 149 Pleurocotylus 2.2 ._._ 149 plummeri, Siphogenerina - 267, Siphogenerinoides _______. ere OI. pneumatophori, Grubea -_______-----_-_- 149 Pneumatophorus grex __--_-__------------- 149 PodocapSa) 2.63) ce hie ea Ta 225 Pokorny ella): (jit aS 220 Polymorphina | (> 219 polystictus, Corydoras -___-__---_------------ 109 Pomatomus saltatrix ____________________- 135 Pomolobus mediocris -__------------------ 139 pseudoharengus -__________-____-____--- 139 ponderosae, Cinava, 2.3 ee 2 popofensis, Microtus -_______-____--__-_- 88 Populus angustifolia —_—....__... 123 tremuloides: 25 2 eae 123 Porodiscus: perispira, eee 226 Porosphaeral | 22-5 eee 222 Portanus: boliviensis ) 22-2 = 235 CleVans jn os eee 236 PACCtUS. 9-2 ee 236 linnayuorit, 2. 235 prashadi, Mazocraeoides -_--------------- 139 priesneri, Ecacanthothrips -_------------ 275 primordialis, Cenosphaera ------------ 222 Prionognathus ciliata, —.—... + 181 Proconotyla....2.. aeeel) uke eae 251 projectus, Mononyx 2-3 ee 94 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Protodorvillea ______________-_--___-____-_ 178 atlantica... Sea) eee 178 Cena: 2 ooo te 180 gaspeensis _......-.2-- 178 Sraciliss 005 Bout: See 179 kefersteinit .......... 2) 179 mandapamae 2. ae 179 Promolobus/spp)) 2 ee 142 Pseudacris clarki. 4-3). 4cul aaa 158 MISritay |. 2 es esha Ae 158 strecker!: .. 0.60. 5. nee 158 Pseudanthocotyle | -_______-...__..__. 132 jagannath) to encily go eiee e 138 pavlovskyi... 24 eee 138 Pseudanthocotyloides ______________________ 129 bangham1") 222.08) cae ee 130 Pseudocotylaxc 2222 tae 139 pseudocuboides, Obeliscus _____________ 227 pseudoharengus, Pomolobus ____________ 139 Pseudomazocraeoides ____________________ 139 megalocotyle ____....______..-_______- 144 pseudorubrovittata, Dorvillea ______ 182 pseudotaxifoliae, Cinara ________________ 111 Pseudotsuga, cc.e. oe ae lll MENZIESi 22. ee eee 114 pseudotsugae, Cinara 111 Eachnus 2: an eee 111 puerilis, Ophryotrocha ___.....__________ 181 punukensis, Microtus _________________ 77 pyrocephalus, Sceloporus ______.._______ 48 Q quadribullata, Hagenowina __________ 243 Valvulina. | 2802320 ena 242 quadrimaculatus, Gelastocoris _______ 58 R ramakrishnai, Ecacanthothrips _______ 275 FANILOMUS) Lyla poe eee 158 Rastrelliger kanagurata ______..______ 138 ratticeps, Microtus ____________ 78 rectirostris, Lafresnaya ___. 4 Rectuvigerina ______________ 272 regilla, Hyla _________ 158 regularis, Bufo _________ is 202 regulus, Cylindrostethus _- 66 reichenbachi, Phaeonerpes 4 rendahli, Carapus _________. 211 reticulatus, Corydoras ______________-__-___ 110 rogosa, Crithionina —. 218 romeri, Dorvillea -___._______-__-_---_____- 182 romeroi, Senecio ______________-___-_---_____ 21 rothi, ‘Gryloblatta 222 ee _ 68 rotundata, Crithrionina —_-________- 217 rubra, Anisoceras -___.__..--_---.-------_-__- 181 Papilliodorvillea’) 2222.2 182 rubrovittata, Dorvillea ___.._.--________ 182 rubrovittatus, Staurocephalus ________- 182 rudolphi, Nereis) ee 181 StAUTONETEIS® 232e A 181 rugosus, Senecio -_______.__.__--------__---____ 23 TUNIS Bia Ve Soe naa 222 S sabrinus, Glaucomys -__---_----------------- 119 sacki, Cnemidophorus -_-------------------- Salpicola) 22.20) ae 217 amylaceae:. 2... Ss 217 Salpingocapsa. 2.52 eh eee 225 saltatrix, Pomatomus -_-____-..--._---_._. 135 sanguineus, Ecacanthothrips __________. 275 Sarkodina), 2.52 ee ee ee 213 Saturatus, Contopus 222222222 sail, Lefresnaya PUAN suk ere Sea MOE 3 savala, richnirus (002 wee ae 153 saxatile, Diplostephium ———_________ Sceloporus ASDC 5 ess 2 IS Ld formosus scitulus ______.-____ fe Sadeviag_2 2 grammicus grammicus _________ MOET GLUT 2 horridus oligoporus ______________- melanorhinus calligaster _______ a mucronatus omiltemanus ___ OCHOLEFENAIn eo eee pyrocephalus. 22 3 siniferus siniferus —_______ spinosus caeruleopunctatus __-_- spinosus spinosus —____- sed3 Stenccveriy 2 ee S Chen Gre lays ae Se ee eee Schwarzian Cinara see scitulus, Sceloporus —__-__________-___ Sciuravus bridgeri _..__>S—> CLEP LESS US ho ke TEA EICRYIS |e 2 1s RE te wilsoni Seomber canarurta os GCOlIAS p20 eu Oe TPE OTD CUNS ys sa eee kanagunta Scrombrins Kuhnia se ee Octobothrium Octocotyle.-2= Gi Bae. QOctostomiaei2 ee - Pleurocotyle scombrus; Scomber 22. Scoterpes wyandoitte sculleni, Grylloblatta SG HC CIO pet ses a ee MIS pub bis pe ee SES GueCHEANUS = eee zen} doryphyllus Bien eS ae Pavillosus: (tu Vee foliden ta tus w= ea ees ZY OT (El fo 5) A eld a SE eS re ARE Ie La ee ae 8s. longipenicillatus _.-.__ a UEC TIS ogg ee tee pectioides romeroi rugosus . mila abated a subarachnoideus _..._._ Senior, Knightomys) 2-2) 25 Ballons | foes) eel septentrionalis, Corydoras Setipinna) phasa. == 29 ee a wee ees Sertatas) Difflugia).. 2 =e Sesbania yg 250 2) bai or Re Setham phoray sss s ee ee we hexapleuray ees ees a Sethophornmnisy- == aos. eee eee Sheila bathypelagica —_____ SS 1G CENT ap ee ee Gouvillen ge ae ee ee simile, Mazocraeoides ____-.._________ similis, Dorvillea _ Mazocraeoides EASE ST he ee EDD (adarid aca eS simplex, Tetracanthus —___ singaporensis, Kuhnia ____________ siniferus, Sceloporus ——————--_______- Siphogenerina AUSErALICHSIS po ee COS Gal Bene ae ae eae SE lS ie DL UNTER INNO PT oe Siphogenerinoides -___-__-____________ 2 Cla kgre ee ee Eins Dias Clavatar et eee eee en CLCLACC ae ea ee ee A dentate S22 s = Siphogenerita _.___-=SS clarki Whitehorse a Ae ees Sitkensis, Muicrotus, "8 2 SEHILIS C2 [VAULT leo ee te A sociabilis, Dorvillea Solitaria ‘Cimara eso a sonoriensis, Hesperomys ______________ Specus, Austrotyla: =. ee a Gonotylati 2 se ses eae a, spinosus, Sceloporus ____.__ splendens, Cinara. Lachnus spongiosum, Dictyosoma ___________ Spongodictyoma 222 es Spongodictyon SPEAtruS: (Gluped. |: ) od Fe sprostonae, Kuhnia fe tb eee Seuirella. (Elva se Skee we eee Staurocephalus gardineri _.-_ ELUCGACLOTMNIS 72 Keferstemiy sq weld 2 ee NEGICCEUIS ow ee ee FUDTOVICEA CUS ee SEAUIFOCC DS eee ee ea ee an STSUTOHETEIS pee ee ee ae caecus ___ PUTCATUS fee ee ee ee ee incertus et iE aie i See FADORICUS ee eee Se ee neglectus = “ate THOOID NT, tree eek nee StexaS pis eee eee oe eee steinskyi, Ecacanthothrips —_______ stejnegeri, Sceloporus _____——— Stenocoelidia Stichopilium bicorne COREHIA oon eee Ba i ently Streckeri, Pseudacris, 9 Sizeptothammnus: eh Strigiphilus acutifrons ___ Stuebelii, Erigeron stygius, *Cylindrostethus ies eae subarachnoideus, Senecio eas subcinereus, Erionotus Uae waned edie: Tae SVlidack is) eee met eee ee Synaptomys porcdicn ear: E tabanense, Diplostephium -_________ AG aTIC ae wate eee Le te SLUT ISTOINIOS (bj et ele CUTODS ass eae 3 LO TEMIOTOS ACG eee ere 9 laticaudata laticaudata ferruginea PVICKICAT Bay sh molossa eS UE he ES Ee Ss ss 8 YRIGa bani Gay esl Fr ard ee ol Beran be ges cect 5 LIEN SSS Net Ree eee ae JPR bv 3 a ee eee PALA RISCUS oa a Tamiasciurus tenuidens ___.__ taurus; /Phrynosonpian 29 taylori, Phyllohartmania _____- ftaxioline. Ganarae ee ee es 290 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Teachnus) =. ae 2 ee 112 ~—_—stuberculata, Nerthra 61 taylori, Lyvosoma 252.2 eee 50 ~—s tubulata, Lingulina ___________________. 220 tectricialis, Veniliormis __________-_____ A turgidulay Nerthray = a 94 teicherti, Crithionina =... 218 turgidulus, Mononyx __________-__-__--____ 94 Heleonereis Pita Be Aan at ell 5 ree tyrannus, Brevoortia _____-------__-------_- 146 (21 Vo: Ramace ae eae Ones Sree eer mere MURS AL mymp halls. shox ee 173 U tennesseensis, Mazocraeoides __________ 139 tenuidens, Tamiasciurus SH eeerecesr een Q49 unalascensis Microtus 85 tergoalbus, Erigeron 11 Ghdatifolin, Parseynowys) uaa Tener us simplex -__--_---. 221 ungava, Phenacomys cf. 249 Sean goles Sana nERSEIEannaetmaea sae Urosaurus bicarinatus anonymorphus 49 Thalassoplancta brevispicula _________ 221 Uta Picarinatus (bicarinats aa =, Thalassorhaphis ________________________. 221 ~ Uvigerina (eC aie es Paeeeplilusspunetatas 5 Unvigerinella | soe 268 thrissa, Dorosoma -_-__-_-------------------_- 139 hrisserles miystex tet NN RE ae a ae y thrissocles, Paramazocraes -________-_-__- thunni, Dactylocotyle _________________. 133 WORE Conotyla ASTI eT ae 260 a PAA Asko MaRS RL TRG 133 Vvagabunda, Cinara -_______ 114 Thunnus orientalis Weg Welles os, TARO eee nee Tillomys Senior Ae ee Re 194 Valvulina gibbosa oa ee el 241 tithonianum, Triactoma ______._____- 224 quadiibullate Tecra egg Ta oe 242 titonianum(s (Sic) ae = NESE sts a ago Pe mails 215 torquatus, Dicrostonyx —_-_-._-_.--.-._- 250 Venilior anus... OLY C OLAS a aearaan 109 PIRSA Faraivay RISA hey) ARO ER 298 eniliornis fumigatus fumigatus _____ 4 Romdsella 298 oleaginus tectricialis ________________ A eae MMR ns 298 Vermivora chrysoptera _.._.____________ 246 EE ARIS SEPT TSE IT) 298 leucobronchiahs == == ee : : 5 PUNUS jo) eee a dae peeanae eae VT Sro\| versicolor Eyla) lions iia 157 treitlii, Corydoras _______-_-_--- 109 VEE Gelastocoris FETE Recs aany Sanh Si ae 58 Trematodiseus 924 © Vidas, Conophis 49 tremuloides, Populus ______-__--_--_---_- 123 vil elai, Mazocraes ————-_____- pag ATE CATEUS) eigen ieee cele eee 229 AES LE irr oregratae ean tee Ta ema Triactis 994 Virginianus, Bubo: 2.44 ae 187 triactis, Haliomma = 95 saree FLEE, aaacepe secs ccccsececccsscscsessessstess 268 TEE eG 994 ~+«Vittata, Dorvillea 20. 3 ee 182 Pare He Sa 995 ~~ Vittatus, Basiliscus, 22) 2 eke 41 Caeaani i 90s voleensis)\(Capialosa =a 129 tripyramis _________________- _. 224 Triactoma pachyacantha _____..._. 224 W tithonianumy)))-2s eee 224 i trichiuri, Octoplectanocotyla -__-_---- 153 wahsugae, Cinara 115 Trichiurus japonicus ___--------------------- 153 washoa, Grylloblatta —_________. 68 aT LEL GUS le cee ea 153. whitei, Siphogenerinoides _____.------_--- 269 Savialaw bie Enis eis 153 ¢ Siphogenerita wana nana nanan nnn an nna = 271 iricuspis)) “niactiseus) 2) ee 225 wigleyi, Phyllosheila ___________ 168 tridecemlineatus, Citellus 249 willineri, Montandonius —__________- 61 Triglacuculusm] 22 as ae ene 152, wilson, Buto 195 gurnardus: 0 152 Sciuraves) (uti bee. 2 sens, 193 Hin ando Meee 152. Winkenthughesia -.__--...----.. 133 lineata Ae eae 152. woodi, Dawsonomys ----.-----.------------ 193 TeeGe ari alice Ta ea 152. wyandotte, Scoterpes -.-.------------------ 255 PLT 2 Belo, ee A dD Rn 152 triomma, Plectophora --_------------------- PPT X tripathii, Mazocraes ______-_--_-__---------- 129 tripodiscus, Triactiscus _________------_- 225 xanthognathus, Microtus 249 tripyramis, Triactiscus ___----------------- 224 SE TIZONIES ee a 226 Y PAE 11-7 OVAL NTN oe 2 ie ces 226 truncata, Octocotyle ______________----- 135 yakutatensis, Microtus -_----------------- 81 truncatum, Octoplectanum ___________ 135 yuasai, Galloisiana oo 75 bul chory Miicrotus: i.e ic yucatanica, Tadarida -_____----------------- 161 SUPA 220 / n Ta ek UNL Wael ema heterophylla, pc os ee 114 Z mertensiae -__._-_..--_-------------------- 116 tsucae; (Cinara ji 2 YA, Wo tela el atte Memes tetas Nee ee 252 j 1S 1 ; : i , et ha r i 1 vi i | Aa a Sra mal ie a ; {ei hiey " é Nye eat ; f [ ie Beli ; weet wan : : q : ie : vat ; _ Nese ; Rie } Shy a i UF : f : ! ip a ; ; ne é £ i ee ny is — CZ ERNST MAYR LIBRARY cS SCT 3 2044 128 4